ASA STANDARD DRAWINGS - Transport for NSW€¦ · A110 C 31/08/18 R007 C 31/08/18 U116 C 31/08/18...

DF 385*275

ASA STANDARD DRAWINGSTYPICAL SIGNALLING & CONTROL SYSTEMS CIRCUITS

ADDITIONAL DOCUMENTS:

CIRCUIT DESIGN STANDARD - TYPICAL SIGNALLING & CONTROL SYSTEMS CIRCUITS - T HR SC 00001 ST

This drawing and the related information have been prepared by, or at the request of, TfNSW for a specific purpose and may not be used for any purpose other than the purpose intended by TfNSW. TfNSW does CIRCUIT BOOK No: 00001not provide any warranties and accepts no liability arising out of the use of this drawing or any of the related information for any purpose other than the intended purpose. This drawing is protected by copyright and T HR SC 00001 STno part of this drawing may be reproduced in any form without the express written permission of TfNSW.

STATUS: STANDARD DRAWINGSDRAWN C. Turnbull 31/08/2018

BOOK: 1 OF 1 C

DESIGNED D. Oakes 31/08/2018PART: 1 OF 1 A3

REVIEWED D. Oakes 31/08/2018A0 COMPLETE ISSUE D.O. 31/08/18 D.M. 31/08/18 P.M. 31/08/18 DRG No.

CSTD0A00.DGN 0VERIFIED D. Martin 31/08/2018

ACCEPTED BY ASAREVIEWED VERIFIED APPROVEDDESCRIPTIONAMD P. McGregor EDMS No.

APPROVED 31/08/2018SIGN./DATE SIGN./DATE SIGN./DATE PJM 31/08/2018 SG0602002 A

MAINTENANCE CONTROL SHEET Date: 31/08/2018

Control Sheet No: 1 of 2 Note - Medium: C = CAD; X = Excel File

Circuit Book No: 00001 Name: ASA STANDARD DRAWINGS_TYP. SIGNALLING & CONTROL SYS. CCTS Book: 1 of 1

List of Effective Pages List of Effective Pages List of Effective Pages List of Effective PagesPage (from) Page (to) Med Date Page (from) Page (to) Med Date Page (from) Page (to) Med Date Page (from) Page (to) Med Date

A00 C 31/08/18 A131_2 C 31/08/18 T024 C 31/08/18 W062 C 31/08/18CP1_1 X 31/08/18 A132_1 C 31/08/18 T030 C 31/08/18 W063 C 31/08/18CP1_2 X 31/08/18 A132_2 C 31/08/18 T031 C 31/08/18 W075 C 31/08/18

AS X 31/08/18 A139 C 31/08/18 T032 C 31/08/18 W076 C 31/08/18A01 C 31/08/18 A140 C 31/08/18 T035 C 31/08/18 W078 C 31/08/18

A101 C 31/08/18 N056 C 31/08/18 T036 C 31/08/18 W079 C 31/08/18A102 C 31/08/18 P004 C 31/08/18 T041 C 31/08/18 W080 C 31/08/18A103 C 31/08/18 P005 C 31/08/18 T042 C 31/08/18 W085 C 31/08/18A104 C 31/08/18 Q001 C 31/08/18 U103 C 31/08/18 W086 C 31/08/18A105 C 31/08/18 Q002 C 31/08/18 U104 C 31/08/18 W087 C 31/08/18A106 C 31/08/18 R003 C 31/08/18 U105 C 31/08/18 W088 C 31/08/18A107 C 31/08/18 R004 C 31/08/18 U107 C 31/08/18 W089_1 C 31/08/18A108 C 31/08/18 R005 C 31/08/18 U109 C 31/08/18 W089_2 C 31/08/18A109 C 31/08/18 R006 C 31/08/18 U115 C 31/08/18 W090 C 31/08/18A110 C 31/08/18 R007 C 31/08/18 U116 C 31/08/18 W091 C 31/08/18A112 C 31/08/18 R008 C 31/08/18 U117 C 31/08/18 W093 C 31/08/18A115 C 31/08/18 R009 C 31/08/18 U118 C 31/08/18 W094 C 31/08/18A116 C 31/08/18 R010 C 31/08/18 V001 C 31/08/18 W095 C 31/08/18A117 C 31/08/18 R011 C 31/08/18 V002 C 31/08/18 W097 C 31/08/18A118 C 31/08/18 T005 C 31/08/18 V060 C 31/08/18 W098 C 31/08/18A119 C 31/08/18 T006 C 31/08/18 V061 C 31/08/18 W099 C 31/08/18A120 C 31/08/18 T010 C 31/08/18 V070 C 31/08/18 W100 C 31/08/18A121 C 31/08/18 T011 C 31/08/18 V071 C 31/08/18 W101 C 31/08/18A122 C 31/08/18 T012 C 31/08/18 V072 C 31/08/18 W102 C 31/08/18A123 C 31/08/18 T015 C 31/08/18 V073 C 31/08/18 W103 C 31/08/18A124 C 31/08/18 T016 C 31/08/18 W008 C 31/08/18 W112 C 31/08/18A125 C 31/08/18 T017 C 31/08/18 W010 C 31/08/18 W113 C 31/08/18

A130_1 C 31/08/18 T021 C 31/08/18 W011 C 31/08/18 W114 C 31/08/18A130_2 C 31/08/18 T022 C 31/08/18 W060 C 31/08/18 W119 C 31/08/18A131_1 C 31/08/18 T023 C 31/08/18 W061 C 31/08/18 W120 C 31/08/18

Version: 1.0 CSTD0CP1_1

MAINTENANCE CONTROL SHEET Date: 31/08/2018

Control Sheet No: 2 of 2 Note - Medium: C = CAD; X = Excel File

Circuit Book No: 00001 Name: ASA STANDARD DRAWINGS_TYP. SIGNALLING & CONTROL SYS. CCTS Book: 1 of 1

List of Effective Pages List of Effective Pages List of Effective Pages List of Effective PagesPage (from) Page (to) Med Date Page (from) Page (to) Med Date Page (from) Page (to) Med Date Page (from) Page (to) Med Date

W121 C 31/08/18 X100 C 31/08/18W122 C 31/08/18 X101 C 31/08/18W123 C 31/08/18 X102_1 C 31/08/18W124 C 31/08/18 X102_2 C 31/08/18X001 C 31/08/18 X103-1 C 31/08/18X003 C 31/08/18 X103-2 C 31/08/18X005 C 31/08/18 X104_1 C 31/08/18X006 C 31/08/18 X104_2 C 31/08/18X007 C 31/08/18 X105 C 31/08/18X014 C 31/08/18 X106 C 31/08/18X015 C 31/08/18 X121_1 C 31/08/18X023 C 31/08/18 X121_2 C 31/08/18X024 C 31/08/18 X122 C 31/08/18X025 C 31/08/18 X123 C 31/08/18X026 C 31/08/18 Y001 C 31/08/18X029 C 31/08/18 Y002 C 31/08/18X030 C 31/08/18 Y003 C 31/08/18X031 C 31/08/18 Z001 C 31/08/18X039 C 31/08/18 Z002 C 31/08/18X041 C 31/08/18X042 C 31/08/18X045 C 31/08/18X051 C 31/08/18X052 C 31/08/18X053 C 31/08/18X054 C 31/08/18

X055_1 C 31/08/18X055_2 C 31/08/18

X056 C 31/08/18X060 C 31/08/18

Version: 1.0 CSTD0CP1_2

31/08/2018 CSTD00AS Pt 1 of 3 CB: 00001

CB: 00001Revision No Version Date Company Name

1.2 14/10/2008 RailCorp1.3 03/11/2008 RailCorp1.4 25/11/2008 RailCorp

1.5 12/01/2009 RailCorp

1.6 09/03/2009 RailCorp

1.7 17/08/2009 RailCorp

Amendments made to Base arrgts & Mech terminals, XNR layout between Bases amended.Current monitor - Fastron deleted.Sheet deleted & layout for type 3593B moved to Obsolete.Layout for 3590 inserted & layout for 3590B moved to Obsolete

08/07/2008

Change HistoryAmended Pages/Additional Pages/Removed Pages/Replaced PagesJob/Modification Details

Formatting of HDFR times.Amended polarity of Load Supply Avail relay.LOC terms added to detection.Labels of detector contacts in N/RKR amended.Notes 6 & 7 added,Split and formed.Change of name for emergency switches.

1.1Converted to RailCorp format from Specification No SC001400SP- Standard Signalling Circuits - Version 3.3 of 26 May 2008

RailCorpNew sheets: A001, A140, A141, X051Split sheets: X053 to X052 & X053Amended sheets: W008, X026, X030, X031, X041, X052, X054

ASA Name: Typical S & CS Circuits

UCR coil labelled 1, AT in TDR amended to TDRPOJR Straps amended

Amended sheet: X105Amended sheet: U103

Wire size & N-RI contacts.WTJR contacts.#4 - Latch delays set to 10".#4 - Contact 6 on Up side.

AMENDMENT SHEET

Withdrawn sheet: Index drawingAmended sheet: W008(V6)Amended sheet: W101(V6)Amended sheet: X031Amended sheet: X054

Amended sheet: A131_2(V1)Amended sheet: U109(V6)Amended sheet: W119, W120, W121, W122Amended sheet: W120Amended sheets:X015(V3)Amended sheet: X023Amended sheets: X024, X029(V4)

New sheet: Q010

Amended sheet: X006(V4)

Amended sheet: X025(V9)Withdrawn sheet: X038

Amended sheet: X039(V1)

31/08/2018 CSTD00AS Pt 2 of 3 CB: 00001


1.8 27/04/2010 RailCorp

1.9 13/09/2011 RailCorp

1.11(skip 1.10)

19/06/2012 RailCorp

1.12 19/04/2013 RailCorp


AMENDMENT SHEET

Moved to Obsolete.New dwg to replace A111.Link 9 in trainstop added, contacts for VR in V cct corrected, VNR/VRR cct moved to V002.VNR & VRR added - note added wrt trainstops.Note added when TX & RX on same freq to use separate PSUs.Link 9 in trainstop added, contacts for VR in V cct corrected, VNR/VRR cct moved to V002.Cct controller without RSA studs moved to new dwg V003 in Obsolete.101 RLR in 101 RKR changed to 101 RWR.W115 replaces W117 and brake cct added.Moved to Obsolete.W116 replaces W118 and brake cct added.Moved to Obsolete.Adjustments to LXMON B15.SS& CS Gate ZK.Emergency Switches.Supplies to Battery Low ZK interface.Master Emergency Switch.Timer set to 12" .Alt. config for vital PED XNR.

Amended Pages/Additional Pages/Removed Pages/Replaced Pages

Application of TMA 400 format,As Built To RailCorp format.New cover sheet for construction.VRR shown rather than VNR for R1 R3 coil.105B to be SLAVE.No break supply note.

As built & construction cover sheets

Job/Modification Details

Change History

Withdrawn sheets: A102(V9), A104(V4), A111New sheet: A112(V1)Amended sheet: A122(V3)

Amended sheets: R006(V5), R007(V5)Amended sheet: T004(V5)

Amended sheets: U115(V1), U116(V1), U117(V1), U118(V1), V001(V6)

Amended sheet: V002(V6)

Amended sheet: W101New sheet: W115(V1)Replaced sheet: W117New sheet: W116(V1)Replaced sheet: W118Amended sheet: X006(V4)Amended Sheet: X014(V)Amended Sheet: X020(V3)Amended Sheet: X026(V5)Amended Sheet: X029(V4)Amended Sheet: X042(V4)Amended Sheet: X054(V5)

Amended sheet: A001New sheet: A002Amended sheet: A118Amended sheet: W078Amended sheet: W088

Amended sheets: A001, A002

New sheets: T021, T022, T023, T024, V060, V061, W076, W097, W098, W099, W100, W123, W124, X106Amended sheets: A000, A100, A101, A107, A108, A109, A115, A118, A119, A121, A122, A125, A130-2/2, A131-2/2, A141, T004, T010, T011, T030, T031, T035, U109, U116, U117, U118, V002, W008, W060, W061, W062, W063, W075, W078, W079, W080, W085, W088, W090, W091, W093, W094, W095 (page changed from W097), W101, W115, W116, W119, W120, W121, W122, X003, X006, X007, X014, X015, X020, X023, X025, X026, X029, X030, X031, X042, X045, X051, X052, X055-1/2, X055-2/2, X101, X102-1/2, X102-2/2, X103-1/2, X103-2/2, X104-1/2, X104-2/2, X105, X121

31/08/2018 CSTD00AS Pt 3 of 3 CB: 00001


1.0 25/06/2015 ASA

New sheets:

A00, A132_1, A132_2, A139, T012, T015, T016, T017, V070, V071, V072, V073, W102, W103, W112, W113, W114, X121_2

AMENDMENT SHEET


Withdrawn sheets, moved to Legacy Circuits (Obsolete):

A141, Q010, T039, T040, W115, W116, X020, Z003

Job/Modification Details Amended Pages/Additional Pages/Removed Pages/Replaced PagesNote: Previous changes up to this point were carried out under the former rail authority RailCorp. All change control revisions from this point shall follow the ASA standard drawings process.

ASA document template and numbering applied.

TfNSW Logo Change

New sheets: NilAmended sheets: NilWithdrawn sheets: A000, A001, A002

Change History

A 31/08/2018

ASA standard drawing format release, complete issue - Revision A(refer to T HR SC 00001 ST - Circuit Design Standard: Typical Circuits - Release Note)

ASA

Amended sheets:

A01, A101, A102, A103, A104, A105, A106, A107, A108, A109, A110, A112, A115, A116, A117, A118, A119, A120, A121, A122, A123, A124, A125, A130_1, A130_2, A131_1, A131_2, A140, N056, P004, P005, Q001, Q002, R003, R004, R005, R006, R007, R008, R009, R010, R011, T005, T006, T010, T011, T021, T022, T023, T024, T030, T031, T032, T035, T036, T041, T042, U103, U104, U105, U107, U109, U115, U116, U117, U118, V001, V002, V060, V061, W008, W010, W011, W060, W061, W062, W063, W075, W076, W078, W079, W080, W085, W086, W087, W088, W089_1, W089_2, W090, W091, W093, W094, W095, W097, W098, W099, W100, W101, W119, W120, W121, W122, W123, W124, X001, X003, X005, X006, X007, X014, X015, X023, X024, X025, X026, X029, X030, X031, X039, X041, X042, X045, X051, X052, X053, X054, X055_1, X055_2, X056, X060, X100, X101, X102_1, X102_2, X103_1, X103_2, X104_1, X104_2, X105, X106, X121_1, X122_X123_Y001, Y002, Y003, Z001, Z002

Renumbered sheets:

A01 (previously A100), T006 (previously T120), X121_1 (previously X121)

CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION SHEET BOOK CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION SHEET BOOK

COVER SHEET A00

A01INDEX

FILAMENT AND LAMP FAILURE

WARNINGS AND ALARMS

EARTH LEAKAGE

Y002

R003-R011

TRACK CIRCUITS & INDICATIONS T005-T041

U103-U118

Y001

Y003

W008-W124

X001-X123

A101-A141

LOCATION OF EARTHING

MISC. - MONITORING APPLICATIONS

SOLAR POWERED BUFFER STOPS

Q002

Q001

Q010

CIRCUIT NOMENCLATURE Z001, Z002

AXLE COUNTER T042

V001-V004CONTROL, OPERATING & DETECTION

V060-V061CONTROL, OPERATING & PROVING

N056ROUTE SETTING

CONTROLS, OPERATING AND LIGHTING

CONTROLS, OPERATION & DETECTION

CONTROL & OPERATING

DUPLINE FIELDBUS

ALARMS

EMBANKMENT SLIP DETECTORS

CONTROL, DETECTION & INDICATIONS

MISCELLANEOUS

LEVEL CROSSING

POINTS

POWER

SIGNALS

TELEMETRY

TRACKS

TRAIN STOPS

WARNING LIGHTS

DISTRIBUTION, CHANGEOVER & INDICATIONS

V070-V073

DF 385*275

SHEET No:DRG No: SHEET TITLE:

JOB NUMBER : C

CIRCUIT BOOK No:EDMS No:VERSION: ASA STANDARD DRAWING INDEX

00001A0131/08/18 14:32 SG0602002CSTD0A01

+

SIGNAL OPERATING

TRACK STICK

HR

+

153.1

R151.9

+ R

154.3

R153.1

+ R +

155.5

R

3B

2B

1B

DR

2W

3W

4B 4W

(6)2 4

(5)1 3

153.1 LPM

G

Y

R

#

ADJUST LPM TO DROP ECR RELAY

N

(LOC)

PSU

N

(LOC)

PSU

N50

N

t (LOC)

PSU

t (LOC)

NX120PSU

t (LOC)

NX120PSU

f

B

PSU

4A

LOC

f

B

PSU

4A

LOC

f

B

PSU

4A

LOC

f BX120

PSU

4A

LOC

f

B50

4A

f BX120

PSU

4A

LOC

154.3

153.1B

153.1B

153.1

153.1

154.3

LOC

1

SB

3

5

4

6

7

8

D5D6

HR

153.1

D5D6

DR

153.1

A5A6

A5A6

D5D6

HR

153.1

A5A6

A5A6

ECR

153.1

R1 R2

HR

153.1

R1 R2

PR

153.1A

R1 R2

DR

153.1

R1 R2

ECR

153.1

B2B1

154.3A

B4 B3

B4 B3

B2B1

153.1B

B2B1

PR

153.1A

A2A1

153.1A

A2A1

A4 A3

A2A1

ECR

154.3

A4A3

PR

153.1A

B2B1

HR

154.3

B4 B3

C2C1

HR

153.1

A2A1

HR

153.1

A2A1

DR

153.1

A4A3

HR

153.1

153.1

151.9BT 153.1AT 153.1BT 154.3AT 154.3BT 155.5AT

1

2

3

4

5

6

1

2

1

2

WHEN LAMP UNIT IS OUT

LPM VERSION 1.0 REQUIRES A FILTERED 50V DC SUPPLY

WITH INPUT TERMINALS 1 & 2, OUTPUT TERMINALS 3 & 4

LPM VERSION 1.1 DOES NOT REQUIRE A FILTERED 50V DC SUPPLY


#

1W2

SB

LOC

LOC SB SB LOC

MAKE & MODEL:

LAMPS: LED

R

LOC

t

t

t

(LOC)

SHEET No:DRG No: SHEET TITLE: CIRCUIT BOOK No:EDMS No:VERSION: SIGNAL OPERATING - AUTO SIGNALLING - SINGLE LIGHT - WITHOUT TRAINSTOP 00001A10131/08/18 14:34 SG0602002CSTDA101

DF 385*275

JOB NUMBER : C

7.87AT

EX RECEIVER

RX

7.35

B4 B3

7.35BT

TX

7.35AT

RX

6.83

TX RX

7.87

NOTE : VR NOT REQUIRED FOR EP TRAIN STOPS

RX

7.35

TX

7.87BT 8.39AT

TX RX

8.39

FOR VNR/VRR CIRCUIT, SEE SHEET V002.

9

mF

N

N

160V

1000

N

t

N

t

t

NX

1N4007

f

B 4A

f

B 4A

f

B 4A

f

B 4A

f

BX

4A

C8

C7

C6

C5

VR

7.35

C4

C3

C2

C1

VR

7.35

7.87

7.35B

7.35B

7.35

7.35

7.87

2

4

3

1

7.35

7.35

10

B5B6

DR

7.35

B5B6

HDR

7.35

B5B6

HR

7.35

D5D6

VCSR

7.35

R1 R2

HR

7.35

R1 R2

HDR

7.35

R1 R2

DR

7.35

R1 R2

7.35A

R1 R2

VCSR

7.87

R1 R2

VR

7.35

10W

A4A3

VCSR

7.87

B4 B3

B4 B3

A4A3

7.87A

A4A3

7.35B

A4A3

7.35A

B4 B3

A2A1

7.35A

B2B1

7.35A

C2C1

7.87A

C2C1

VNR

7.87

A2A1

VRR

7.87

B2 B1

B4 B3

A4A3

HR

7.87

A2A1

HR

7.35

A2A1

HDR

7.35

A4A3

HDR

7.87

B4 B3

B2B1

HR

7.35

C2C1

HR

7.87

M

7.35

100 W

#

#

#1 #1

#1 DENOTES 7/0.85mm

t

t

LOC

LOC

(LOC)

(LOC)

LOC

LOC

(LOC)

(LOC)

CONTROLLED SIGNAL ROUTES WHERE SPLIT

EACH HDR TO BE INCLUDED FOR

SIGNAL CONTROL RELAYS

BACK PROVING REQUIRED OF ALL

LOC

(LOC)

DF 385*275


JOB NUMBER : C

CIRCUIT BOOK No:EDMS No:VERSION: SIGNAL CONTROLS - AUTOMATIC (METROPOLITAN) - RELAY

00001A10231/08/18 14:34 SG0602002CSTDA102

SIGNAL OPERATING

1B

3B

6B

5B

4B

MAKE & MODEL:

G

R

G

R

Y

f BX

PSU

4A

LOC

f BX

PSU

4A

LOC

5

1

SB

LOC

LOC

7

SB

9

D5D6

D5D6

D5D6

D7D8

D5D6

D7D8

D2D1

HR

7.35

D2D1

DR

7.35

D2D1

VRR

7.35

D2D1

HDR

7.35

7.35

1

2

5

6

1

2

3

11

4

5 66W

5W

4W

3W

1W

PSU

8

12

10

6

LOC

2

SB

4

6

5

3

1

NX(LOC)

SB LOC

LAMPS: LED

t

SHEET No:DRG No: SHEET TITLE: CIRCUIT BOOK No:EDMS No:VERSION: SIGNAL OPERATING - AUTOMATIC (METROPOLITAN) DOUBLE LIGHT 00001A10331/08/18 13:40 SG0602002CSTDA103

DF 385*275

JOB NUMBER : C

2.29AT

CAUTION (HR)

L.YELLOW (HDR)

L.GREEN (DR)

TRAIN STOP (V)

2.13

CIRCUITS BETWEEN STATIONS DOUBLE SWITCHED

LOW SPEED (LSpR)

ALL RELAYS IN LOCATION AT STATION

1.97AT 1.97BT 2.13AT

2.29

2.13BT

EX RECEIVER

EX RECEIVER

2.29 L Sp(COND)

EX RECEIVER

EX RECEIVER

2.41AT

TRACK RELAYS

2.41

2.13 L Sp

1.97 CAUT

2.45

2.41 L Sp(COND)

2.45AT

2.29 L Sp

2.13 CAUT

1.97 MED

2.45BT


9

N

t (LOC)

PSU

N

t (LOC)

PSU

N

t (LOC)

PSU

N

t (LOC)

PSU

N

t (LOC)

PSU

f

B

PSU

4A

LOC

f

B

PSU

4A

LOC

f

B

PSU

4A

LOC

f

B

PSU

4A

LOC

f

B

PSU

4A

LOC

LOC

LOC

10

LSpR

2.13

HR

2.13

HDR

2.13

DR

2.13

JR(2)

DPU

1.97B

JR(1)

DPU

1.97B

JR(1)

2.13B

JR(2)

2.13B

JR(3)

2.13B

JR(3)

DPU

2.29A

JR(2)

DPU

2.29A

JR(1)

DPU

2.29A

VCSR

2.13

R1 R2

DPU

1.97B

R1 R2

1.97B

R1 R2

2.13B

R1 R2

LSpR

1.97

R1 R2

LSpR

2.13

R1 R2

LSpR

2.29

R1 R2

HR

2.13

R1 R2

HDR

2.13

R1 R2

DR

2.13

A2A1

A2A1

2.13A

1.97A

1.97B

DPU

INCL

2.13A

VCSR

2.13

VCSR

2.29

2.29A

DPU

INCL

2.13A

2.13B

2.29A

DPU

INCL

2.45A

VCSR

2.41

2.41A

2.13A

2.13A

JR(3)

2.13B

LSpR

2.13

HR

2.13

HDR

2.13

HDR

2.29

VRR

2.29

HR

2.29

LSpR

2.29

HDR

2.13

JR(1)

DPU

1.97B

JR(2)

DPU

1.97B

HR

2.13

LSpR

2.13

LSpR

2.13

HDR

2.13

JR(1)

DPU

1.97B

JR(2)

DPU

1.97B

HR

2.13

2.13V

2.13A

#

SIGNAL CONTROL RELAYS

BACK PROVING REQUIRED OF ALL#

A3 A4 A3 A4

D6 D5 D6 D5

A3 A4 A3 A4

A3 A4 A3 A4

D6 D5 D6 D5 D6 D5

A3 A4 A3 A4

A3 A4 A3 A4 A3 A4

D6 D5 D6 D5 D6 D5

A3 A4

A1 A2 A1 A2

A1 A2 A1 A2

A1 A2 A1 A2 A1 A2

D6 D5 D6 D5 D6 D5 D6 D5

D6 D5

B1 B2 B1 B2 B1 B2 B3 B4 B3 B4 B3 B4

R2R1C1 C2

C1 C2 B1 B2

C1 C2

B3 B4 C3 C4

C3 C4

EP

DF 385*275


JOB NUMBER : C

CIRCUIT BOOK No:EDMS No:VERSION: SIGNAL CONTROLS - AUTOMATIC (CITY) - RELAY

00001A10431/08/18 14:42 SG0602002CSTDA104

SIGNAL OPERATING

TIME LIMITS (JR)

Y

R

G

t (LOC)

NXPSU

N

t (LOC)

PSU

f BX

PSU

4A

LOC

f BX

PSU

4A

LOC

f

B

PSU

4A

LOC

A5A6

A7A8

A7A8

A7A8

DR

2.13

A5A6

A7A8

D7D6

DPU

1.97B

JR(1)

DPU

1.97B

JR(2)

DPU

1.97B

A4A3

HDR

2.13

A4A3

LSpR

2.13

A4A3

A4A3

HR

2.13

A4A3

VRR

2.13

A2A1

LSpR

2.13

2.13

1B

3B

6B

5B

4B

5

1

SB

LOC

LOC

7

SB

9

11 6W

5W

4W

3W

1W

PSU

8

12

10

6

LOC

2

SB

4

6

5

3

1

NX(LOC)

1

5

7

9

2

6

8

LOC

SB

13 13 14

LOC

SB

14

SB LOC

10

11 12

7B 7W

MAKE & MODEL:

LAMPS: LED

G

G

R

D6 D5

R1 R2

XX"

QTD5QTD5

QTD5

R1 R2

XX"

t

SETTINGS

TIMER

SETTINGS

TIMER

DF 385*275


JOB NUMBER : C

CIRCUIT BOOK No:EDMS No:VERSION: SIGNAL OPERATING - AUTOMATIC (CITY) - DOUBLE LIGHT

00001A10531/08/18 14:42 SG0602002CSTDA105

RES

1

RX TX

3

2BT

2

RXRX TX

3 COND.

2AT 3BTTX TXRX

CLEARING PR TO PROVIDE DIAGRAM SUPERVISION OF

AN INTERLOCKING AHEAD, CIRCUIT IS TO COME OFF CONDITIONAL

IF 2BT IS REQUIRED FOR APPROACH LOCKING/DIAGRAM AT

IN LIEU OF 2BT TRACK RELAY

DIAGRAM INDICATIONS IF PROVIDED

THIS RELAY IS TO BE USED FOR

OTHERWISE UNPROVED RELAYS

3 4

4BT3AT TXRX RX TX 4AT RX TX

QTD5

N

(LOC)

PSU

N

(LOC)

PSU

N

(LOC)

PSU

N

t (LOC)

PSU

f

B

PSU

4A

LOC

f

B

PSU

4A

LOC

f

B

PSU

4A

LOC

f

B

PSU

4A

LOC

3

3B

3B

2

3

3B

3B

2

2B

3

3B

2

2B

3

4B

3

4B

RR

1

JR

3BT

4BT

4BT

3

R1 R2

HR

R1 R2

PR

2BT

R1 R2

PPR

2BT

JR

4BT

PR

2BT

3AT

3BT

2AT

2

VCSR

2BT

PR

2BT

JR

4BT

54

D6 D5

C1 C2 C1 C2

D8D7

C3C4

C3C4

D1 D2

D3D4

D3D4

D1 D2

A8 A7

R1 R2

XX"

A8 A7

C1 C2

C3C4

C1 C2 C1 C2

C1 C2

t

t

t

SETTINGS

TIMER

DF 385*275


JOB NUMBER : C

CIRCUIT BOOK No:EDMS No:VERSION: SIGNAL CONTROLS - AUTOMATIC (CITY) - CONDITIONAL CLEARING

00001A10631/08/18 14:34 SG0602002CSTDA106

BETWEEN SIGNALS 3 AND 155.5)

(LESS THAN SERVICE BRAKING DISTANCE

BETWEEN SIGNALS 3 AND 155.5)

CLEAR (1 DR)

MEDIUM (1 HDR)

(LESS THAN SERVICE BRAKING DISTANCE

MEDIUM (1 HDR)

CLEAR (1 DR)

+ R 151.9

+ R1

1AT

+

1BT R

33AT

3XT

+ R

3BT155.5

'P'

N

(LOC)

PSU

N

(LOC)

PSU

N

(LOC)

PSU

f

B

PSU

4A

LOC

f

B

PSU

4A

LOC

f

B

PSU

4A

LOC

1

1

1

1

3

3

3

3

1

R1 R2

DR

1

R1 R2

HDR

1

R1 R2

HDR

1

R1 R2

DR

3

A2A1

ECR

A4 A3

3

D2D1

ECR

3

D4 D3

ECR

1

C2C1

HR

1

C4C3

HR

1

C2C1

HDR

1

C4C3

HR

B2B1

HR

3(M)A

B4 B3

B4 B3

B2B1

HR

3(M)B

A2A1

ECR

3(M)B

A4 A3

A2A1

ECR

3(M)B

C2C1

HR

3(M)A

B2B1

HR

3(M)B

A2 A1

ECR

3(M)B

B4 B3

HR

3(M)B

C4 C3

HR

3(M)A

B2B1

HDR

3(M)A

B4 B3

151.9BT 155.5AT+ R

1

R

1

t

t

t


JOB NUMBER :

CIRCUIT BOOK No:EDMS No:VERSION: SIGNAL CONTROLS - INSUFFICIENT BRAKING DISTANCE - WITHOUT TRAINSTOP

00A10731/08/18 14:34 SG0602002CSTDA107

DF 385*275

C

001

3W

2W

1B

2B

3B

SIGNAL OPERATING

4B 4W

(6)2 4

(5)1 3

#

1 LPM

OMRON

H3CR-F8

HDFR

2

7

1


R

Y

G

N50

(LOC)

NX120PSU

t (LOC)

NX120PSU

t (LOC)

NX120PSU

f

B50

4A

f BX120

PSU

4A

LOC

f BX120

PSU

4A

LOC

f BX120

PSU

4A

LOC

6

4

5

3

1

SB

LOC

7

8

85

1

14

HDFR

1

A5A6

HDR

A5A6

A5A6

1

A7A8

HR

1

D5D6

DR

D7 D8

A5A6

1

A5A6

ECR

1

R1 R2

ECR

A4A3

PR

1AT

1

A4A3

HR

1

A2A1

DR

1

A2A1

HR

1

C2C1

HDR

C4 C3

1

1

2

3

4

5

6

1

2

1

2






#

1W

LOC

2

SB

LOC SB SB LOC

MAKE & MODEL:

LAMPS: LED

R

(STEADY YELLOW)

AT CAUTION

ASPECT MAINTAINED

FAILURE, SIGNAL

FOLLOWING TIMER

QSR3 SLOW RELEASE 330 ms

MEDIUM ASPECT 200 ms LAMP OFF

PULSE RATE REQUIRED - 70 FLASHES PER MINUTE

RESISTOR - 800 OHM 30w

BASE - PLUG-IN TYPE P2CF-08

COVER TYPE - Y92A - 48B

T ON = 200 ms

T OFF = 640 ms

LOC

(LOC) t

t

#2

#1 PROVIDED TO EXTEND UNESSESARY TIMER OPERATION AND FOR ISOLATION

#1

#2

DF 385*275


JOB NUMBER : C

CIRCUIT BOOK No:EDMS No:VERSION: SIGNAL OPERATING - SINGLE LIGHT - MEDIUM ASPECT

00001A10831/08/18 14:34 SG0602002CSTDA108

155.5

R+

3BT

3XT

R 3AT

3(M)B

OMRON

H3CR-F8

HDFR

*1 ONE OF THE DROP CONTACTS OF H3CR-F8 RELAY

*1

SIGNAL WHERE NECESSARY

MAY BE ALLOCATED TO DRIVE CO-ACTING

+

R 1BT1AT +

R 151.9+

SIGNAL OPERATING

SIGNAL AHEAD

LPM SHOULD BE ADJUSTED

ONLY WHEN ALL LAMPS ARE OUT

SUCH THAT ECR IS DE-ENERGISED

*2

2B

3B

1B

4B

2W

3W

4W

5W

2

7

'P'

(6)2 4

(5)1 3

#

3 LPM

(6)2 4

(5)1 3

LPM

3(M)B



Y

Y

Y

R

R

Y

G

N50

(LOC)

N50PSU

(LOC)

N50PSU

(LOC)

NX120PSU

t (LOC)

NX120PSU

t (LOC)

NX120PSU

t (LOC)

NX120PSU

f BX120

PSU

4A

LOC

f BX120

PSU

4A

LOC

f

B50

4A

f B50PSU

4A

LOC

f BX120

PSU

4A

LOC

f B50PSU

4A

LOC

f BX120

PSU

4A

LOC

3

1

SB

LOC

5

LOC

7

SB

6

4

8

SB

LOC

14

HDFR

3(M)B

85

A5A6

A7A8

A5A6

A7A8

HR

3(M)B

A5A6

HDR

3(M)B

A5A6

3

A5A6

ECR

3

R1 R2

ECR

R1R2

ECR

3(M)B

R1 R2

HDR

3(M)B

A4A3

PR

3AT

D2D1

D4D3

PR

3AT

ECR

3

D4D3

ECR

A2A1

HR

3(M)A

A4A3

HR

3(M)A

A2A1

DR

3(M)A

D2D1

D4D3

HR

3(M)B

HR

3(M)B

HR

C2C1

HDR

3(M)B

C4 C3

3

1 3155.5AT151.9BT

1

3

5

2

4

6

17

12

11

3

9

7

8

10

4

12

11

15

16

18

5B

1

2

1

2





#

1W

LOC

2

SB

*2

MAKE & MODEL:

LAMPS: LED

##2

#2

(STEADY BOL)

AT CAUTION TURNOUT

ASPECT MAINTAINED

FAILURE, TURNOUT

FOLLOWING TIMER

RESTRICTIVE ASPECT

MAINTAINED AT THE MOST

FOLLOWING LAMP FAILURE, SIGNAL




PULSE RATE REQUIRED 68 - 72 PER MIN

T ON = 200 ms

T OFF = 640 ms

INITIAL SETTING

+ R

1

R

1

LOC

(LOC) t

t

t

t

B1 B2 B1 B2

B3B4

B3B4

LOC LOC

B1 B2

#1

#1

DF 385*275


JOB NUMBER : C

CIRCUIT BOOK No:EDMS No:VERSION: SIGNAL OPERATING - SINGLE LIGHT (COUNTRY) - BAND OF LIGHTS (PULSATING)

00001A10931/08/18 14:34 SG0602002CSTDA109

SIGNAL OPERATING

W

W

R

Y

R

B

A

t (LOC)

NX120PSU

t (LOC)

NX120PSU

f BX120

PSU

4A

LOC

f BX120

PSU

4A

LOC

f BX120

PSU

4A

LOC

7

8

9

3

1

5

6

LOC

LOC

LOC

A

D5D6

HR

B

D5D6

HR

D7D8

D7D8

D2D1

D2D1

D3 D4

HR

D3

HR

D4

'X' SHUNT UG

'X' SHUNT

4B

5B

1B

2B

3B

'DM'

'DR'

4W

5W

10

2

LOC

1W

2W

3W

4

2

1

SUGE

NX

3

2

1

SGENX

MAKE & MODEL:

LAMPS: LED

SH

SH

SH

SH

MAKE & MODEL:

LAMPS: LED


JOB NUMBER : C

CIRCUIT BOOK No:EDMS No:VERSION: SIGNAL OPERATING - SHUNT SIGNAL

00001A11031/08/18 14:34 SG0602002CSTDA110

DF 385*275

6B

5B

4B

6W

5W

4W

29

3B

2B

1B

3W

2W

1WG

Y

R

G

Y

R

NX120PSU

SIG LTSBX120

CD

4Af

CD

SIG LTSBX120

CD

4A

CD

1

7

2

8

11

9

5

3

6

4

12

10

5

5

1

3

LOC

1

SB

3

6

6

4

2

4

LOC

2

SB

4

6

5

3

2

1

D5D6

HR

29(M)A

D5D6

HR

29(M)B

D5D6

HR

29(M)C

D5D6

D5D6

D7D8

D7D8

D7D8

A5A6

A7A8

B7B8

HR

29(M)C

B7B8

HR

29(M)A

B7B8

HR

29(M)B

D2D1

HR

29(M)B

D2D1

HDR

29

D2D1

DR

29

A4A3

VRR

29

D2D1

HR

29(M)C

D2D1

HR

29(M)A

f

(LOC)

LOC SB SB LOC

MAKE & MODEL:

LAMPS: LED

t


JOB NUMBER : C

CIRCUIT BOOK No:EDMS No:VERSION: SIGNAL OPERATING - DOUBLE LIGHT

00001A11231/08/18 14:35 SG0602002CSTDA112

DF 385*275

4B

5B

6B

3B

1B

SIGNAL OPERATING

OMRON

H3CR-F8

HDFR

2

7

1

R

Y

G

G

R

(LOC)

NX120PSU

f BX

PSU

4A

LOC

f BX

PSU

4A

LOC

f BX120

PSU

4A

LOC

9

7

SB

LOC

LOC

1

SB

5

1

14

HDFR

85

D7D8

D5D6

D7D8

D5D6

D5D6

D5D6

1

A5A6

PHDR

1

A5A6

DR

A7 A8

1

D2D1

HDR

1

D2D1

VRR

1

D2D1

DR

1

D2D1

HR

C4 C3

1

C2C1

PHDR

1

1

2

5

6

1

2

3

4

5 611 6W

5W

4W

3W

1W

PSU

8

12

10

6

LOC

2

SB

4

6

5

3

1

NX(LOC)

SB LOC

MAKE & MODEL:

LAMPS: LED





T ON = 200 ms

T OFF = 640 ms

t

t

DF 385*275


JOB NUMBER : C

CIRCUIT BOOK No:EDMS No:VERSION: SIGNAL OPERATING - DOUBLE LIGHT - PRELIMINARY MEDIUM ASPECT

00001A11531/08/18 14:35 SG0602002CSTDA115

RX

6G

TXDPU(2) 10BT DPU(1)

QTD4

A7

A3

A2

A1

D4

D8

D7

D2

D1

D6

12V REGULATOR

QTD5

C5

A8

C6

B7

B8

JR (2)

D3

42

31

R2

R1

D5

R4

R3

10BT

A1

10

10AT 18CT

QTD5

C5

A8

C6

B8

B7

A1

R1R2

YB X

A

BRAKING DISTANCE GE52A @ 20Km/hr (30m LEVEL)

BRAKING DISTANCE GE52A @ 35Km/hr (80m LEVEL)

Y- 17m (10Km/hr, 6sec)

33m (20Km/hr, 6sec)

B-

X-

A-

DISTANCES

NOTE: 10BT JR(1) WOULD BE USR TIMER

R1R2

*

*

(LOC)N12PSU

t (LOC)

N50PSU

t (LOC)

N50PSU

t (LOC)

N50PSU

t (LOC)

N50PSU

f B50PSU

4A

LOC

f B50PSU

4A

LOC

f B50PSU

4A

LOC

f B50PSU

4A

LOC

f B12PSU

4A

LOC

PR

10BT

DPU1

10BT

DPU2

10BT

PR

10BT

6

NGPR

A7 A8

R1 R2

JPR(2)

10BT

R1 R2

VR

ITS(1)

10BT

R1 R2

VR

ITS(2)

10BT

JR

DPU1

10BT

JR

DPU2

10BT

JPR(2)

10BT

DPU2

10BT

JPR(2)

10BT

6AT

NKR

51

PR

10BT

HR

HR

6(S)

JR

DPU(1)

10BT

VR

ITS(1)

10BT

JR

DPU(2)

10BT

VR

ITS(2)

10BT

HR

6(M)

HR

6(S)

10

20

GITS(1)ITS(2)

50V RELAY

STRAPPING FOR

NORMAL 120 sec OR MORE

10BT DOWN AND 6 SIGNAL

RETURNS ITS TO NORMAL IF

51A

6AT8

G

51B

C2C1

C1 C2

C1 C2

C1 C2

D6 D5

C1 C2

C1 C2

A6 A5 A6 A5

5"5"

120"

t

C3 C4

C3 C4

C3 C4

C3 C4

D8 D7

C3 C4

C3 C4

D1 D2

51 POINTS NORMAL

SIGNALLED MOVEMENT VIA

IS OCCUPIED BY ANOTHER

REQUIRED IF 51 POINTS LOCAL TRACK

THIS QUALIFICATION ONLY

D1 D2

A6 A5

DF 385*275


JOB NUMBER : C

CIRCUIT BOOK No:EDMS No:VERSION: INTERMEDIATE T.STOPS - TRAINSTOP CONTROL - APPROACHING CATCHPOINTS

00001A11631/08/18 14:35 SG0602002CSTDA116

CAUTION OVERLAP

(LOC)

N50(EXT)PSU

t (LOC)

N50PSU

f B50PSU

4A

LOC

f B50(EXT)

PSU

4A

LOC

LOC

LOC

LOC

LOC

LOC

LOC

A5A6

TZR

10

D5D6

JR(1)

10BT

D5D6

ALSJR

10

D5D6

JR

DPU(1)

10BT

D5D6

JR

DPU(2)

10BT

D7 D8

D7 D8

D7 D8

D5D6

NGPR

10

A5A6

ALSR

10

D5D6

USR

10

D7 D8

D7 D8

D7 D8

R1 R2

UCR

LSp

10

R1 R2

UCR

10

R1 R2

LSpR

10

R1 R2

HR

10

B2B1

SR

10

B2B1

1PR

10AT

B2B1

1PR

10BT

B2B1

6AT

B2B1

NWKR

51

A2A1

RUR

10

B2B1

VRR

ITS

10BT

B2B1

UCR

6(M)

B2B1

UCR

6(S)

C2C1

JR

18CT

B2B1

VNR

ITS

10BT

B2B1

UCR

6(M)

B2B1

UCR

6(S)

A2A1

UCR

LSp

10

A2A1

UCR

LSp

10

C4 C3

JR

18CT

B4 B3

VNR

ITS

10BT

B3 B3

UCR

6(M)

B4 B3

UCR

6(S)

A2A1

UCR

10

A4 A3

A2A1

LSpR

10

UNTIL RGKR ENERGISES TO

GIVE STEADY GREEN REPEATER

REPEATER FLASHING GREEN

LSp UCR UP STARTS SIGNAL

t

DF 385*275


JOB NUMBER : C

CIRCUIT BOOK No:EDMS No:VERSION: ROUTE/SIGNAL CONTROLS-INTERMEDIATE T.STOPS-TRAIN APPROACH CATCHPOINT

00001A11731/08/18 14:35 SG0602002CSTDA117

DRAWN WITH ARM IN THE NORMAL RAISED POSITION

R

R

R-NI

R-NI

N-RI

N-RI

N

N

R

R

R-NI

R-NI

N-RI

N-RI

N

N

(ENCAPSULATED)

V CIRCUIT CONTROLLERS

(WITH RSA STUDS)

CONTROLLERCONTROLLER

t (LOC)

N50(EXT)PSU

B50(EXT)

PSU

4A

LOC

LOC

LOC

LOC

8

1

2

6

5

6

7

8

7

3

4

5

3

3

4

1

RSA

7

8

5

6

4

1

2

2

RSA

8

1

2

6

5

6

7

8

7

3

4

5

3

3

4

1

RSA

7

8

5

6

4

1

2

2

RSA

LOC

A7A8

VRR

D7D8

VNR

R2 R4

VNR

R1 R3

VRR

f

10BT ITS(2) CIRCUIT 10BT ITS(1) CIRCUIT

SW1 SW1SW2 SW2

10BT ITS 10BT ITS

10BT ITS 10BT ITS

DF 385*275


JOB NUMBER : C

CIRCUIT BOOK No:EDMS No:VERSION: INTERMEDIATE TRAINSTOP DETECTION - APPROACH CATCHPOINTS

00001A11831/08/18 14:35 SG0602002CSTDA118

2B

3B

1B 1W

3W

2W

*

*

BETWEEN TERMINALS 4.5 AND 6 TO BE REMOVED.

FOR ALSTOM THE LINK BAR FITTED

*

t (LOC)

NX120PSU

BX120

PSU

4A

LOC

BX120

PSU

4A

LOC

LOC

LOC

LOC

LOC

D5D6

HR

10(M)B

D7D8

A5A6

D5D6

D5D6

C5C6

HR

10(M)A

C5C6

HR

10(M)B

A7A8

VRR

10

C7C8

HR

10(M)B

D7D8

D5D6

HR

10(M)A

D7D8

C7C8

HR

10(M)A

A2A1

VRR

10

D2D1

HR

10(M)A

D2D1

DR

10

D2D1

HDR

10(M)

D4D3

HR

10(M)A

D4D3

DR

10

D4D3

HDR

10(M)

D2D1

HR

10(M)B

A4A3

VRR

10

D4D3

HR

10(M)B

f

f

10

R

Y

G

1

1 2

2

33 4 4

5

5

6

6

SB SB

R

Y

G

7

1 2

8

39 4 10

5

11

6

12

SB SB

4B 4W

5B 5W

6B 6W

DF 385*275


JOB NUMBER : C

CIRCUIT BOOK No:EDMS No:VERSION: SIGNAL OPERATING - DOUBLE LIGHT (TRI-COLOUR) - TURNOUT ROUTE

00001A11931/08/18 13:41 SG0602002CSTDA119

FOR ALSTOM THE LINK BAR FITTED*

*

3B

1B 1W

3W*

t (LOC)

NX120PSU

BX120

PSU

4A

LOC

BX120

PSU

4A

LOC

LOC

LOC

LOC

LOC

D5D6

D5D6

D5D6

D5D6

A5A6

D7D8

D7D8

D2D1

HR

A4A3

VRR

A4A3

VRR

D4D3

HR

D4D3

HDR

D2D1

DR

D2D1

HDR

A4A3

DR

f

f

XX

R

Y

G

1

1 2

2

5

5

6

6

SB SB

R

Y

G

7

1 2

8

39 4 10

5

11

6

12

SB SB

4B

5B

6B

4W

5W

6W

BETWEEN TERMINALS 4, 5 AND 6 TO BE REMOVED.

DF 385*275


JOB NUMBER : C

CIRCUIT BOOK No:EDMS No:VERSION: SIGNAL OPERATING - DOUBLE LIGHT (TRI-COLOUR)

00001A12031/08/18 14:35 SG0602002CSTDA120

1 3

42

(5)

(6)

LPM

(6)2 4

(5)1

LPM

3





#

THE PARTIAL DOUBLE SWITCHED ARRANGEMENT IS ONLY TO BE USED

IN EXISTING SIGNALS WHERE CABLE CORES DO NOT PERMIT FULL

DOUBLE SWITCHING

FULL DOUBLE SWITCHED

PARTIAL DOUBLE SWITCHED

#

#

N.B.


2B

3B

1B 1W

3W

2W

*

2B

3B

1B 1W

3W

2W

*

N50

N50

t (LOC)

NX120PSU

t (LOC)

NX120PSU

BX120

PSU

4A

LOC

BX120

PSU

4A

LOC

B50

4A

B50

4A

LOC

LOC

LOC

LOC

A5A6

A5A6

A7A8

D5D6

D5D6

D5D6

HR

D5D6

HR

R1 R2

ECR

R1 R2

ECR

D4D3

HR

D2D1

HR

A2A1

DR

D2D1

VRR

D4D3

VRR

D2D1

HR

D2D1

VRR

A2A1

DR

D4D3

HR

D4D3

VRR

A4A3

DR

f

f

f

f

XX


1

2

1 2



XX

R

Y

G

1

1 2

2

33 4 4

5

5

6

6

SB SB

R

Y

G

1

1 2

2

33 4 4

5

5

6

6

SB SB

LOC

(LOC) t

LOC

(LOC) t

DF 385*275


JOB NUMBER : C

CIRCUIT BOOK No:EDMS No:VERSION: SIGNAL OPERATING - SINGLE LIGHT (TRI-COLOUR) - DOUBLE SWITCHED

00001A12131/08/18 14:35 SG0602002CSTDA121

5BTRX

1

3

TX2BT

RXRX

3 COND.

TX

2

2AT 3BTTX RX TX

4BT

3

3ATTXRX RX TX

4

4ATRX TX

4 4 COND.

METROPOLITAN/COUNTRY

(LOC)

N50PSU

(LOC)

N50PSU

f B50PSU

4A

LOC

f B50PSU

4A

LOC

LOC

LOC

LOC

LOC

LOC

LOC

LOC

LOC

JR

3BT

JR

4BT

3

R1 R2

HR

4

R1 R2

HR

PR

2BT

3

GZR

2

VCSR

3AT

3BT

2AT

3

VCSR

3AT

4BT

4AT

PR

3BT

3

GZR

JR

4BT

JR

5BT

(LOC)N50(EXT)

PSU

B50(EXT)

PSU

4A

LOC

R1 R2

GZR

LOC

LOC

SKS

3

f

3

PROTECTION REQUIRED

ONLY PROVIDED WHERE ADDITIONAL SIGNAL#1

#1

#1#1

t

t

t

D6 D5

C1 C2 C1 C2

D8D7

C3C4

C3C4

C3C4

C3C4

C1 C2 C1 C2

D8D7

C3C4

C3C4

C1 C2

C1 C2

B1 B2 C1 C2

C1 C2

A3 A4

B1 B2 C1 C2

C1 C2

A1 A2

#SKS - DENOTES SIGNAL KEY SWITCH

WORDING TO BE SHOWN ON SIGNALLING PLAN

KEY WARDINGS, INSCRIPTIONS AND SKS BOX SIGNAGE

BY THE PROTECTION OFFICER USING NETWORK RULES

OPERATIONAL SAFEWORKING USE OF SKS IS TO BE DETERMINED

#SKS

D6 D5

DF 385*275


JOB NUMBER : C

CIRCUIT BOOK No:EDMS No:VERSION: SIGNAL CONTROLS - AUTOMATIC - WORKSITE PROTECTION

00001A12231/08/18 14:35 SG0602002CSTDA122

CSCS CM CMCS

173.6

CMCS

170.1167.3

2.29AT

2.13

CIRCUITS BETWEEN STATIONS DOUBLE SWITCHED

ALL RELAYS IN LOCATION AT STATION.

1.97AT 1.97BT 2.13AT

2.29

2.13BT 2.41AT

2.41

1.97 CAUT

2.45

2.45AT 2.45BT

INCL

MICROLOK

INPUT

OVERLAP

STATION A STATION B

SKS

2.13

SKS

2.13

COUNTRY - CODED TRACKS

CITY UNDERGROUND

(LOC)

N50(EXT)PSU

(LOC)

N50(EXT)PSU

t (LOC)

N50PSU

f B50PSU

4A

LOC

f B50(EXT)

PSU

4A

LOC

f B50PSU

4A

LOC

f B50(EXT)

PSU

4A

LOC

JR(1)

2.13B

JR(2)

2.13B

JR(3)

2.13B

R1 R2

LSpR

2.13

R1 R2

GZR

2.13

GZR

2.13

2.13B

2.13A

VCSR

2.29

2.29A

DPU

INCL

GZR

1.97 LSp

173.6AT170.1AT167.3AT

2.13 LSp 2.29 LSp(COND) 2.41 LSp(COND)

2.29 LSp

IASS (IF PROVIDED)

LOC

LOC

LOC

LOC

SKS

A A A A

#

#

t

t

SKS - DENOTES SIGNAL KEY SWITCH

WORDING TO BE SHOWN ON SIGNALLING PLAN

KEY WARDINGS, INSCRIPTIONS AND SKS BOX SIGNAGE

BY THE PROTECTION OFFICER USING NETWORK RULES

OPERATIONAL SAFEWORKING USE OF SKS IS TO BE DETERMINED

B1 B2 B1 B2

D8 D7 D8 D7 D8 D7

A3 A4 A3 A4 A1 A2

A1 A2

SKS

SKS#

DF 385*275


JOB NUMBER : C

CIRCUIT BOOK No:EDMS No:VERSION: SIGNAL CONTROLS - AUTOMATIC - WORKSITE PROTECTION

00001A12331/08/18 14:35 SG0602002CSTDA123

SIGNAL OPERATING

JBJB

CO-ACTING

G

G

R

R

Y

G

G

R

R

Y

t (LOC)

NX120PSU

t (LOC)

NX120PSU

f BX120

PSU

4A

LOC

f BX120

PSU

4A

LOC

LOC

LOC

A5A6

A5A6

A7A8

A7A8

A7A8

D5D6

A7A8

DR

A2A1

LSpR

A4A3

LSpR

A4A3

HR

A4A3

HDR

A4A3

VRR

A4A3

XX

5

6

1

2

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

1

2

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

MAKE & MODEL:

LAMPS: LED

G

G

7B

7B

6B

6B

5B

5B

4B

4B

3B

3B

1B

1B

7W

7W

6W

6W

5W

5W

4W

4W

3W

3W

1W

1W

# #

#

#

#

JUNCTION BOX

SIGNAL HEAD IN LIEU OF A SIGNAL BASE/

TERMINALS MAY BE PROVIDED INSIDE THE

DEPENDENT ON MANUFACTURER / SUPPLIER,

1

5

7

9

11

13

2

6

8

10

12

14

DF 385*275


JOB NUMBER : C

CIRCUIT BOOK No:EDMS No:VERSION: SIGNAL OPERATING - AUTOMATIC (CITY) - CO-ACTING LED

00001A12431/08/18 14:35 SG0602002CSTDA124

SIGNAL OPERATING1B

2B

3B

4B 4B

3W

2W

+ R

1AT

151.9

+ R 1BT

+

R 3AT

3XT

3BT

+ R

1 HDFR

OMRON

H3CR-F8

HDFR

2

7

1

(6)2 4

(5)1 3

#

1 LPM


G

Y

R

(LOC)

NX120PSU

N50

t (LOC)

NX120PSU

t (LOC)

NX120PSU

f BX120

PSU

4A

LOC

f BX120

PSU

4A

LOC

f BX120

PSU

4A

LOC

f

B50

4A

LOC

1

SB

3

LOC

7

SB

5

4

6

8

SB

LOC

1

14

HDFR

85

A5A6

A5A6

A5A6

1

A5A6

HDR

1

D7D8

HR

1

A7A8

VRR

1

D5D6

DR

D7 D8

1

A5A6

ECR

1

R1 R2

ECR

1

A4A3

VRR

1

A2A1

HR

1

A2A1

DR

1

A4A3

HR

1

C2C1

HDR

C4 C3

1

'P'

3 155.5

155.5AT

1

1

2

3

4

5

6

1

2

1

2





#


151.9BT

1W2

SB

LOC

MAKE & MODEL:

LAMPS: LED

R





T ON = 200 ms

T OFF = 640 ms

+ R

R

1

1

LOC

(LOC) t

t

DF 385*275


JOB NUMBER : C

CIRCUIT BOOK No:EDMS No:VERSION: SIGNAL OPERATING - SINGLE LIGHT (METROPOLITAN) - OUTER JCT SIGNAL

00001A12531/08/18 14:35 SG0602002CSTDA125

MEDIUM (151.9 HDR)

CLEAR (1 DR)

MEDIUM (1 HDR)

151.9

R+ ++ R + R

151.9

151.9AT 151.9BT

1

1AT

R +

1BT

3

RR2

3AT 1 3BT

R+

155.5

1

R1 R

3XT

+ R+

(LOC)N50PSU

(LOC)N50PSU

N50

f B50PSU

4A

LOC

f B50PSU

4A

LOC

f B50

4A

LOC

LOC

LOC

LOC

LOC

LOC

1

R1 R2

HDR

1

R1 R2

DR

R1 R2

HDR

R1 R2

HDR

151.9

R1 R2

R1 R2

HDR

R1 R2

3

A2A1

VRR

A2A1

HR

3(M)A

A2A1

HR

3(M)B

3

A2A1

HDR

C2C1

ECR

1JP

1

C2C1

HDR

C4C3

HR

1(M)

C2C1

HDR

C2C1

HDR

A4A3

HR

3(M)A

A4A3

HR

3(M)B

3

A4A3

HDR

3

A4A3

VRR

A2A1

HR

1(M)

1

A2A1

VRR

A2A1

HDR

C2C1

HR

151.9

C2C1

HDR

151.9

1

A4A3

HDR

A4A3

HR

1(M)

1

A4A3

VRR

C2C1

HR

1(M)

A4A3

HDR

C4C3

HDR

151.9

A2A1

HDR

155.5AT

MEDIUM 1 (3A) HDR

MEDIUM 1 (3B) HDR

FROM LINE SPEED TO TURNOUT SPEED

SUFFICIENT DISTANCE TO REDUCE

ROUTE SET) 151.9B (3A) DR

CLEAR (WITH TURNOUT

LOC LOC

1

ROUTE SET) 151.9(3B) DR

CLEAR (WITH STRAIGHT

R1 R2

151.9

N50

f B50

4A

LOC

DR

(LOC)

151.9(3A)

DR

151.9(3B)

DR

LOC

(LOC)

PSU

A1 A2

A1 A2

PSU

PSU PSU

1(3A)

1(3B)

151.9(3B)

DR

151.9(3A)

DR1(3A)1(3A)

1(3A)

1(3B)

t

t

t

t

#

#

#

#

#

IDENTIFIED IN ESG 100.1

NAMING CONVENTION SHALL FOLLOW LOGIC

BE USED AS APPLICABLE

SIGNAL INFORMATION IN ADVANCE, SHALL

TURNOUT ROUTE CONTROL RELAYS OR

MAY ALSO BE REQUIRED FOR ETCS INTERFACE,

NOTE:

HDR

1(3B)

HDR

1(3B)

ON SPLITTING AND NAMING RELAYS

REFER TO ETCS STANDARD DRAWINGS FOR MORE DETAIL

NOTE:

A1 A2 A3 A4

DF 385*275


JOB NUMBER : C

CIRCUIT BOOK No:EDMS No:VERSION: CSTDA130_1 A130_1SIGNAL CONTROLS - TURNOUT REPEATER - CONTROL RELAYS

0000131/08/18 14:35 SG0602002

1 JP

4B

5B

6B

3B

1B

SIGNAL OPERATING

1W

3W

4W

5W

6W

2

1

LPM

1JP

R

Y

G

G

R

(LOC)

N50PSU

(LOC)

NX120PSU

t (LOC)

NX120PSU

f BX120

PSU

4A

LOC

f B50PSU

4A

LOC

f BX120

PSU

4A

LOC

f BX120

PSU

4A

LOC

LOC

SB

8

SB

9

7

SB

LOC

LOC

1

SB

5

2

SB

6

D7D8

D5D6

D7D8

D5D6

D5D6

D5D6

R1 R2

ECR

1JP

C2C1

1AT

C4 C3

D2D1

HDR

D4 D3

1

D2D1

HDR

1

D2D1

VRR

1

D2D1

DR

D2D1

HR

1(M)

C4 C3

1

C2C1

VRR

4

1

2

5

6

1

2

3

5 611 12

10

1

2





#

#

(5) 3

(6) 4

33

34

4

6

5

3

1

LOC

LOC

1

2

MAKE & MODEL:

MAKE & MODEL:

LAMPS: LED

1(3A)

t

t

DF 385*275


JOB NUMBER : C

CIRCUIT BOOK No:EDMS No:VERSION: CSTDA130_2 A130_2SIGNAL OPERATING - DOUBLE LIGHT- TURNOUT REPEATER

0000131/08/18 14:35 SG0602002

R+ R + R + R +

151.9AT

151.9

151.9BT 1AT

+

R

R1 R

3XT

+ R

1BT 3AT 3BT 5AT

5

R2

'P'

+ R

+

1

1

INSUFFICIENT DISTANCE TO REDUCE FROM

LINE SPEED TO TURNOUT SPEED

t (LOC)

N50PSU

t (LOC)

N50PSU

t (LOC)

N50PSU

t (LOC)

N50PSU

f B50PSU

4A

LOC

f B50PSU

4A

LOC

f B50PSU

4A

LOC

LOC

LOC

LOC

LOC

LOC

LOC

LOC

LOC

R1 R2

HDR

1

R1 R2

DR

1

R1 R2

HDR

R1 R2

DR

151.9

R1 R2

HDR

R1 R2

HDR

R1 R2

PHDR

151.9

R1 R2

HDR

3

A4A3

VRR

3

A4A3

HDR

A4A3

HR

3(M)A

A4A3

HR

3(M)B

C2C1

HR

1(M)

C2C1

HDR

C4C3

HR

1(M)

1

C2C1

HDR

C2C1

ECR

1JP

3

A2A1

HDR

A2A1

HR

3(M)B

3

A2A1

VRR

1

A4A3

VRR

A4A3

HR

B4B3

HDR

C2C1

HDR

151.9

C2C1

HR

151.9

B2B1

HDR

1

A2A1

VRR

A2A1

HR

1(M)

1

B2B1

HDR

C4C3

HR

151.9

B2B1

HDR

B4B3

HDR

1

B4B3

HDR

C2C1

ECR

151.9JP

C2C1

HDR

C2C1

HDR

A2A1

HR

3(M)A

1 3

MEDIUM 1 HDR

MEDIUM 1 (3B) HDR

MEDIUM 1 (3A) HDR

CLEAR 1 DR

MEDIUM 151.9 HDR

MEDIUM 151.9(3B) HDR

CLEAR 151.9 DR

MEDIUM 151.9 PHDR

PRELIMINARY

WHERE 1 (3A) HDR NOT PROVIDED,

USE 3(M) HR & 1 HDR CONTACTS

LOC

LOC

LOC

LOC

R1 R2

151.9

N50

f B50

4A

LOC

HDR

(LOC)

151.9(3B)

151.9(3B)

1(M)

151.9(3A)

HDR

151.9(3B)

HDR

151.9(3A)

PSU

A2

A1

A1 A2

PSU

f 4A

LOCPSUB50

1(3B)

1(3A)

1(3B)

1(3A)

1(3B)

1(3A)

1(3B)

1(3A)

#

#

#

#

#

IDENTIFIED IN ESG 100.1

NAMING CONVENTION SHALL FOLLOW LOGIC

BE USED AS APPLICABLE

SIGNAL INFORMATION IN ADVANCE, SHALL

TURNOUT ROUTE CONTROL RELAYS OR

MAY ALSO BE REQUIRED FOR ETCS INTERFACE,

NOTE:

1

B2B1

VRR

1

B3

VRR

B4

t

DF 385*275


JOB NUMBER : C

CIRCUIT BOOK No:EDMS No:VERSION: CSTDA131_1 A131_1SIGNAL CONTROLS - TURNOUT REPEATER (PRELIMINARY MEDIUM)

0000131/08/18 14:36 SG0602002

HDFR

151.9

SIGNAL OPERATING

151.9 JP

OMRON

H3CR-F8

2 6

1 5

LPM

151.9JP

(LOC)

NX120PSU

(LOC)N50PSU

(LOC)

NX120PSU

C2C1

VRR

151.9

t (LOC)

NX120PSU

f BX120

PSU

4A

LOC

f BX120

PSU

4A

LOC

f B50PSU

4A

LOC

f BX120

PSU

4A

LOC

f BX120

PSU

4A

LOC

2

7

14

HDFR

151.9

85

D5D6

D5D6

D5D6

D7D8

D5D6

D7D8

A5A6

DR

151.9

D5D6

PHDR

151.9

R1 R2

ECR

151.9JP

C4 C3

C2C1

151.9AT

D2D1

HR

151.9

D2D1

DR

151.9

D2D1

VRR

151.9

D2D1

HDR

151.9

D4 D3

D2D1

HDR

A2A1

PHDR

151.9

A4 A3

C4 C3

4B

5B

6B

3B

1B

R

Y

G

G

R

LOC

SB

9

7

SB

LOC

LOC

1

SB

5

4

1

2

5

6

1

2

3

5 611

1

2





#

#

1

2

33

34

1W

3W

4W

5W

6W

8

SB

2

SB

6

12

10

4

6

5

3

1

LOC

LOC

MAKE & MODEL:

MAKE & MODEL:

LAMPS: LED

151.9(3B)

PER MINUTE

PULSE RATE REQUIRED - 70 FLASHES




T ON = 200 ms

T OFF = 640 ms

t

t

t

DF 385*275


JOB NUMBER : C

CIRCUIT BOOK No:EDMS No:VERSION: CSTDA131_2 A131_2SIGNAL OPERATING - DOUBLE LIGHT - TURNOUT REPEATER (PRELIM MED.)

0000131/08/18 14:36 SG0602002

4A f

PSUBX120

26CT

PR

B1 B2

C1

19(M)B

HR

C2

C1

19(M)C

HR

C2

C8 C7

C8 C7

C8 C7

B8 B7

B8 B7

B8 B7

B7B8

C1

19

HDR

C2

C8 C7

C6 C5

C6 C5

C6 C5

B5B6

4A f

PSUBX120

G

Y

R

Y

R

1

1

SB

LOC

1B

2B

3B

5B

6B

3

5

3

5

2

4

6

4

6

2

SB

LOC

LOC

1W

2W

3W

5W

6W

LOC

1

SIGBUS

2

3

5

4

6

9

11

3

5

4

6

10

12

19 MLRI

t (LOC)

PSUNX120

UNLESS SHOWN OTHERWISE

COATED 1.23mm SQ, 19/29AWG 600V GRADE

ALL INTERNAL WIRING ETFE TEFLON

MAKE & MODEL:

LAMPS: LED

MAKE & MODEL:

C1

19(M)A

HR

C2

DF 385*275


JOB NUMBER : C

CIRCUIT BOOK No:EDMS No:VERSION: CSTDA132_1 A132_1SIGNAL OPERATING - DOUBLE LIGHT - MAIN LINE ROUTE INDICATOR

0000131/08/18 14:36 SG0602002

4A f

PSUBX120

26CT

PR

C1 C2

C3

HR

C4

SB

LOC

3

4

LOC

19(M)A

C3

HR

C4

19(M)B

27

28

29

30

2

1

BLOCK

TERMINAL

MLRIBUS

2L 2

1

PSUNX120(LOC)

COM

COM

'B'

'D'

UNLESS SHOWN OTHERWISE

COATED 1.23mm SQ, 19/29AWG 600V GRADE

ALL INTERNAL WIRING ETFE TEFLON

MLRI

19

MAKE & MODEL:

LAMPS: LED

t

DF 385*275


JOB NUMBER : C

CIRCUIT BOOK No:EDMS No:VERSION: CSTDA132_2 A132_2SIGNAL OPERATING - MAIN LINE ROUTE INDICATOR LED

0000131/08/18 14:36 SG0602002

3RGKR

R+

3BT

3XT

R

R

R1

R2

3AT

3(M)B

OMRON

H3CR-F8

HDFR

+

R 1BT1AT +

R 151.9+

LPM SHOULD BE ADJUSTED

ONLY WHEN ALL LAMPS ARE OUT

SUCH THAT ECR IS DE-ENERGISED

*2

2B

3B

1B

2

7

'P'

'P'

3 CO-ACT

(A3) (A4)

(A7)(A8)

(B3) (B4)(A3) (A4) (B1) (B2)

(B6) (B5)

(B6) (B5)

(B6) (B5)(B6) (B5)

(B8) (B7)

(C1) (C2)

(B7)(B8) (B8) (B7)

(B6) (B5)

(B1) (B2)

(5) (8)

(B3) (B4) (C4)(C3)

MEDIUM PROVIDED

FOR TURNOUT ROUTE

ON 3 ONLY

NOTE:

CONTACT NUMBERS IN BRACKETS ARE FOR CO-ACTING SIGNAL OPERATING.

SIGNAL OPERATING

(6)2 4

(5)1 3

#

3 LPM

(6)2 4

(5)1 3

LPM

3(M)B

1

R1 R2

HDR

1

R1 R2

DR

3

LOC

1

LOC

1

LOC

3

LOC

(3 LOC)

N50

B50

4Af

3 LOC

B50

4Af

3 LOC

R

R

Y

G

(LOC)

NX120PSU

N50

(LOC)

N50PSU

3

A7A8

VRR

A5A6

3

A5A6

ECR

A5A6

ECR

3 CO-ACT

3

D4D3

ECR

CO-ACT

C2C1

ECR

3(M)B

C2C1

ECR

CO-ACT

3(M)B

3

C2C1

ECR

3

C2C1

ECR

CO-ACT

3

D2D1

ECR

CO-ACT

3

D2D1

ECR

D2D1

ECR

3(M)B

D2D1

ECR

CO-ACT

3(M)B

C4 C3

C4 C3

C4 C3

C4 C3

B2B1

3

B4B3

VRR

3

C2C1

VRPR

C2C1

HR

3(M)B

1

C2C1

HR

C2C1

HR

3(M)A

C4C3

D2D1

HR

3(M)B

3

D2D1

VRPR

D2D1

HR

3(M)A

3

A2A1

VRR

C4 C3

C4 C3

C4 C3

t (LOC)

NX120PSU

t (LOC)

NX120PSU

t (LOC)

NX120PSU

BX120

PSU

4Af

LOC

BX120

PSU

4Af

LOC

BX120

PSU

4Af

LOC

BX120

PSU

4Af

LOC

f

B50

4A

f B50PSU

4A

LOC

LOC

14

HDFR

3(M)B

A5A6

A7A8

A5A6

A7A8

HR

3(M)B

A5A6

HDR

3(M)B

3

R1 R2

ECR

R1R2

ECR

3(M)B

3

D4D3

ECR

A2A1

HR

3(M)A

A4A3

HR

3(M)A

A2A1

DR

3(M)A

A2A1

A4A3

HR

3(M)B

C2C1

HDR

3(M)B

C4 C3

4B

2W

3W

4W

5W

Y

Y

Y

3

1

SB

5

LOC

7

SB

6

4

8

SB

LOC

17

12

11

3

9

7

8

10

4

12

11

15

16

18

5B

1

3

5

2

4

6



155.5

'P'

1 3

155.5AT151.9BT

+

3 SIGNAL AND 3 CO-ACTING

IN THE OPERATING CIRCUIT.

1

2

1

2





#

3

LOC

1W2

SB

*2

#

3 SIGNAL AND 3 CO-ACTING SIGNAL MUST USE CONTACTS OF THE SAME RELAYS

MAKE & MODEL:

LAMPS: LED




PULSE RATE REQUIRED 68 - 72 PER MIN

T ON = 200 ms

T OFF = 640 ms

INITIAL SETTING

t

t

t

t

t

####

##

##

##

##

LOC

(LOC)

FOR CO-ACTING CIRCUITS NAME TO INCLUDE CO-ACTING (SIGNAL / LPM/ ECR)

DF 385*275


JOB NUMBER : C

CIRCUIT BOOK No:EDMS No:VERSION: SIG OPERATING - SINGLE LIGHT JCT SIG (WITH CO-ACTING) - ECR ARRGT.

00001A13931/08/18 14:36 SG0602002CSTDA139

1B

2B

3B

4B 4W

3W

2W

1W

MAY BE VRR

(DEPENDS ON APPLICATION)

NOTE: ORDER OF LIGHTS COULD BE

G/R/Y/SMALL Y TO IMPROVE

VISIBILITY OF SHUNT WITH

RED LIGHT

G

Y

R

Y

t (CD)NX120SIG LTSCD

t (CD)NX120SIG LTSCD

BX120SIG LTS

CD

4A

CD

BX120SIG LTS

CD

4Af

CD

1 1

SB

3

3

5

5

7

7

8

6

4

2

SB

8

2

6

4

C7C8

C7C8

C7C8

C7C8

A5A6

B4B3

PR

36AT

D4D3

HPR

31(M)A

D4D3

HPR

31(M)B

D4D3

HPR

31(M)C

D4D3

DR

31

B6B5

HR

31(S)A

B6B5

HR

31(S)B

B6B5

HR

31(S)C

B8B7

HR

31(S)A

B8B7

HR

31(S)B

B8B7

HR

31(S)C

D2D1

HR

31(M)A

D2D1

HR

31(M)C

D2D1

HR

31(M)B

CO-ACTING

31

f

MAKE & MODEL:

LAMPS: LED

MAKE & MODEL:

LAMP: LED

SH

SH

LOC

LOC

#

TERMINALS 3 & 4

SUPPLY WITH INPUT TERMINALS 1 & 2, OUPUT

LPM VERSION 1.0 REQUIRES A FILTERED 50V DC

(6)2 4

(5)1 3

#

N50

f

B50

4A

R1 R2

ECR

1

2

t

LOC

(LOC)

31

CO-ACTING

LPM

CO-ACTING

31

DF 385*275


JOB NUMBER : C

CIRCUIT BOOK No:EDMS No:VERSION: SIGNAL OPERATING - CO-ACTING SIGNAL

00001A14031/08/18 14:36 SG0602002CSTDA140

UP MAIN

1

6

4 DOWN MAIN

BUTTON IS ENABLED AS A FINISH

SAME SIGNAL

WHERE MULTIPLE FINISHES ARE POSIBLE FROM A SINGLE COMMENCE,

ENSURE ONLY THE FINISH OPERATED DEFINES THE ROUTE TO BE SET

(NONE SHOWN IN THIS EXAMPLE)

COLUMN D FOR Y

IN COLUMN C

RESETS COMMENCE

AFTER FINISH ACTIONED

COLUMN B FOR Y IN COLUMN A

ALL VALID COMMENCE FOR Y,

EXCEPT ITSELF

COLUMN B FOR X IN COLUMN A

COLUMN D FOR

X IN COLUMN CC

FINISH

BUTTON

3M

4

DM

UM

6

A

COMMENCE

BUTTON

1

3M

3S

4

6

8

B

POSSIBLE

FINISH BUTTON

3M

DM

4

UM

UM

6

D

POSSIBLE

COMMENCE BUTTON

1

3S

3M

4,6

8

X CER

Y FNR

PUSH BUTTON TABLE

MICROLOK ASSIGNMENT

3MBFR*(1CER+3FNR)*~DMFNR TO 3FNR

MICROLOK ASSIGNMENT

3FMR*((3MBFR*~3FNR*~3SACER*~1CER)+(~DMFNR*3MBCER)) TO 3MBCER

X FnR

CeR

FnR

FnR

CeR

FnR

FnR

R2

X CeR

R2

Y FnR

X (FM) R

X (F)R

Y (F)R

CeR

CeR

Y FnR

etc

R1

R1

8

3(M)B

3(S)A

PREVENTS CeR ENERGISING IF

ALSO CROSSPROVE (S)&(M) CeR FOR

DF 385*275


JOB NUMBER : C

CIRCUIT BOOK No:EDMS No:VERSION: ENTRANCE EXIT ROUTE SET (WITHOUT A RING CIRCUIT)

00001N05631/08/18 14:36 SG0602002CSTDN056

RELAY INSTALLATIONS REQUIRE DIFFERENT CIRCUITS TO ACHIEVE SAME FUNCTIONALITY.

# NOTE: THESE CIRCUITS OPTIMISED FOR USE AS MICROLOK LOGIC.

CASE 2: ONE TRACK BETWEEN SIGNALSCASE 1: PLAIN TRACK

TO 27 ALSR(27_TZR * 27AT * POJR)))

27_NGPR * ((27_ALSR + 27M_ALSJR) +ASSIGN

(APPROACH TRACKS AND SELECTION) +

TO 31 ALSR(31_TZR * (31AT + 31AT_JRP) * POJR)))

31_NGPR * ((31_ALSR + 31M_ALSJR) +ASSIGN


TO 37 ALSR


(37M_ALSJR + 37MA_NLR + 37MB_NLR) * 37S_ALSJR) +

(37_TZR * 37AT * POJR)))

37_NGPR * ((37_ALSR + ASSIGN

35AT35

37BT37

105

37AT27AT31

31AT10227

27BT

TO 27 TZR TO 31 TZR

TO 37 TZR

ASSIGN ~27AT * 27BT + 27_TZR * ~27BT ~31AT * 35AT + 31_TZR * ~35ATASSIGN

37SA_RUR * 37SB_RUR *

(~37AT * ((37BT * 105_NLR) + (37XT * 105_RLR)) +

37_TZR * ((~37BT * 105_NLR) + (~37XT * 105_RLR)))

ASSIGN

TO ALSJR

APPROACH

TRACKS AND

SELECTION

TO ALSJR

SELECTION

TRACKS AND

APPROACH

TO ALSJR

SELECTION

TRACKS AND

APPROACH

37XT

CASE 3: FACING JUNCTION & SUBSIDIARY SHUNTS

REFER TO SHEET P005 FOR RELAY CIRCUITS.

RUR

37(S)B

RUR

37(S)A

37AT

37BT

37XT

31AT

35AT

27BT

27AT

TZR

37

ALSR

37

ALSR

31

ALSR

27

TZR

31

R1 R2

TZR

27

NLR

105

POJR

NLR

105

NGPR

37

37XT

37BT

37AT

POJR

NGPR

31

31AT

POJR

NGPR

27

27AT

35AT

27BT

JR(P)

31AT

RLR

105

RLR

105

TZR

37

TZR

37

TZR

31

TZR

27

TZR

31

TZR

27

DF 385*275


JOB NUMBER : C

CIRCUIT BOOK No:EDMS No:VERSION: AUTONORMALISING & APPROACH LOCKING EXAMPLES - MICROLOK OCS

00001P00431/08/18 14:36 SG0602002CSTDP004

CASE 1: PLAIN TRACK CASE 2: ONE TRACK BETWEEN SIGNALS

TO ALSJR

AND SELECTION

APPROACH TRACKS

AND SELECTION

APPROACH TRACKS

AND SELECTION

APPROACH TRACKS

TO ALSJR

TO ALSJR

37AT

105

10231AT27BT27AT

NOTE: THESE CIRCUITS ARE FOR USE IN RELAY INSTALLATIONS.

CASE 3: FACING JUNCTION & SUBSIDIARY SHUNTS

REFER TO SHEET P004 FOR LOGIC OPTIMISED FOR USE IN MICROLOK DATA.

RUR

37(S)A

RUR

37(S)B

37XT

37BT

35AT

27BT

31AT

35AT

27AT

27BT

37AT

37BT

37XT

R1 R2

ALSR

37

R1 R2

ALSR

31

R1 R2

ALSR

27

R1 R2

TZR

31

R1 R2

TZR

27

R1 R2

TZR

37

NLR

105

POJR

37AT

NGPR

37

POJR

NGPR

31

POJR

NGPR

27

27AT

31AT

35AT

27BT

37BT

NLR

105

37XT

RLR

105

TZR

37

TZR

31

TZR

27

JR(P)

31AT

TZR

37

RLR

105

37BT

37XT

3735AT27 31 35

DF 385*275


JOB NUMBER : C

CIRCUIT BOOK No:EDMS No:VERSION: AUTONORMALISING & APPROACH LOCKING EXAMPLES - RELAY OCS

00001P00531/08/18 14:36 SG0602002CSTDP005

IMPORTANT

ALL EARTH WIRING TO BE AS SHORT AND

DIRECT AS PRACTICAL.

AVOID "COILING" OR "LOOPING" EARTH WIRES.

IF OTHER EARTH SYSTEM'S EARTH ARE WITHIN

8 METRES OF EARTH GRID THEN THE MATTER

ALL TERMINALS RECORDED ON CIRCUIT

(TYPICAL NUMBERING SHOWN).

CABLE SIZES IN ACCORDANCE WITH

CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION

SC00170000SP LIGHTNING SURGE

ONE EARTH BUS PER RACK-FUNCTION

***-NAME OF SUPPLY OR

NOTES:

2

RAILWAY POWER EARTH

ELD TEST EARTHS

OR POWER POLE EARTH

RA

CK 2

EA

RT

H

BA

R

TE

RMIN

ATIO

N

RA

CK

EA

RT

H

BA

R

TE

ST

TEST EARTH

EA

RT

H

BA

R

EARTHS

EQUIPMENT

EQUIPMENT

MAIN

EA

RT

H

BA

R

EARTHS

CABLE/SHEATH/

RA

CK 1 E

AR

TH

BA

R

ARRESTORS EARTHS

EARTHS

TRACK CIRCUITS

IS INSTALLED IN LOCATION,

TRENCH EARTH

SURGE PROTECTION EARTHS

NORMAL & EMERGENCY SUPPLY

TRENCH EARTH

LOCATION EARTH IS TO BE LESS

ARRESTORS EARTHS

CABLE/SHEATH/

COMMUNICATIONS

EARTH

OUTGOING MAINS

EARTHS

SURGE PROTECTION

#1

#1

10

1

4

3

2

9

4

3

2

5

8

7

6

5

6

5

4

7

10

9

8

3

8

7

6

9

2

1

10

#1

8

7

#1

11

10

9

6

1

#2

#1

2

5

4

3

12

3

2

1

4

1

#1

#1

#1

15

14

13

16

19

18

THAN 5V IF ELECTRONIC EQUIPMENT

OTHERWISE LESS THAN 10V

***

***

***

***

***

***

***

***

***

***

***

***

***

***

***

***

***

***

***

CIRCUIT CONNECTED

CAN BE COMBINED AS NECESSARY.

PROTECTION.

16mm GREEN/YELLOW WIRE.#1

IF THE DISTANCE IS GREATER

THAN 10m, THEN THE MATTER IS

AUTHORITY FOR ADVICE.

TO BE REFERRED TO ASSET STANDARDS

#2

IS TO BE REFERRED TO ASSET STANDARDS

AUTHORITY FOR ADVICE.

POWER SYSTEMS.SYSTEMS AND NOT ALSO USED FORPURELY USED FOR COMMUNICATIONMAY BE DIRECT BONDED IF EARTH IS

#3

#3 ALL TEST EARTH WIRING TO BE VIOLET

(PEC100)

CLAMP

EQUALISATION

POTENTIAL

(PEC100)

CLAMP

EQUALISATION

POTENTIAL

DF 385*275


JOB NUMBER : C

CIRCUIT BOOK No:EDMS No:VERSION: EARTHING - LOCATION WIRING

00001Q00131/08/18 14:36 SG0602002CSTDQ001

DEVICES REFER TO SHEET NO. X17.

2. FOR TYPICAL APPLICATIONS OF CURRENT SENSING

DEVICES REFER TO SHEET NO. A03.

1. FOR TYPICAL APPLICATIONS OF LAMP MONITORING

TYPICAL APPLICATION - UNATTENDED MONITORING OF TRACK VOLTAGES

2. VAI (ANALOGUE INTERFACE)

1 VRMS 2600 Hz

120V AC

3

1

2

VAI

9

5

7

6

4ANALOGUE DATA LOGGER

CHART RECORDER OR

CIRCUIT RECEIVER

JOINTLESS TRACK

TYPICAL APPLICATION - SIGNAL CONTROL RELAY (HR)

1. VIO (OPTO ISOLATOR)

BUSBAR

4

3

B24(NV)VIO(50V)

2

1

TYPICAL APPLICATION - UNATTENDED DETAILED MONITORING OF POINTS DETECTION

120V AC

B50

3

1

2

VAI

9

5

7

6

4

N50

CHART RECORDER OR

ANALOGUE DATA LOGGER

(LOC)

N50(EXT)PSU

f B50(EXT)

PSU

4A

LOC

RR

1

1

ALSJR

1

NGPR

1

ALSR

1

USR

1

R1 R2

HR

R1 R2

1

UCR

NOTES:

t

(TO TELEMETRY)

OUTPUT

N OR NX(SAME SUPPLY AS CCT)

MORE EXAMPLES

NOTE: SEE SPG 1033 FOR

DF 385*275


JOB NUMBER : C

CIRCUIT BOOK No:EDMS No:VERSION: MONITORING APPLICATIONS - MISCELLANEOUS

00001Q00231/08/18 14:36 SG0602002CSTDQ002

16.4 LOC

15.7

LOC

A

15.7

16.4

16.4

LOC

FRAME AREL

SW A

R13.4

13.4

15.7C LOC

FRAME C

13.4

LOC

10.9

LOC

A

Tx

Rx

TO STATION A

10.9

Tx Tx

10.9C LOC

TxRx

Rx Rx

11.6

Rx

10.9B LOC

17.0B

LOC

16.9

LOC

17.0

17.0

LOC

13.7

LOC

FRAME D

16.9

13.7B

LOC

FRAME B

TO STATION D

16.9B LOC

REL

SW B

13.8

Rx

11.6

LOC

13.7

Rx

Tx Tx

Tx Tx

12.6

Rx Tx

Rx Rx

Rx

12.6B LOC

12.6

LOC

12.3

LOC

12.3

A

13.4B LOC

A

NOT TO SCALE

STATION C

STATION B

(TRACK LAYOUT EXAMPLE)

10.9AT 10.9BT

11.6BT

10.9CT

11.6AT

10.9DT

12.6BT

12.3AT

12.6AT

12.3BT

13.4BT

13.4AT

12.3CT

13.8BT

13.7AT

13.8AT

15.7AT

16.4BT

15.7BT

16.4AT

15.7CT

17.0BT

15.7DT

17.0AT

16.9AT

17.6DT

Tx Tx

Tx Tx

Tx Tx

Tx Tx

Tx TxTx Tx

Tx Tx

Tx Tx

Tx

Tx

Rx Rx

Rx Rx

Rx Rx

Rx Rx

Rx RxRx Rx

Rx Rx

Rx Rx

RxTx

DF 385*275


JOB NUMBER : C

CIRCUIT BOOK No:EDMS No:VERSION: TELEMETRY SYSTEM - DUPLINE FIELD BUS - INPUT ASSIGNMENT

00001R00331/08/18 14:36 SG0602002CSTDR003

NOTE:

7 8

3

5

CRITEC

DSF-6A

L2

150V

L1

E2

4E1

28

27

B1

26

25

24

23

22

21

A7

8

INTERNAL WIRE

PAIR 10

GREY

RED

CRITEC

UTB-18

L2 E2GREY

A6

A5

7

6

A4

5

4

3

2

L1 E1RED

No.1 INPUT UNIT

1

COMMON

SIGNAL

87

150V

DSF-6A

CRITEC5

L2

3L1

E2

E14

28

27

26

INTERNAL WIRE

25

24

23

22

21

B5

8

UTB-18

CRITEC

L2 E2GREY

PAIR 10

REDL1 E1

RED

B4

B3

7

6

B2

5

4

3

2

No.1 INPUT UNIT

1

SIGNAL

COMMON

*

NX120PSU

NX120PSU

f BX120

PSU

4A f BX120

PSU

4A

10.9AT

ECR

10.9

GZR

10.9

10.9BT

10.9CT

11.6BT

HR

10.9

ALLOCATION FOR FUNCTION ANALYSIS

REFER TO DUPLINE FIELDBUS CHANNEL

*

GREY

D1 D2

D1 D2

D6 D5

D1 D2

10.9

t

D1 D2

A8

P5

10.9C

t

D1 D2

D1 D2

D1 D2

IS PROVIDED

IF SIGNAL KEY SWITCH

10.9 10.9C

(10.9) (10.9C)

DF 385*275


JOB NUMBER : C

CIRCUIT BOOK No:EDMS No:VERSION: TELEMETRY SYSTEM - DUPLINE FIELDBUS - TX INPUT WIRING (EXAMPLE)

00001R00431/08/18 14:36 SG0602002CSTDR004

G34910040115

UBT-18

CRITEC

E27

GREY

5

L2

RED

3L1

GREY

8

REDE1

4

28

27

26

24

25

23

22

21

8

7

6

UTB-18

GREYSE

L2 E2

RED

CRITEC

L1 E1

PAIR 10

PRIVATE

LINE MODEM

GREY

RED

3

5

4

2

1

D34900000115

28

27

26

GREY

7

5

RED

3

DSF-6A5

L27

150V

E28

L1

CRITEC3

E14

24

25

23

22

21

8

7

6

CRITEC

E2L2

UBT-18

8

GREY

E1L14

RED

G34910040115

28

27

26

24

25

23

22

21

8

7

6

GENERATOR

CHANNEL

GREY

RED

3

5

4

2

1LINE MODEM

GREY

3

4

5

2

RED

PRIVATE

1

COMMON

SIGNAL

4A f

13.4BX120

13.7B

13.4NX120

(13.7B) t

13.7B

DF 385*275


JOB NUMBER : C

CIRCUIT BOOK No:EDMS No:VERSION: TELEMETRY SYSTEM - CHANNEL GENERATOR & PRIVATE LINE MODEM WIRING

00001R00531/08/18 14:36 SG0602002CSTDR005

7 8

3CRITEC

DSF-6A

L2

150V

L1

E2

4

E1

28

27

26

F425

24

23

22

21

F38

PAIR 10

GREY

RED

CRITEC

UTB-18

L2 E2GREY

F2

F1

7

6

E85

INTERNAL WIRE

4

3

2

L1 E1RED

No.1 INPUT UNIT

1

NOTE:

13.4

28

27

26

INTERNAL WIRE

G425

24

23

22

21

G38

GREY

COMMON

SIGNAL

RED

G2

G1

7

6

5

4

3

2

No.2 INPUT UNIT

1

13.4

#

#

# WHERE TRAINSTOPS ARE PROVIDED

NX120PSU

f BX120

PSU

4A

2

PWR

1

PWR

13

PSI

NORM

120V

13

PSI

EMERG

120V

13

CH1

50V

13.4

13

CH2

50V

13.4

13.4AT

13.4BT

ECR

13.4

NR

FRAME CD

N

REL.SW.A

VNR

13.4

HR

13.4

VRR

13.4



5

13.4

D1 D2

D1 D2

D1 D2 D1 D2

D6 D5

D1 D2

13.4

t

D1 D2

F5

F6

F7

F8

D1 D2

D1 D2

(13.4)

DF 385*275


JOB NUMBER : C

CIRCUIT BOOK No:EDMS No:VERSION: TELEMETRY SYSTEM - DUPLINE FIELDBUS TX INPUT WIRING (EXAMPLE)

00001R00631/08/18 14:36 SG0602002CSTDR006

NOTE:

87

3

DSF-6A

CRITEC

L2

150V

L1

E2

4E1

28

27

26

P225

24

23

22

21

P18

INTERNAL WIRE

PAIR 10

GREY

RED

UTB-18

CRITEC

L2 E2GREY

O8

O7

7

6

O65

4

3

2

L1 E1RED

No.1 INPUT UNIT

1

SIGNAL

COMMON

#

#

NOTE: # WHERE TRAINSTOPS ARE PROVIDED

NX129PSU

f BX120

PSU

4A

17.0AT

ECR

17.0

17.6D

VNR

17.0

HR

17.0

VRR

17.0



5

17.0

D1 D2

D1 D2 D1 D2

D6 D5

D1 D2

D1 D2

17.0

t

D1 D2

P3

P4

(17.0)

DF 385*275


JOB NUMBER : C

CIRCUIT BOOK No:EDMS No:VERSION: TELEMETRY SYSTEM - DUPLINE FIELDBUS TX INPUT WIRING (EXAMPLE)

00001R00731/08/18 14:37 SG0602002CSTDR007

15.2 LOC

UNIT 1 UNIT 1 UNIT 1 UNIT 1LINELINE

STATION D

15.7

17.0

13.7B

13.4

10.9C

12.3

11.6

10.9

GENERATOR

STATION A

MODEM

TO

LOCATION

120V AC

CRITEC

MODEM

R007

CRITEC

120V AC

R005

R006

R004

R004

120V AC

CRITEC

PAGE

TO

CRITEC

120V AC

CRITEC

120V AC

PRIVATE

13.7B LOC

PRIVATE

CRITEC

CHANNEL

15.2C LOC

CRITEC

13.8 LOC

CRITEC

120V AC

CRITEC

UNIT 1

14.5 LOC

CRITEC CRITEC

120V AC

CRITEC

UNIT 1

120V AC

CRITEC

UNIT 1

10.9C LOC

012

DT 1

10.9 LOC

CRITEC CRITEC

11.6 LOC

CRITEC

UNIT 2 UNIT 1 UNIT 2 UNIT 2UNIT 1 UNIT 1 UNIT 1

120V AC

CRITEC CRITEC

120V AC 120V AC

CRITEC CRITEC

120V AC

UNIT 2

CRITEC

15.7 LOC

120V AC

CRITEC

UNIT 1

120V AC

CRITEC

UNIT 1

16.4 LOC

CRITEC

120V AC

CRITEC

UNIT 1 UNIT 2

12.3 LOC

CRITEC

12.6 LOC

CRITEC CRITEC

13.4 LOC

CRITEC

16.9 LOC

1 DT

CRITEC

201

17.0 LOC

120V AC

UNIT 1

CRITEC

13.7 LOC

CRITEC

FOR WIRING DETAILS SEE:

DF 385*275


JOB NUMBER : C

CIRCUIT BOOK No:EDMS No:VERSION: TELEMETRY SYSTEM - DUPLINE FIELDBUS - SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM (EXAMPLE)

00001R00831/08/18 14:37 SG0602002CSTDR008

SYSTEM 1 (10.9 LOCATION TO 17.0 LOCATION)

STATION A TO STATION B

SPARE

11.6 50V WARNING

11.6

11.6 NGKR

SPARE

11.6 ECR

SPARE

11.6AT

12.6BT

11.6 RGKR

10.9C

11.6BT

DIRECT INPUT

10.9BT

10.9CT

8-4

28-24

27-24

26-24

25-24

7-4

6-4

5-4

8

3

4

2

1

7

6

5

7-4

28-24

27-24

26-24

25-24

8-4

6-4

5-4

28-24

7

2

3

4

1

8

6

5

4

C1

C4

C5

C2

C3

B7

B8

B6 1

B4

B5

B2

B3

1

10.9

10.9 RGKR

SPARE

10.9 ECR

10.9 NGKR

10.9AT

SPARE

LOCATION

SPARE

FUNCTION CHANNEL

6-4

7-4

8-4

25-24

26-24

27-24

5-4

6

2

3

1

8

7

5

INPUT CONNECTIONS

TERMINAL INPUT

A5

B1

A7

A6

A4 1

MODULE

A1

A3

A2

1

327-24

DIRECT INPUT

LINE MODEMS

AND PRIVATE

GENERATOR

SPARE

12.6 50V WARNING

12.6 ECR

SPARE

13.7B

CHANNEL

28-24

27-24

26-24

25-24

8-4

7-4

6-4

5-4

28-24

3

4

2

1

7

8

6

4

5

E7

E5

E6

E4

E3

2

INPUT CONNECTIONS

INPUT

12.6 RGKR

12.6 NGKR

13.4BT

12.3BT

12.6AT

SPARE

12.3 50V WARNING

12.3 ECR

12.3 NGKR

12.3 RGKR

12.3AT

10.9DT

SPARE

FUNCTION

12.6

LOCATION

12.3

226-24

8-4

26-24

25-24

5-4

6-4

7-4

27-24

28-24

6

2

1

8

7

5

4

3

5-4

6-4

7-4

8-4

25-24

TERMINAL

5

1

8

6

7

D3

D7

E2

E1

D8

D6

D5

D4

1

C6

D2

D1

C7

C8

CHANNEL

1

MODULE

SPARE

SPARE

10.9 GZR

SPARE

SPARE

SPARE

SPARE

*

*

A8

P5

IF SIGNAL KEY SWITCH PROVIDED

DF 385*275


JOB NUMBER : C

CIRCUIT BOOK No:EDMS No:VERSION: TELEMETRY SYSTEM - DUPLINE FIELDBUS - CHANNEL ALLOCATIONS (EXAMPLE)

00001R00931/08/18 14:37 SG0602002CSTDR009



13.7 50V WARNING

SPARE

13.7

13.7 RGKR

SPARE

13.7 ECR

13.7 NGKR

13.7AT

12.3CT

7-4

8-4

25-24

26-24

27-24

28-24

5-4

6-4

7

2

3

4

1

8

6

5

H1

H4

H6

H5

H3

H2

G8

G7 1

13.4 120V&50V WARNING

SPARE

SPARE

SPARE

REL SW A N

FRAME CD NR

DIRECT INPUT

SPARE

SPARE

SPARE

13.4

LOCATION

13.4AT

13.4 ECR

13.4 NGKR

13.4 RGKR

13.4BT

FUNCTION CHANNEL

226-24

8-4

25-24

26-24

27-24

28-24

5-4

6-4

7-4

28-24

27-24

2

4

3

1

8

5

6

7

4

3

INPUT CONNECTIONS

5-4

25-24

8-4

7-4

6-4

TERMINAL

5

1

8

6

7

INPUT

F5

G6

G5

G4

G3

F8

G2

G1

F6

F7

2

MODULE

E8

F3

F4

F2

F1

1

327-24

SPARE

14.5 50V WARNING

14.5 ECR

14.5 NGKR

14.5 RGKR

14.5AT

13.7CT

SPARE

14.5

28-24 4

27-24

26-24

25-24

8-4

7-4

6-4

5-4

28-24

7

3

2

8

1

6

5

4

K3

J6

K2

K1

J7

J8

J5

J4 1

INPUT

INPUT CONNECTIONS

FUNCTION

SPARE

13.8AT

15.2CT

13.8 RGKR

13.8 NGKR

13.8 ECR

13.8 50V WARNING

SPARE

13.7BT

15.2BT

DIRECT INPUT

15.2C

13.8

LOCATION

26-24 2

5-4

6-4

7-4

8-4

25-24

26-24

28-24

27-24

6

2

1

7

8

5

4

3

TERMINAL

25-24

8-4

7-4

6-4

5-4 5

1

8

6

7

I6

J2

J3

J1

I8

I7

1

I1

I5

I4

I2

I3

CHANNEL

1

MODULE

DF 385*275


JOB NUMBER : C


00001R01031/08/18 14:37 SG0602002CSTDR010



15.7 120V&50V WARNING

SPARE

SPARE

DIRECT INPUT

15.7 ECR

15.7

16.4BT

15.7 NGKR

15.7 RGKR

15.7AT

14.5CT

26-24

27-24

28-24

5-4

6-4

7-4

8-4

25-24

2

3

4

7

1

8

6

5

7-4

28-24

27-24

26-24

25-24

8-4

6-4

5-4

7

2

3

4

1

8

6

5

M5

M7

M6

M3

M4

2

L8

M2

M1

L6

L7

1

12.5 50V WARNING

15.2 NGKR

SPARE

SPARE

15.2 ECR

DIRECT INPUT

15.2

LOCATION

14.5BT

15.2AT

16.4CT

15.2 RGKR

FUNCTION CHANNEL

26-24 2

28-24

27-24

26-24

25-24

8-4

27-24

28-24

7-4

6-4

5-4

2

4

3

1

8

5

6

7

4

3

INPUT CONNECTIONS

5-4

6-4

7-4

8-4

25-24

TERMINAL

5

1

8

6

7

INPUT

K8

L4

L5

L1

L2

L3

2

MODULE

K4

K7

K6

K5

1

SPARE

SPARE

15.7DT

16.9AT

DIRECT INPUT

17.0AT

17.0 RGKR

17.0 NGKR

17.0 ECR

17.6DT

17.0

16.9

28-24

27-24

26-24

25-24

8-4

7-4

6-4

5-4

8

3

4

2

1

7

6

5

5-4

6-4

7-4

8-4

25-24

26-24

27-24

28-24

7

2

3

4

1

8

6

5

P1

P4

P3

P2

O8

O7

O6 1

O5

O4

O3 1

INPUT CONNECTIONS

INPUT

17.0BT

SPARE

SPARE

DIRECT INPUT

16.4 50V WARNING

16.4 ECR

16.4 NGKR

16.4 RGKR

15.7CT

15.7BT

16.4AT

FUNCTIONLOCATION

16.4

226-24

5-4

6-4

7-4

8-4

25-24

26-24

27-24

28-24

28-24

27-24

2

4

3

1

8

5

6

7

4

3

25-24

8-4

7-4

6-4

5-4

TERMINAL

5

1

8

6

7

N5

O1

O2

N6

N7

N8

2

M8

N4

N3

N1

N2

CHANNEL

1

MODULE

DF 385*275


JOB NUMBER : C


00001R01131/08/18 14:37 SG0602002CSTDR011

OUTPUT CONNECTIONS FOR

SEE FREQ/KEM CHART

OTHER FREQUENCIES

COMMON PSU

Q2 RELAY

Q1 FEED

SHOWN ON SHEET A102

TYPICAL TRACK STICK CIRCUIT##

##

SEE KRV TABLE

P.S.U.

f2

B24

Q2

RX

Q1

TX

Q1 RELAY

Q1 FEED

## SEE KRV TABLE

Q1

RX

TX

1700Hz

Q1

TO TRACK

f1

N24

t1

t2

2300Hz

TRANSMITTERS AND RECEIVERS ON COMMON

FREQUENCIES MUST USE SEPARATE

POWER SUPPLIES

BLACK

WHITE

7/0.50mm

SHIELDED PAIR

@

Q1 TX

ARR

#2

Q1 TX

TMU

1700Hz

#3

#3

*1*2

1700Hz

1700Hz

#1

SHEATH

SHEATH

#1 *2*1

#3

#3

1700Hz

TMU

Q1 RX

#2

ARR

Q1 RX

@

SHIELDED PAIR

7/0.50mm

WHITE

BLACK

TO TRACK

SHEATH

#1 *2*1

#3

#3

1700Hz

TMU

Q1 TX

#2

ARR

Q1 TX

@

SHIELDED PAIR

7/0.50mm

WHITE

BLACK

SEE FREQ/KEM CHART

OTHER FREQUENCIES

OUTPUT CONNECTIONS FOR

TO TRACK

SHEATH

#1 *2*1

#3

#3

2300Hz

TMU

Q2 RX

#2

ARR

Q2 RX

@

SHIELDED PAIR

7/0.50mm

WHITE

BLACK

TO TRACK

NOTES:

#1 ELSAFE 290V ARRESTOR MODULE

MODULE AND BASE PART Nos.

BASE - 216600

MODULE - 216680 (GRAPHITE)

#2 ARRESTOR EARTHED MECHANICALLY VIA

THE ATTACHMENT SCREW TO THE MOUNTING

RAIL. MOUNTING RAIL ELECTRICALLY

CONNECTED TO MAIN EARTH

#3 494/0.50mm ALUMINIUM HYPALON HD-90-CPE YELLOW

@ CABLE SCREEN SHOULD NOT BE EARTHED AT TMU

APPLY HEAT SHRINK TUBING

*1 7/0.85mm GREEN/YELLOW CABLE

*2 TMU SURGE MODULE PART No. E14094

ALL INTERNAL WIRING TO BE ETFE TEFLON COATED 1.23mm

19/29 AWG 600V GRADE UNLESS SHOWN OTHERWISE

2

(LOC)

N24PSU

(LOC)

N24PSU

NX120

SE

SE

SE

SE

SE

SE

SE

SE

f B24PSU

4A

LOC

f B24PSU

4A

LOC

f

BX120

4A

LOC

4A

4A

V3

V4

V5

V6

A-

A+

V2

M3

M1

V7

L+

L-

C

C2

R1

R2

V2

V1

A+

A-

V6

V5

V4

V3

V7

M1

M3

V2

A+

A-

S1

S4

S2

S3

V1

V2

R2

R1

C2

C

L-

L+

3

4

2

1

E

E1

E2

4

V2

1

V1

V1

1

V2

4

10

9

E

1

2

4

3

V1

1

V2

4

E2

E1

E

1

2

4

3

V1

1

V2

4

10

9

E

1

2

4

3

R1R2

Q1

R1R2

Q2

A2 A1

Q1

A2 A1

Q2

A-

A+

A-

A+

t

t

t

(LOC)

DF 385*275


JOB NUMBER : C

CIRCUIT BOOK No:EDMS No:VERSION: TRACK CIRCUITS - UM71 CSEE - FEED & RELAY

00001T00531/08/18 14:37 SG0602002CSTDT005

NOT BE EARTHED AT DPU.

CABLE SCREEN SHOULD

APPLY A HEAT SHRINK TUBING.

@*2 7/0.85mm#2 ARRESTOR EARTHED MECHANICALLY

TO THE MOUNTING RAIL

#1 ELSAFE 290V RMS ARRESTOR

MODULE & BASE PART No:

MODULE - 216620 (GREY)

ABCHz

#2

*2

*2

(GREY)

MODULE

THRU LINK

#1

WHITE

SCREEN

BLACK

2C 7/0.50mm

@

DPU RX

ARR

DPU

AMP

IRX

DPU

TABLE

KRV

SEE

COMMON PSU

DPU RELAY

PSU

f2

B24

DPU

RX

f1

N24

t1

t2

ABCHz

BASE - 216600

MODULE - 216680 (GRAPHITE)

MOUNTING RAIL ELECTRICALLY


NOTE 1:

TX AND RX WITH A COMMON FREQUENCY MUST

NOT BE FED FROM THE SAME POWER SUPPLY

(LOC)

N24PSU

SE

f B24PSU

4A

LOC

4A

4A

2

1

JBDPU

E

4

3

1

2

A2

A1

A6

A5

R3

R1

R1

C2

B24

N24

120V

0V

R2

C

A-

A+

D1

D2

L+

L-

R1 R2

DPU

V1

V2

t

DF 385*275


JOB NUMBER : C

CIRCUIT BOOK No:EDMS No:VERSION: TRACK CIRCUITS - CSEE (WITH DPU & INTERMEDIATE AMP) T1

00001T00631/08/18 14:37 SG0602002CSTDT006

(TO SUIT TRACK LENGTH & CONDITION)

SEE TRACK CIRCUIT MANUAL

#

TO SUIT TX, RX LOAD

SUPPLY SETTING**

Q3 FEED WITH MATCHING UNIT

Q4 RELAY

SEE MANUAL FOR DETAILS

AND CABLE LENGTH.

OF TRACK CIRCUIT LENGTH

DICTATED BY COMBINATION

M.T.U'S. INSTALLED WHERE

NOTE:

TYPICAL TRACK STICK

PAGE A102

CIRCUIT SHOWN ON## #

#

Q4

RX

TX

Q3

Q2 RELAY

**

Q1 FEED

##

DEF

HZ

1 Ohm

RX

Q2

*2

f1

B24

ABC

HZ

TX

Q1

M.T.U. = MATCHING TRANSFORMER UNIT

150mm IN LENGTH.

NOT TO EXCEED

* 7/0.85mm

T2

@3Y20-290GT.

SCREEN @

T1

MTU

SCREEN @

#

FROM

TRACK

CABLE SCREEN SHOULD

APPLY A HEAT SHRINK TUBING.

NOT BE EARTHED AT M.T.U. OR T.U.

Q4

TRACK

TO

Q3

T1

T2

SCREEN @

SCREEN @

#

TRACK

FROM

Q2

TRACKTU

Q1

TO

Q2 & Q4 50V DC RELAYS

f2

N24

t1

t2

TU

HZ

ABC

t2

t1

N24

f2

B24

f1

*2

**

##

1 Ohm

HZ

DEF

TU

TU

MTU

MTU MTU



NOTE 1:

NOTE 1:

NOTE 1:

NOTE 1:

NOTE 1:

*

*

*

*

*

*

*

*

PSU

PSU

(LOC)

NX120PSU

(LOC)

NX120PSU

SE SE

SE

SE

SE SE

SE

SE SE

SE SE

SE

SE

SE

SE

SE

SE

SE

f BX120

PSU

4A

LOC

f BX120

PSU

4A

LOC

4A

4A

4A

4A

T125

T115

T105

T5

T0

COMTAP

0-2A

2-4.4A

B24

N24

E

B24

N24

MOD E

O/P2

O/P1

R-

R+

N24

B24

1H

3H

1L

E

9L

9H

3L

1

2

3

4

5

T1

T2

T2

T1

5

4

3

2

1

O/P1

O/P2

E

MOD

N24

B24

E

N24

B24

2-4.4A

0-2A

COMTAP

T0

T5

T105

T115

T125

3L

9H

9L

E

1L

3H

1H

B24

N24

R+

R-

1

2

3

4

5

T1

T2

1

2

3

4

5

T1

T2

1

2

7

8

7

8

1

2

8

7

2

1

2

1

8

7

R1R2

Q2

R1R2

Q4

B4B3

Q2

B4B3

Q4

t

t

DF 385*275


JOB NUMBER : C

CIRCUIT BOOK No:EDMS No:VERSION: TRACK CIRCUITS - ML JOINTLESS - FEED & RELAY

00001T01031/08/18 14:37 SG0602002CSTDT010

SUIT TRACK LENGTH

AND CONDITION

GAIN STRAPPINGS TO

T2

TO SUIT TX, RX LOAD

SUPPLY SETTING**

Q2 RELAY

CIRCUIT SHOWN ON

TYPICAL TRACK STICK

PAGE A102

## #

##

#

Q2

T1

t4

t3

t2

t1

B24

f2

f4

f3

f1

150mm IN LENGTH

NOT TO EXCEED

7/0.85mm* @

SCREEN@

NOT BE EARTHED AT TU.

APPLY A HEAT SHRINK TUBINNG

CABLE SCREEN SHOULD

TRACK

FROM

Q2

SCREEN @

D.P.U. (A) D.P.U. (B)

Q2 & Q2 DPU ARE 50V DC RELAYS

Q2 DPU

TO

Q1

TU TRACK

#

@SCREEN

Q1

TX

HZ

ABC

PSUQ1 FEED

N24

T2

T1

1R

HZ

DEF

#

DEF

HZ

T1

T2

DEF

HZ

1R

RX

TU

Q2

DPU

RX



NOTE 1:

NOTE 1:

NOTE 1: #

NOTE 1:

NOTE 1:

3Y20-290GT

*

*

*

*

*

*

(LOC)

NX120PSU

SESE

SE

SE

SE

SE

SE

SE

SE

SE

SE

SE SE

f BX120

PSU

4A

LOC

4A

4A

4A

4A

T2

T1

5

4

3

2

1

O/P1

O/P2

E

MOD

N24

B24

E

N24

B24

2-4.4A

0-2A

COMTAP

T0

T5

T105

T115

T125

3L

9H

9L

E

1L

3H

1H

B24

N24

R+

R-

COM

N24

1

I/P2

E

B24

I/P2

O/P1

5

6

7

2

3

4

O/P2

R-

R+

N24

B24

1H

3H

1L

E

9L

9H

3L

1

2

3

4

5

T1

T2

R1R2

DPU

Q2

R1R2

Q2

B4B3

Q2

t

AMP

IRX

Q2

DF 385*275


JOB NUMBER : C

CIRCUIT BOOK No:EDMS No:VERSION: TRACK CIRCUITS - ML JOINTLESS (WITH DPU) - FEED & RELAY

00001T01131/08/18 14:37 SG0602002CSTDT011

7

4

P.S.U.

f1

B24

f2

N24

t1

t2

Hz

ABCD

TU

SUPPLY

REGULATED

9

2

(TX)

LMU

(TU)

LMU

TX

TX

TU

TU

SE

E

##

##

*

*

@

#1


BASE - 216600A

ELSAFE ARRESTOR MODULE

MODULE - 216680 (290VDC GRAPHITE) FOR TX AND RX

MODULE - 216690 (700VDC BROWN) FOR LMU(TX)

*1

#2 ARRESTOR EARTHED MECHANICALLY VIA

THE ATTACHMENT SCREW TO THE MOUNTING

RAIL. MOUNTING RAIL ELECTRICALLY


*

2AT FEED

#3

#3

#3

#3

TWISTED

LIGHTLY

TWISTED

LIGHTLY

B

W

B

W

B

W

TWISTED

LIGHTLY

B

W

TWISTED

LIGHTLY

B

W

TWISTED

LIGHTLY

#2

BLACK

WHITE

#1

SCREEN

BLACK

WHITE

SCREEN

ARR

BLACK

WHITE

SCREEN

BLACK

WHITE

SCREEN @

@

@

@

#4#4

#4

#4

#4

#4

#3

#4 GREEN/YELLOW CABLE 7/0.85mm

#4

#4

#4

#5

#5

#5SHEATH

SHEATH

SHEATH

SHEATH

#5

#5 494/0.5mm ALUMINIUM/HD-90-CPE (YELLOW)

SE

f 4A

LOCPSUBX120

t

PSUNX120(LOC)

B24

N24

E

4A

4A

SE

SE

B24

N24

MOD

O/P1

O/P2

E

3

4

2

E

1

1

2

3

4

5

T1

T2

TU E

*1

1

2

3

4

5

T1

T2

#4

TU E

#4

TU E

*1

1

2

3

4

5

T1

T2

1

2

3

4

5

*1

T1

T2

#4

TU E

P.S.U.

SUPPLY

REGULATED

#4

SE

B24

N24

E

f 4A

LOCPSUBX120

t

PSUNX120(LOC)

#4

SE

B24

N24

MOD

O/P1

O/P2

E

N24

B24

IPC

IP1

RL+

RL-

#4

SE

E

N24 B24

IPC

IP1

RL+

RL-

#4

SE

E

#2

SE

3

4

2

E

1

#2

SE

3

4

2

E

1

#2

3

4

2

E

1

f1

B24

f2

N24

t1

t2

4A

4A

2BT

TX

2AT

**

POWER SUPPLIES

SAME FREQUENCY MUST USE SEPARATE

TRANSMITTERS AND RECEIVERS OF THE

**

Hz

ABCD

ARR

2AT TX

120V(+/-)

COM

120V(+/-)

COM

2AT

(TO SUIT TRACK LENGTH AND CONDITION)


TO 1 AND 2 FOR LOW POWER

TO 4 AND 5 FOR NORMAL POWER

2BT RELAY

RX

2BT

TP1

#

#

ARR

2BT RX2BT

Hz

ABCD

TU

TRACK

TO

TRACK

TO

TX

2CT

**

Hz

ABCD

SEE MANUAL FOR DETAILS

AND CABLE LENGTH.

OF TRACK CIRCUIT LENGTH

DICTATES BY COMBINATION

LMU'S INSTALLED WHERE

NOTE:

Hz

ABCD

TU

2CT FEED WITH LINE MATCHING UNITS

2DT RELAY

KEY

1700 HZ

2300 HZ

2000 HZ

2600 HZ

A

B

C

D

FREQUENCY

RX

2DT

#

TP1

ARR

2DT RX

2DT

2CT

Hz

ABCD

ETU

BOND

IMPEDANCE

FROM

2BT & 2DT ARE 50VDC QN1 RELAYS

PAGE A102

CIRCUIT SHOWN ON

TYPICAL TRACK STICK

7/0.50mm SHIELDED PAIR TWIN TWISTED

SE

APPLY A HEAT SHRINK TUBING

EARTHED AT TU OR LMU(TU)

CABLE SCREEN SHOULD NOT BE

#1

#1

#1

TRACK

FROM

*

(TO SUIT TRACK LENGTH AND CONDITION)


TO 1 AND 2 FOR LOW POWER

TO 4 AND 5 FOR NORMAL POWER

BE CONFIGURED

INSERTED TO MATCH THE TX FREQUENCY OF THE TRACK TO

RX FREQUENCY. ENSURE THE CORRECT FREQUENCY KEY IS

FREQUENCY CONFIGURATION KEY WHEN INSERTED SETS THE

**

(Hz)

KEY

ABCD

**

(Hz)

KEY

ABCD

##

2DT

R2 R1

2BT

R2 R1

2DT

2CT TX

DF 385*275


JOB NUMBER : C

CIRCUIT BOOK No:EDMS No:VERSION: EBI TRACK 200 TI21 (ET200) AUDIO FREQUENCY TRACK CIRCUIT ( DIGITAL)

00001T01231/08/18 14:37 SG0602002CSTDT012

20m

T2T1

1

2

3

5

(NOTE)

2

IPC

IP1

RL+

RL-

3

R2R1

TR

N24

B24

f 4A

B24

N24

3

494/0.5mm ALUMINIUM / HD-90-CPE (YELLOW)

7/0.4mm PLAIN COPPER / WHT PVC/BLK NYL

1

2

3

*SEE SPG 0712

FOR SURGE PROTECTION

f 4A

B24

N24

3

1

Rx I/P

MIN 50m TO MAX 1100m

20m

1

(NOTE)

(REFER TO POWER SETTING TABLE)

TO 1 AND 2 FOR LOW POWER MODE

TO 4 AND 5 FOR NORMAL POWER MODE

WHERE APPLICBLE

TO BE CONNECTED HERE

TRACK STICK CIRCUIT

E

5

t

TP1

TI-21 RECEIVEREBI TRACK 200

ARRESTOR MODULE

ELSAFE

4

E

5

O/P1

O/P2

t

2

ARRESTOR MODULE

ELSAFE

4

TU = TUNING UNIT

TI - 21 TRANSMITTER

EBI TRACK 200

MOD

N24

B24

(NOTE):7/0.5mm WHT, BLK PVC TWIN TWISTED / (AL SHIELD + DRAIN WIRE) / BLK PVC/NYL

4

5

LIGHTLY TWISTED

POWER SETTING TABLE

500-1100

200-500

50-250

CONSIDERED FOR POWER SETTING

No. OF IMPEDANCE BONDS ON TRACK TO BE

(WHERE APPLICABLE)

CONNECTED HERE

CONTACT TO BE

CUT TRACKNOTE:

CABLES TOGETHER WHEN POSSIBLE

RAIL TO TU/ETU, TIED AND RUN

GREEN/YELLOW CABLE 7/0.85mm

TERMINALS)

TX CABLE TO TU

(SET IN TX TU

SETTING

TRACK POWER

METRES

TRACK LENGTH

METRES

LMU

CABLE LENGTH WITH

TUNING UNIT MAX

TRANSMITTER TO

LOW (TU 1 & 2) <200m OR 5 OHMS

METRES: LOOP OHMS

LMU REQUIRED

CABLE LENGTH - No

TUNING UNIT MAX

TRANSMITTER TO

2000

<60m OR 1.5 OHMS 2000

1000

NORMAL (TU 4 & 5)

NORMAL (TU 4 & 5) <30m OR 0.75 OHMS

4

TU

T2T1

1

2

3

54

TU

T2T1

1

2

3

5

1

(NOTE)

4

TU

TU

TU

TX

TX

LMU(TU)

T2T1

1

2

3

5

1

(NOTE)

4

TU

QN1,50V

DF 385*275


JOB NUMBER : C

CIRCUIT BOOK No:EDMS No:VERSION: EBI TRACK 200 TI21 (ET200) AUDIO FREQUENCY TRACK CIRCUITS

00001T01531/08/18 14:37 SG0602002CSTDT015

20m

2

IPC

IP1

RL+

RL-

3

R2R1

TR

N24

B24

f 4A

B24

N24

3



1

2

3

*SEE SPG 0712


f 4A

B24

N24

3

Rx I/P

MIN 50m TO MAX 970m

20m

WHERE APPLICBLE


TRACK STICK CIRCUIT

E

5

t

TP1


ARRESTOR MODULE

ELSAFE

4

E

5

O/P1

O/P2

t

2

ARRESTOR MODULE

ELSAFE

4

TU = TUNING UNIT

MOD

N24

B24

(NOTE):7/0.5mm WHT, BLK PVC TWIN TWISTED / (AL SHIELD + DRAIN WIRE) / BLK PVC/NYL

4

5

LIGHTLY TWISTED

(WHERE APPLICABLE)

CONNECTED HERE

CONTACT TO BE

CUT TRACK



9(TX)

7(TX)

4

LMU(TX)

4(TU) 2(TU)

5

E

TI-21 TRANSMITTEREBI TRACK 200

LMU = LINE MATCHING UNIT GREEN/YELLOW CABLE 7/0.85mm

POWER SETTING TABLE

500-1100

200-500

50-250


No. OF IMPEDANCE BONDS ON TRACK TO BE NOTE:

TERMINALS)

TX CABLE TO TU

(SET IN TX TU

SETTING

TRACK POWER

METRES

TRACK LENGTH

METRES

LMU

CABLE LENGTH WITH

TUNING UNIT MAX

TRANSMITTER TO


METRES: LOOP OHMS

LMU REQUIRED

CABLE LENGTH - No

TUNING UNIT MAX

TRANSMITTER TO

2000

<60m OR 1.5 OHMS 2000

1000

NORMAL (TU 4 & 5)


T2T1

1

2

3

5

1

(NOTE)

4

TU

T2T1

1

2

3

5

1

(NOTE)

4

TU

T2T1

1

2

3

5

1

(NOTE)

4

TU




T2

1

2

3

5

1

(NOTE)

4

TU

TU

TU

TX

TX

LMU(TU)

T1

QN1,50V

DF 385*275


JOB NUMBER : C


00001T01631/08/18 14:37 SG0602002CSTDT016

2

IPC

IP1

RL+

RL-

3

R2R1

TR

N24

B24

f 4A

B24

N24



1

2

3

*SEE SPG 0712


f 4A

B24

N24

3

1

Rx I/P

MIN 50m TO MAX 1035m

20m




WHERE APPLICBLE


TRACK STICK CIRCUIT

E

5

t

TP1


ARRESTOR MODULE

ELSAFE

4

E

5

O/P1

O/P2

t

2

ARRESTOR MODULE

ELSAFE

4

TI - 21 TRANSMITTER

EBI TRACK 200

MOD

N24

B24

(NOTE):

7/0.5mm WHT, BLK PVC TWIN TWISTED / (AL SHIELD + DRAIN WIRE) / BLK PVC/NYL

4

5

LIGHTLY TWISTED

(WHERE APPLICABLE)

CONNECTED HERE

CONTACT TO BE

CUT TRACK



IRJ

IB IB

NOTE(A)

6 6

RUN CABLES TOGETHER WHEN POSSIBLE

IMPEDANCE BOND TO ETU, TIED ANDNOTE(A):

GREEN/YELLOW CABLE 7/0.85mm

6 2x962/0.5mm ALUMINIUM

TU = TUNING UNIT

IB = IMPEDANCE BOND

IRJ = INSULATED RAIL JOINT

ETU = END TUNING UNIT

POWER SETTING TABLE

500-1100

200-500

50-250


No. OF IMPEDANCE BONDS ON TRACK TO BE NOTE:

TERMINALS)

TX CABLE TO TU

(SET IN TX TU

SETTING

TRACK POWER

METRES

TRACK LENGTH

METRES

LMU

CABLE LENGTH WITH

TUNING UNIT MAX

TRANSMITTER TO


METRES: LOOP OHMS

LMU REQUIRED

CABLE LENGTH - No

TUNING UNIT MAX

TRANSMITTER TO

2000

<60m OR 1.5 OHMS 2000

1000

NORMAL (TU 4 & 5)


T2 1

2

3

54

TUT1

T2 1

2

3

5

1

(NOTE)

4

TUT1

T2 1

2

3

5

1

(NOTE)

4

TUT1

QN1,50V

DF 385*275


JOB NUMBER : C


00001T01731/08/18 14:37 SG0602002CSTDT017

± ± ± ±

MAX 650m

23m

11.5m 0.2 11.5m 0.2

23m

0.211.5m 11.5m 0.2

TUV2V1

1

2

3

4

V2

V1 ACI

(NOTE)

TUV2V1

1

2

3

4

(NOTE)

2

DISTANCE FROM

RAIL MIN. 65mm

LOW GAIN: NO BRIDGE

HIGH GAIN: BRIDGE D1-D2

DPU

2

D1

A2

A1

D2

R1

R3

A6

A5

DPU

AMPLIFIER

INTERMEDIATE

MU

V2

V1 14

13

12

11

10

9

2

R1

R2

3

8

7

6

5

E1

E2

L3

L4

MU

V2 1413 12 11 10 9

R1

R2

3 8

7

6

5

E1 E2 L3 L4

V1

R1-R2 WHEN

ALWAYS BRIDGE

RESISTOR PROVIDED

2

TUV2V1

1

2

3

4

1

2

(NOTE)

f 4A

B24

N24

3

2

R1

R2

R3

R4

R5

R6

R7

R8

R9

R10

V1

V2

RECEIVER (Rx)

L+

L-

RVRECEIVER SENSTIVITY: REFER TO K TABLE

FOR CONNECTION

AND BRIDGES

3

TRACK STICK CIRCUIT

TO BE CONNECTED

HERE WHERE

APPLICABLE

R2R1

TR

A-

A+

f 4A

B24

N24

3

C1

C2

C

3

PICKUP DELAY


7/0.5mm WHT, BLK PVC / (AL SHIELD +DRAIN WIRE) / BLK PVC/NYL

7/0.4mm PLAIN COPPER /WHT PVC/BLK NYLRUN CABLES TOGETHER WHEN POSSIBLE

1

2(NOTE): RAIL TO ACI/TU/TMU, TIED AND

3

*SEE SPG 0712


R1

R2

R3

R4

R5

R6

R7

R8

R9

R10

V1

V2

L+

L-

3

R2R1

TR

A-

A+

f 4A

B24

N24

3

C1

C2

C

3

3

RECEIVER (Rx)DPU

FOR TRANSMITTER CONNECTION

OF RELEVANT FREQUENCY FOR T1

EMAND BRIDGES REFER TO K TABLE

V1 V2 V3 V4 V5 V6 V7 V8

M2

M3

M4

M1

M5

3

3

MODULATION

M1-M3 LINK

TRANSMITTER (Tx)

A-

A+

f 4A

B24

N24

3

TRANSMITTER POWER:

LOW: NO BRIDGES

HIGH: BRIDGE M2-M4,

V2

V1 ACI

1

(NOTE)

1 1

TU 1

2

3

4

V2

V1

AND M2-M5

(SHORT BRIDGES)

ALWAYS BRIDGE

R1-R2 WHEN

RESISTOR PROVIDED

PICKUP DELAY

RECEIVER SENSTIVITY: REFER TO K TABLERV

FOR CONNECTION

AND BRIDGES

Rx I/P

QN1,24V

Rx I/P

QN1,24V

t

t t t

LOC

LOC LOC LOC

(LOC) (LOC) (LOC)

TU = TUNING UNIT

MU = MATCHING UNIT

DPU = DATA PICKUP UNIT

ACI = AIR CORE INDUCTOR

(LOC)

DF 385*275


JOB NUMBER : C

CIRCUIT BOOK No:EDMS No:VERSION: TRACK CIRCUIT - UM71 T1 - GENERAL ARRANGEMENT

00001T02131/08/18 14:37 SG0602002CSTDT021

MAX 650m

23m

0.2

23m

EM

V1 V2 V3 V4 V5 V6 V7 V8

M2

M3

M4

M1

M5

3

TRANSMITTER (Tx)

A-

A+

f 4A

B24

N24

3

TUV2V1

1

2

3

4

V2

V1 ACI

(NOTE)

1

1

(NOTE) (NOTE)

1

TMU EARTH POSTMODULE

SURGE

V1

1

V2

4

TMU

E1

E2

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

MODULE

SURGE

V2

4

V1

1

TMU

8

9

10

11

12

E1

E2

5

6

7

TMU EARTH POST

(NOTE)

1

V2

V1 ACI

(NOTE)

1

TUV2V1

1

2

3

4

1

(NOTE)

* FOR SURGE PROTECTION SEE SPG 0712

R1

R2

R3

R4

R5

R6

R7

R8

R9

R10

V1

V2

L+

L-

A-

A+

f 4A

B24

N24

3

C1

C2

C

3

PICKUP DELAY

3

3

R2R1

TR

QN1,24V

RECEIVER (Rx)

2 2

11.5m ? 0.211.5m ? 11.5m ? 0.2 11.5m ? 0.2

RVRECEIVER SENSTIVITY: REFER TO K TABLE

FOR CONNECTION

AND BRIDGES

TO BE CONNECTED

HERE WHERE

APPLICABLE

TRACK STICK CIRCUIT




MODULATION

M1-M3 LINK

TRANSMITTER POWER:

LOW: NO BRIDGES

HIGH: BRIDGE M2-M4,

AND M2-M5

(SHORT BRIDGES)


(NOTE): RAIL TO ACI/TU/TMU, TIED AND



7/0.4mm PLAIN COPPER /WHT PVC/BLK NYL

1

2

3

Rx I/P

LOC

(LOC) t

LOC

(LOC) t

TU = TUNING UNIT

TMU = COMBINED TUNINGMATCHING UNIT


DF 385*275


JOB NUMBER : C

CIRCUIT BOOK No:EDMS No:VERSION: TRACK CIRCUIT - UM71 T1 - COMBINED TUNING & MATCHING UNIT (TMU)

00001T02231/08/18 14:38 SG0602002CSTDT022

COMBINED TUNING MATCHING UNIT (TMU) AND ACI UNIT ARRANGEMENT TUNING UNIT AND ACI UNIT ARRANGEMENT

IRJ

IB IB

NOTE (A)

UM71 TRACK CIRCUIT UM71 TRACK CIRCUIT

ACI

1

1

MODULE

SURGE

V1

1

V2

4

TMU

E1

E2

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

NOTE (B)

R1

R2

R3

R4

R5

R6

R7

R8

R9

R10

V1

V2

L+

L-

A-

A+

f 4A

B24

N24

3

C1

C2

C

3

PICKUP DELAY

3

3

R2R1

TR

QN1,24V

RECEIVER (Rx)

2

NOTE(A) : IMPEDANCE BOND TO ACI, TIED AND

NOTE(B) : ACI TO TU/TMU, 400mm LONG EACH SIDE

IRJ

IBIB

NOTE (A)

ACI

1

TU

1

2

3

4

1 NOTE (B)

MU

V1 10 11 12 13

R1

R2

3 8

7

6

5

E1 E2 L3 L4

V2

2

V1 V2 V3 V4 V5 V6 V7 V8

M2

M3

M4

M1

M5

3

3

TRANSMITTER (Tx)

A-

A+

f 4A

B24

N24

3

9 14

2

RECEIVER SENSTIVITY: REFER TO K TABLERV

FOR CONNECTION

AND BRIDGES

TRACK STICK CIRCUIT

TO BE CONNECTED

HERE WHERE

APPLICABLE




M1-M3 LINK

MODULATION

TRANSMITTER POWER:

LOW: NO BRIDGES

HIGH: BRIDGE M2-M4,

AND M2-M5

(SHORT BRIDGES)

*FOR SURGE PROTECTION SEE SPG 0712





1

2

3

Rx I/P


IB = IMPEDANCE BOND

IRJ = INSULATED RAIL JOINT

MU = MATCHING UNIT

TMU = COMBINED TUNING MATCHING UNIT

TU = TUNING UNIT

LOC

(LOC) t

LOC

(LOC) t

DF 385*275


JOB NUMBER : C

CIRCUIT BOOK No:EDMS No:VERSION: TRACK CIRCUIT - UM71 - CIRCUIT END TERMINATION ARRANGEMENT

00001T02331/08/18 14:38 SG0602002CSTDT023

19m MAX 300m 19m

TUV2V1

1

2

3

4

TUV2

1

2

3

4

2

1

V1

(NOTE)

MU

3

P5

P4

P3

P2

P1

P0

C2

F+

TR+

TR-

f 4A B24

N24

3

R2R1

TR

E2 E1

T2

RECEIVER (Rx)

C1

C3

F-

3

11 10 9

13 14 15 16

R1

R2

3

ALWAYS BRIDGE

R1-R2 WHEN

RESISTOR PROVIDED

8 7 6 5

12

4

2FINE ADJUSTMENT

S5

S4

S3

S2

S1

S0

M2

M1

TEST

TERMINALSCOARSE ADJUSTMENT

(NOTE) : RAIL TO TU, TIED AND RUN CABLES




1

2

3

4 7/0.85 RED PVC/BLK PVC/NYL

DISTANCE FROM

RAIL MIN. 65mm

DPU

4

MU

3 E2 E1

11 109 13 14 15 16

R1

R2

8 7 6 5

12

4

P5 P4 P3 P2 P1 P0

C2

F+

TR+

TR-

C1

C

F-

S5S4S3S2S1S0M2

M1

3

B24

f 4A

N24

R2R1

DPU

R

3

T2

RECEIVER

DPU

2

ADJUST MU CONNECTIONS

AND BRIDGES ACCORDING TO

MATCHING UNIT ADJUSTMENT

TABLE TO GIVE 18 TO

23 V TO RX

ADJUST MU CONNECTIONS

AND BRIDGES ACCORDING TO

MATCHING UNIT ADJUSTMENT

TABLE TO GIVE 280-300 mV

AT RX M1,M2

TUV2

1

2

3

4

2

1

(NOTE)

V1

MU

16 1413 12 11 109

R1

R2

3

3

4

15

8 7 6 5 E2 E1

33

2

V1 V2 V3 V4 V5 V6 V7 V8

M2

M3

M4

M1

M5

3

TRANSMITTER (Tx)

A-

A+

f 4A

B24

N24

3

TUV2

1

2

3

4

V1

ALWAYS BRIDGE

R1-R2 WHEN

RESISTOR PROVIDED

ALWAYS BRIDGE

R1-R2 WHEN

RESISTOR PROVIDED




MODULATION

M1-M3 LINK

TRANSMITTER POWER:

LOW: NO BRIDGES

HIGH: BRIDGE M2-M4,

AND M2-M5

(SHORT BRIDGES)

TRACK STICK CIRCUIT

TO BE CONNECTED

HERE WHERE

APPLICABLE

TOGETHER WHEN POSSIBLE*FOR SURGE PROTECTION SEE SPG 0712

QN1,50V QN1,50V

LOC

t (LOC)

LOC

(LOC) t

TU = TUNING UNIT

MU = MATCHING UNIT

DPU = DATA PICKUP UNIT

t

3

DF 385*275


JOB NUMBER : C

CIRCUIT BOOK No:EDMS No:VERSION: TRACK CIRCUIT - UM71 T2 - GENERAL ARRANGEMENT

00001T02431/08/18 14:38 SG0602002CSTDT024

#2#2

#2#2

3Y20 700GT

3 TERMINAL ARRESTOR

NOT TO EXCEED

0.2 OHM

#1 #1

#2 #2

RECEIVER MU CONNECTIONS

SEE TABLE 2 BELOW

TABLE 1

SUPPLY VOLTAGE

103V TO 127V#4

C+ TO 1

C+ TO 6, 1 TO 5

C+ TO 6, 1 TO 3, 3 TO 5

C+ TO 2

C+ TO 3

C+ TO 6, 3 TO 5

C+ TO 4, 2 TO 3

C+ TO 4

C+ TO 6, 3 TO 4

C+ TO 5, 2 TO 3

C+ TO 5

C+ TO 6

WITH CHANNEL PIN

CONNECTED TO RAIL

ALTERNATE POLARITIES

ADJACENT TRACKS TO BEADJACENT TRACKS TO BE

#1#1

NOTE: WIRE/CABLE SIZES


19 TO 20

17 TO 19

16 TO 17

14 TO 16

12 TO 14

10.5 TO 12

9 TO 10.5

7 TO 9

5.5 TO 7

4 TO 5.5

2 TO 4

0 TO 2

TOTAL LOOP RESISTANCE OF 20 OHMS

BRIDGES TO BE MADE TO ACHIEVE

WIRE A/C+, C-/C

RESISTANCE OF

ACTUAL LOOP

TO 20 OHMS USING INTERNAL RESISTORS

SETTING OF LOOP RESISTANCE

#4

AS PER TABLE 1 BELOW

ADJUSTED TO 20 OHMS

TOTAL LINE LOOP RESISTANCE#3#3

C

B

600 TO 1500

18 TO 600

C- TO

CONNECTTRACK LENGTH (m)

TABLE 2

#4 7/0.4mm

#3 7/0.5mm TWIN SHIELDED

#2 7/0.85mm

#1 7/19/0.26mm STEEL HYPALON

FOR CONNECTIONS

#4

#2

WHERE APPLICABLE


TRACK STICK CIRCUIT

60 OHMS PER LOOP

MAXIMUM LINE RESISTANCE

#4

#4

TRACK

NEAR

MOUNTED

TRACK

NEAR

MOUNTED

WITH CHANNEL PIN

CONNECTED TO RAIL

NOT TO EXCEED 0.2 OHM

TOTAL LOOP RESISTANCE

#2

+

-

-

+

V2-V2+V1-V1+

V1+ V V2+ 2

NCO CV TH 2 404

RELAY

NCO RVT 600

RECEIVER

MATCHING TRANSFORMER

TV TH D2

NCO EAT 115CA

POWER SUPPLYAP

AN

P1 P2 D1 D2 S1 S2

TV TH D2


NCO EGT 600

TRANSMITTER

S2S1D2D1P2P1

AP1

AP2

C-C+123456

CBA

CV

BV

AV

TOTAL LOOP RES.

(LOC)

NX120PSU

f BX120

PSU

4A

LOC

VB

VA

VC

C1-

C+

A

B

C

t

(NON ELECTRIFIED)

USING TV TH D2 MATCHING TRANSFORMERS

SUMMARY OF CONNECTIONS FOR SINGLE RAIL JEUMONT SCHNEIDER TRACKS

DF 385*275


JOB NUMBER : C

CIRCUIT BOOK No:EDMS No:VERSION: TRACK CIRCUIT - JEUMONT SCHNEIDER - SINGLE RAIL (WITH TV TH D2)

00001T03031/08/18 14:38 SG0602002CSTDT030

USING TV TH 1 MATCHING TRANSFORMERS

C+ TO 6, 1 TO 5

C+ TO 6, 1 TO 2, 3 TO 5

C+ TO 6, 3 TO 5

C+ TO 4, 2 TO 3

C+ TO 6, 3 TO 4

C+ TO 5, 2 TO 3

JEUMONT SCHNEIDER TRACKS

SUMMARY OF CONNECTIONS FOR SINGLE RAIL DC ELECTRIFIED OR NON-ELECTRIFIED




SETTING OF TRANSMITTER LOOP RESISTANCE

#4

NCO EAT 115CA

POWER SUPPLY

NCO EGT 600

TRANSMITTER

3

AP

AN

SUPPLY VOLTAGE

103V TO 127V#4

AP1

AP2

56 4

19 TO 21

17 TO 19

16 TO 17

14 TO 16

12 TO 14

10.5 TO 12

9 TO 10.5

7 TO 9

C+ TO 1

C+ TO 2

C+ TO 3

C+ TO 4

P1 P2 D1 D2 S1 S2

S2

C-

D1P1 P2 D2 S1

2 1 C+

4 TO 5.5

WIRE A/C+, C-/B

RESISTANCE OF

ACTUAL LOOP

5.5 TO 7

2 TO 4

0 TO 2

C+ TO 5

C+ TO 6

LEAD

SHORT

TOTAL LINE LOOP RESISTANCE



TV TH 1


AS PER TABLE BELOW

ADJUSTED TO 20 OHMS

V+

#1

ADJACENT TRACKS TO BE


+

WITH CHANNEL PIN

CONNECTED TO RAIL

LONG LEAD

C

V-

#4

#3

R

A B

TRACK

NEAR

MOUNTED

#5 ENDCAP

#1

-

3 TERMINAL ARRESTOR



V2+

V2+

NCO CV TH 2 404

NCO RVT 600

3Y20 700GT

#2 7/0.85mm

#5

V1-V1+

RELAY

V1+ V

RECEIVER

V2-

#4

2

C+ C1-



LONG LEAD


WITH CHANNEL PIN

CONNECTED TO RAIL

LEAD

RESISTANCE 60 OHMS

MAXIMUM LINE LOOP

V+

TRACK

NEAR

MOUNTED

TV TH 1

R

#2

SHORT

#2

#1

+

#4

#3

BA C

V-

#2

#2

#1



-

#2 #2

GREEN/YELLOW WIRE TO BE ISOLATED WITH

AN INSULATED END CAP

**


#4 7/0.4mm

*

#5 ENDCAP

(LOC)

NX120PSU

f BX120

PSU

4A

LOC

WHERE APPLICABLE


TRACK STICK CIRCUIT

OR LOOP BETWEEN R AND V-

ER2-2 RESISTOR REQUIRED FOR ELECTRIFIED AREAS,

REQUIRED FOR NON-ELECTRIFIED AREAS

t

DF 385*275


JOB NUMBER : C

CIRCUIT BOOK No:EDMS No:VERSION: TRACK CIRCUIT - JEUMONT SCHNEIDER - SINGLE RAIL (WITH TV TH 1)

00001T03131/08/18 14:38 SG0602002CSTDT031

BHV


3Y20 700GT

3 TERMINAL ARRESTOR

JEUMONT SCHNEIDER TRACKS


USING TV TH D2 SAR MATCHING TRANSFORMERS

SUMMARY OF CONNECTIONS FOR SINGLE RAIL DC ELECTRIFIED CAPACITOR FED


#4

NCO EAT 115CA

POWER SUPPLY

NCO EGT 600

TRANSMITTER

AN

SUPPLY VOLTAGE

103V TO 127V

AP

#4

AP1

AP2

#2 7/0.85mmS2

S2

D1P1 P2 D2 S1

D1P1 P2 D2 S1

C-1

#4

C+

#3

RK40

#4

ADJUSTED TO 60 OHMS




TV TH D2 SAR


#1

BT1

#2

#2



+

#1

WITH CHANNEL PIN

CONNECTED TO RAIL

BHV

NT

#2

NHV

BT2

NEAR

TRACK

RF20

MOUNTED

#2

63V

#2

TV TH D2 SAR

BT1

NHV

BT2

TO SECOND TRACK

-

60 OHMS PER LOOP

V2+

V2+

NCO CV TH 2 404

NCO RVT 600

RECEIVER

V1-V1+

RELAY

V1+ V

V2-

#4

2

#4


TV TH D2 SAR

#1


ADJUSTED TO 2 OHMS

WITH CHANNEL PIN

CONNECTED TO RAIL

NT

MAXIMUM LINE RESISTANCE

BT1

NEAR

TRACK

MOUNTED

RK2

BT2

#2

#2

-

#1

NHV

#2

BHV

NT

#2

#2



+

#3 #3


#4 7/0.4mm

mF2000

10A

(LOC)

NX120PSU

f BX120

PSU

4A

LOC

WHERE APPLICABLE


TRACK STICK CIRCUIT

RF20

RK40

#2

t

C1-C+

DF 385*275


JOB NUMBER : C

CIRCUIT BOOK No:EDMS No:VERSION: TRACK CIRCUIT - JEUMONT SCHNEIDER - SINGLE RAIL (DC ELEC CAP FED)

00001T03231/08/18 14:38 SG0602002CSTDT032

TV TH 1

MTU

A

B

C

V+

V-

C+

C1-

RX

NCO RVT 600

NC

O

CV

TH 2 404

V2+

V1+

MOUNTED NEAR TRACK

#4

#4

MAX LINE RES.

60 OHMS


#2 7/0.85mm

#3

SINGLE RAIL JEUMONT SCHNEIDER TRACKS

TYPICAL 2-WIRE RECEIVER WITH TRACK STICK


#2

#2

#1

#1



#2

#2

#4

#4

R

TYPICAL TRACK STICK**

PAGE A102

CIRCUIT SHOWN ON

**

3Y20 700GT

3 TERMINAL ARRESTOR

WITH AN INSULATED END CAP

RB

RN

TO RAILS

S2

P2

S1

D2

NCO EAT 115CA

PSU

AN

AP AP1

TX

NCO EGT 600

C-

AP2 C+

P1

D1 D1

P1

D2

S1

P2

S2

#4TN

TB

R

#2

#2



#1

#1

#2

#2

V-

V+

B

A

MTU

TV TH 1

#4

#4

#3

60 OHMS

MAX LINE RES.

MOUNTED NEAR TRACK

LONG

SHORT

#4

#4

SHORT

LONG

GREEN/YELLOW WIRE TO BE ISOLATED


#4 7/0.4mm

t1(LOC)

NX120LOC

BX120

LOC

4Af1

LOC

X

LOC

Y

Y

X

LOC

M3 T3

V1+ V1-

V2+ V2-

RELAY

TRACK

ER2.2

ER2.2

*OR LOOP BETWEEN R AND V-

ER2-2 RESISTOR REQUIRED FOR ELECTRIFIED AREAS,

REQUIRED FOR NON-ELECTRIFIED AREAS

#5

* * 2

V

#5 #5

DF 385*275


JOB NUMBER : C

CIRCUIT BOOK No:EDMS No:VERSION: TRACK CIRCUIT - JEUMONT SCHNEIDER - SINGLE RAIL 2 WIRE RECEIVER

00001T03531/08/18 14:38 SG0602002CSTDT035

SETTING OF LOOP RESISTANCE




C+ TO 5, 2 TO 3

C+ TO 6, 3 TO 4

C+ TO 4, 2 TO 3

C+ TO 6, 3 TO 5

C+ TO 6, 1 TO 3, 3 TO 5

C+ TO 6, 1 TO 5

JEUMONT SCHNEIDER TRACKS UP TO 600m

USING DC IMPEDANCE BONDS AND NCO. RVT. 600, 2 WIRE RECEIVER

SUMMARY OF CONNECTIONS FOR DOUBLE RAIL ELECTRIFIED

IS LABELLED AS "J"

ON 2000P BOND TERMINAL "I"

#3 TRACTION SIDE LEADS


#2

NCO EAT 115CA

POWER SUPPLY

NCO EGT 600

TRANSMITTER

#2 7/0.4mm

AP

AN

SUPPLY VOLTAGE

103V TO 127V

AP1

#2

AP2

6 5 4

5.5 TO 7

14 TO 16

16 TO 17

17 TO 19

19 TO 20

7 TO 9

9 TO 10.5

10.5 TO 12

12 TO 14

C+ TO 2

C+ TO 1

C+ TO 4

C+ TO 3

RESISTANCE OF

WIRE C+/F, C-/I

S2D1P1 P2 D2 S1

S2

C-

D1P1 P2 D2 S1

3 2 1 C+

0 TO 2

2 TO 4

4 TO 5.5

ACTUAL LOOP

C+ TO 6

C+ TO 5

TABLE 1


CIT 1400 CT1 OR 2000P

DC IMPEDANCE BOND

TO ADJACENT TRACK CIRCUIT

TRACTION NEUTRAL

AS PER TABLE 1 BELOW

ADJUSTED TO 20 OHMS

VA

#3



+

+

FG H

VVN

#3

B

-

3Y20 700GT

3 TERMINAL ARRESTOR

NCO VDR

V2+

V2+

NCO CV.TH 2.404

NCO RVT 600

RECEIVER

RELAY

(1500 METRES MAX.)

MAXIMUM LOOP RESISTANCE

#2

120 OHMS

V1-V1+

+

+

V1+ SEE TABLE IN MANUAL

FOR CONNECTIONS



(1500 METRES MAX.)

SV2

V2-

#2

-

EV2-

120 OHMS

20 OHMS

2

4

3

V

#2

1

DC IMPEDANCE BOND

CIT 1400 CT1 OR 2000P


FOR CONNECTIONS

SEE TABLE IN MANUAL

60 OHMS

A B C D E GF H

VA

VN

#3

+

TO ADJACENT TRACK CIRCUIT

TRACTION NEUTRAL

K L M

BV

#3



_

+

NOTE 1: WIRE/CABLE SIZES NOTE 2:

NOTE 2 NOTE 2

(LOC)

NX120PSU

f BX120

PSU

4A

LOC

WHERE APPLICABLE


TRACK STICK CIRCUIT

#4

NOTE 3

#1

#2

MODULE AND BASE


NOTE 3:

C+ C2-

#2#2

#1

#4

I/J

t

CORRESPONDING RX, TX OR IB TERMINALS

WIRE ENDS TO BE LABELLED SAME AS

I/J

NOTE 3

DF 385*275


JOB NUMBER : C

CIRCUIT BOOK No:EDMS No:VERSION: TRACK CIRCUIT - JEUMONT SCHNEIDER - DOUBLE RAIL ELECTRIFIED

00001T03631/08/18 14:38 SG0602002CSTDT036



*

+ - -

-

LOC

- +

+ -

LOC





+

- +

+ --

LOC

LOC +

- +

3Y20-290GT

3Y20-290GT

3Y20-290GT

3Y20-290GT

"HIGH BALLAST"

"LOW BALLAST"

TR17 TRACK FEED UNIT

STORE 72

STORE 72(NEW DESIGN)

Ni/Cad 135 AH

1 OR 2 Cells7/0.85mm

NOT TO EXCEED

150mm IN LENGTH

ADJUST VOLTAGE FOR TRICKLE

CHARGE AS APPROPRIATE

WIRES MUST BE

TERMINATED ON THE BATTERY

TAPPINGS AS REQUIRED FOR

TRACK CIRCUIT ADJUSTMENTS

CHARGE

ADJUST ADJUST

TRACK

QT1 4R

QT1 4R

QT1 4R

3Y20-290GT

LOC

3Y20-290GT

LOC

#1

#3

#3

#2

#2

(LOC)

NX120PSU

(LOC)

NX120PSU

(LOC)

NX120PSU

SE

SE

SE

SE

SE

SE

f BX120

PSU

4A

LOC

f BX120

PSU

4A

LOC

f BX120

PSU

4A

LOC

4A

T+

T-

T-

T+

R1R2

TR

R1R2

TR

R1R2

TR

4R

4R

4R

1V

3V

2V

1V

3V

2V

#1

#1

t

t

t

DF 385*275


JOB NUMBER : C

CIRCUIT BOOK No:EDMS No:VERSION: TRACK CIRCUIT - DC - TRACK FEED

00001T04131/08/18 14:38 SG0602002CSTDT041

(IF REQUIRED)

VOLTAGE SUPPLYWITH COMPLETE TRACK CIRCUIT

REDUNDANT MODE IN CONJUNCTION

WHEN AXLE COUNTER IS USED IN A

OVER BLOCK

RESET BOARD

N5

N4

BOARD

RELAY

SPRING LOADED SWITCH

(IF REQUIRED)

STAR QUAD SIGNAL CABLE OR EQUIVALENT

DSS4

DSS3

AMPLIFIER

N2

BUFFER

WT

BN

YE

GN

WT

TAZ

GN

YE

BK

SLOW RELEASE MODULE

BCR UP WITH BLOCK OCCUPIED

BTR UP WITH BLOCK CLEAR

N2

CARD LAYOUT

BU

FF

ER

AM

PLIFIE

R

VO

LT

AG

E

SU

PP

LY

S11

S11

WHEEL SENSORS

TIFFENBACH TYPE

2 N59-1R-600-40

S1

DSS2

2 N59-1R-600-40

TIFFENBACH TYPE

WHEEL SENSORS

S1

DSS1

N1

AX

LE

CO

UN

TE

R

RE

SE

T

CO

UN

TE

R

MO

DU

LE

RE

LA

Y

BO

AR

D

BO

AR

D

N5N4N3

N1

##

##

RESISTORS ARE TO BE INSERTED WHEN SENSORS ARE NOT USED

AND ONE RESISTOR BETWEEN 18 AND 19 TERMINALS

FOR DSS4, ONE RESISTOR BETWEEN 16 AND 17 TERMINALS

RESISTOR VALUE 1k5, 0.25 OR 0.5 WATT, 1% OR 2%

#

## ELECTRICIAN KEYLOCKED

STAR QUAD SIGNAL CABLE OR EQUIVALENT

mF

IN4007

(LOC)(NO BREAK)

N50PSU

1000 160V

t(LOC)(NO BREAK)N50PSU

t (LOC)

N50PSU

f(NO BREAK)B50PSU

4A

LOC

f(NO BREAK)B50PSU

4A

LOC

f B50PSU

4A

LOC

N

RESET

R

RESET

1

2

3

26

28

23

21

19

17

18

16

15

13

14

12

11

10

8

9

4

5

6

7

20

22

2

3

4

1

A5A6

BCR

A5A6

RESET

REMOTE

R1 R2

BTR

R1 R2

BCR

R1 R2

TPR

AX

100R 10W

D2D1

BTR

A2A1

BTR

AT

BT

A2A1

BCR

A2A1

RESET

REMOTE

(MAX RESISTANCE 200 OHMS)

(MAX RESISTANCE 200 OHMS)

NOTE:

# IN4007 - RS PART No:261-980

t

DF 385*275


JOB NUMBER : C

CIRCUIT BOOK No:EDMS No:VERSION: AXLE COUNTER - TIFFENBACH

00001T04231/08/18 14:38 SG0602002CSTDT042

B7

B8 30"

R2R1

A7

A1

AXCX XCX

B

USE PSR'S DIRECT IN POJR/POR CIRCUIT

PSR'S DETECT A TOTAL SUPPLY FAILURE

INVOLVES AUTOMATIC SIGNALLING ONLY

PSR'S NOT REQUIRED WHEN THE SUPPLY

120v AC

PW-T

HH23

C

XCX

PSKR'S DETECT A SINGLE

CHANNEL FAILURE

RR POJR

RR POJPR

RR POR

A

(A)

NX120

B

(B)

NX120

A

(A)

NX120

PSR

120V

'A'

PSR

120V

'B'

PSR

120V

'C'

PSR

INT

50V

PSR

EXT

50V

PSR

DC

24V

N

CONT'R

NORM SUPPLY

C

t (C)

NX120

C

t (C)

N50(INT)

C

t (C)

N50(EXT)

C

t(C)DIAGN24

C

t (XING)

N50(INT)

A

f

A

BX120

4A

B

f

B

BX120

4A

C

f

C

BX120

4A

C

f

C

B50(INT)

4A

C

f

C

B50(EXT)

4A

C

f

C

DIAGB24

4A

f

C

B50(INT)

4A

XING

A

f

A

BX120

4A

B

C

C

B

A

2 10

PSKR

14

PSR

120V

'A'

14

PSR

120V

'B'

14

PSR

120V

'C'

D5D6

POJR

RR

R1 R2

POJPR

RR

R1 R2

POR

RR

POJR

RR

#

3K9 10

W

EMERG

D2D1

POR

RR

B2B1

POR

RR

C2C1

POJR

RR

BETWEEN LOC CASE A AND C IS GREATER THAN 200m

# RESISTOR TO BE PROVIDED IF THE DISTANCE

t

t

t

DF 385*275


JOB NUMBER : C

CIRCUIT BOOK No:EDMS No:VERSION: POWER SUPPLIES - POWER SUPPLY LOCAL INDICATIONS

00001U10331/08/18 14:38 SG0602002CSTDU103

MOUNTED IN DIAGRAM

CHANNELS OF A SUPPLY

INDICATES A TOTAL

FAILURE OF BOTH

CHANNEL FAILURE

INDICATES A SINGLE

##

## REQUIRED FOR STORE 74 BATTERY CHARGERS

WITHIN CIRCUIT BOUNDARY.

t (LOC)

N24PSU

t (LOC)

N24PSU

t (LOC)

N24PSU

f B24PSU

4A

LOC

f B24PSU

4A

LOC

f B24PSU

4A

LOC

G

NORMAL

PSU

Y

WARN

PSU

R

FAIL

PSU

210

PSKR

WARN

210

PSKR

FAIL

1 4

5

PSR

FAIL

1 4

5

PSKR

WARN

14

PSKR

A-C

14

CH1

24V

14

CH2

24V

14

CH1

INT

50V

14

CH2

INT

50V

14

CH1

EXT

50V

14

CH2

EXT

50V

A

14

PSR

120V

B

14

PSR

120V

C

14

PSR

120V

14

PSR

24V

14

PSR

INT

50V

14

PSR

EXT

50V

36

WARN KR

NO CHARGE

LXING

TEST R

BATTERY

LXING

A3 A4

DF 385*275


JOB NUMBER : C

CIRCUIT BOOK No:EDMS No:VERSION: POWER SUPPLY INDICATIONS

00001U10431/08/18 14:38 SG0602002CSTDU104

EARTHED METAL ENCLOSURE WITH "CAUTION 415V"

MAINS WEST

10A

CB415V

15A

TEST E

10KVA

120/415V

100A

120

BX

MAINS EXT.

120

120V

CB

CBNX

15A

ELD

MAINS EAST

10A

CB415V

NX 120

BX 120

120V

415V

15A

CB

415V

15A

NX 415

BX 415

NX 120

BX 120

15A

120V

NX 120

BX 120

120V

15A

NX 120

BX 120

NX 120

BX 120

415V

15A

NX 415NX 415

15A

415V

120V

415V

BX 415 BX 415

120V

415V

IVAP FOR LOCATIONS WITH ELECTRONIC EQUIPMENT

# ISOLATING SWITCH-HEINEMANN CF2 NON-AUTO CIRCUIT BREAKER

IVAP*

IVAP*

IVAP*

#

IVAP*

LOC "C"

IVAP*

LOC "D"

IVAP*IVAP*

# # #

LOC "A" LOC "B"

VAP FOR LOCATIONS WITHOUT ELECTRONIC EQUIPMENT

SE SE

SE

SE

SE SE

*

DF 385*275


JOB NUMBER : C

CIRCUIT BOOK No:EDMS No:VERSION: POWER DISTRIBUTION - 415V (APPROVED LOCATIONS ONLY)

00001U10531/08/18 14:38 SG0602002CSTDU105

POWER SUPPLY 240V

METER BOX

MEN

MAINS

240V

63A CB

EARTH

NEUTRAL

LINK

NOTE 2

NOTE 3*

EARTH

NOTE 3*

MAIN

SWITCH

NEUTRAL

32A CB ACTIVE

SURGE PROTECTION COMPONENT LIST

DINLINE SURGE FILTER

240V MAINS SURGE

DSF

*

LEGEND

DIVERTER

DESCRIPTION

10A/30mA RCD

20A/30mA RCD

ERICO

ERICO

MAKER

EQUIVALENT

DSF-6A-275V

TDS-MT-277 or

PART No.

GPO

EARTH

L2 E2

240V LOAD CENTRE

6A CB

DSF

L1 E1SIGNALLING

GPO

240VGPO

240VGPO

CE

SE

NOTE 1: ALL WIRING TO COMPLY WITH AS3000 WIRING RULES

NOTE 2: WHERE THE EARTH CABLE BETWEEN THE METER BOX

NOTE 3: THE PREFERRED ARRANGEMENT IS TO HAVE 240V MAINS

CE

LIGHT

FLUORESCENT

AND LOAD CENTRE IS NOT INSTALLED DUE TO AS3000

WIRING RULES, A MEN LINK AND COUNCIL EARTH IS TO

BE PROVIDED AT THE LOAD CENTRE.

DIVERTER LOCATED IN THE METER BOX. IF HOWEVER THE

DISTANCE BETWEEN THE METER BOX AND THE LOAD CENTRE

LOCATED AT THE LOAD CENTRE. PLEASE INDICATE ON

THE COC THE ARRANGEMENT USED.

THE INCOMING & OUTGOING WIRING TO THE DIVERTER

IS TO BE PHYSICALLY SEPARATED.

EXCEEDS 20 METRES, THE 240V MAINS DIVERTER IS TO BE

MEN

DF 385*275


JOB NUMBER : C

CIRCUIT BOOK No:EDMS No:VERSION: POWER SUPPLY ARRANGEMENT - 240V (LOC. XXX)

00001U10731/08/18 14:38 SG0602002CSTDU107

ECO COIL

4A

f1

15"

4A

f2

NORMAL SUPPLY

EMERGENCY SUPPLY

120V AC

LOAD SUPPLY

R1

R2

R3

R4

31

2 4

A2

A1

LED INDICATOR (L1,L2)

RELEASE VOLTS = 100V

PICK UP VOLTS = 115V

ADJUSTMENTS: (PILZ SI UM)

VOLTAGE SENSING RELAY (VSR)

TIMERS

CONTACTOR

RESISTOR TERMINALS

RELAYS

IND'R TERMINALS

SUPPLY TERMINALS

FUSES f1,f2,f3

MATERIALS

SWITCH SETTINGS:

10-16mm GREEN (90-135V AC)

PILZ SI UM

OMRON H3CR-A8

TELEMECANIQUE

S2 - 1

SAK6N (KLIPPON)

HH23 PW-T 110V

SAKC10 (KLIPPON)

ENTRELEC M35/16

SAKS1, 4A (KLIPPON)

S1 - 0.5

RATING ECO CONTACTOR

25A

65A

80A

100A

150A

200A

LC1-D25008F5 with LA1-DN40



CV1-GB with 2 AUX CONTACTS

CV1-HB with 2 AUX CONTACTS

CV1-JB with 2 AUX CONTACTS

*1 SELECT REQUIRED ECO CONTACTOR FROM

TABLE BELOW:

4A

f3

HIGH TEMPERATURE RATED WIRE

NORMAL

SUPPLY

VSR/Timer

A1

500V

11

14 Y1

Y2

A2

#

*2 RESISTOR VALUE POWER RATING TO

SUIT CONTACTOR COIL.

THE RESISTOR MUST MEET THE SPECIFICATION.

165R 100W HAS BEEN TESTED FOR 25 - 80A

30R 400W HAS BEEN TESTED FOR 100 - 200A

*1

*2# #

SUPPLY

EMERG

SUPPLY

NORMAL

41

NRJR

W

L2

W

L1

5

6

2

1

NX

BX

NX

BX

BX

NX

4

3

1

2

2 10

AVAIL

SUPPLY

LOAD

2 10

NCR

2 10

AVAIL

SUPPLY

EMERG

2 7

NRJR

36

14

14

63 64

AUX 2

ECO

9 11

NCR

36

53 54

AUX 1

ECO

36

NCR

R

EQUIPMENT SPECIFICATION - SPG 1755 'EMERGENCY

CHANGEOVER CONTACTOR PANEL'

RESISTOR MOUNTED ON SUITABLE HEATSINK

NON SOLDERED MECHANICAL CONNECTIONS

TIME DELAY = 7 Seconds

500V AC/DC

NORMAL SUPPLY

VSR/TIMER

THE HIGH SPEED ECO MUST COMPLY WITH THE REQUIREMENTS FROM

DF 385*275


JOB NUMBER : C

CIRCUIT BOOK No:EDMS No:VERSION: EMERGENCY CHANGEOVER CONTACTOR (HS) 25 - 200A

00001U10931/08/18 14:39 SG0602002CSTDU109

GENERAL 415V POWER ARRANGEMENTS

FOR SIGNALLING

ATS 1

NON-ESSENTIAL BUS

ATS 2

UPS

ESSENTIAL SWITCHBOARD

COUNCIL

EMERGENCY

415V/240V

RAILWAY

NORMAL

11KV/240V/415V

AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH 1 ALARMS

ECO 1 ALARMS

SIGNALLING SUPPLIES

SIGNALLING RESPONSIBILITY

ELECTRICAL RESPONSIBILITY

HOWEVER SINGLE PHASE ACCEPTABLE

FOR SMALL LOADINGS.

ALL ALARMS INDICATED

INTO SIGNALLING SYSTEM OR

UPS ALARMS

ECO 1 TO HAVE CHANGEOVER IN LESS THAN 200mS

ISOLATION TRANSFORMERS TO EP17 00 00 11 SP

#2 #2 #2

NORTH MAINS LOCAL SOUTH MAINS

REMOTE MONITORING SYSTEM.

FOR COMPLETE POWER SUPPLY DETAILS, REFER TO SHEETS U116, U117 AND U118

#3 #3 #3

IT DISTRIBUTION MAINS LIMITED TO 4km LENGTH

UPS HEALTHY

UPS ON BYPASS

UPS ON STANDBY BATTERY

AUTO SELECTED

NORMAL SUPPLY AVAILABLE AND ON LINE

EMERGENCY SUPPLY AVAILABLE

ESSENTIAL SWITCHBOARD 1 SUPPLY AVAILABLE

UPS SUPPLY AVAILABLE AND ON LINE

BYPASS SUPPLY AVAILABLE

ESSENTIAL SWITCHBOARD 2 SUPPLY AVAILABLE

NOTE:

NOTES:

NOTE: #1NOTE:

#1 -

#2 -

#3 -

3 PHASE UPS PREFERRED

DF 385*275


JOB NUMBER : C

CIRCUIT BOOK No:EDMS No:VERSION: POWER SUPPLY ARRANGEMENT - 415V GENERAL SCHEMATIC

00001U11531/08/18 14:39 SG0602002CSTDU115

N

#A#A

#3 #1

#2

240/415V

ELECTRICAL POWER ROOM

SIGNALLING SWITCHBOARD

EARTHED METAL ENCLOSURE WITH LABEL "CAUTION 415V"

ISOLATION TRANSFORMER.

#3 - SD-125S VNOM - 275V AC

NOTES:

#1 -

PRIMARY 240V 1ph 50Hz

SHOWN OTHERWISE

ALL INTERNAL WIRING

IS 7/0.40mm UNLESS

SHOWN OTHERWISE

EARTHBAR 7/1.70mm UNLESS

ALL EARTH CONDUCTORS TO

BUWR

100A 6kA 0.67s

415V

#A

PANEL

PROTECTION

SURGE

E

415V TO LOC SOUTH#3

240/415V

#2

#1

KVM 25kA VMAX. 275V AC

2.5mm -2 1/1.78mm

7/0.85mm4mm -2

7/1.04mm6mm -2

7/1.35mm10mm -2

7/1.70mm16mm -2

19/1.78mm50mm -2

INCOMING

TRF1

TRF2

COMMS EARTH TERM

TO

COMMS ENCLOSURE

4mm2

3

2

16mm216mm2

4mm VIOLET2

16mm216mm2

SCREEN CONNECTED TO SIGNALLING EARTH BUS#2 -

415V TO LOC NORTH

4Af2

415V

f1 4A

#A

REFER TO

#A

#A

#A - RATING AND SIZE TO SUIT SPECIFIC DESIGN

SIGNALLING

SHEET U117

TO BE READ WITH

SIGNALLING ROOM

SHOW SHEET REFERENCES THAT APPLY TO APPLICATION#B -

#B

NOTES FOR STANDARD DRAWING ONLY

#A

4Af1

f2 4A

INTERNAL

CABLE

EXTERNAL

CABLE

INTERNAL

CABLE

EXTERNAL

CABLE

ELECTRICAL SIGNALLING

RESPONSIBILITY

EARTH BUS

#A#A#A

POWER EARTH

2.5mm

CASE2

2.5mm

CASE2

#2

#2

AT SUPPLY END ONLY

(0V AC)

TESTA

EE

DET

F

BUS1

BUS2

(110V AC)

NX

BX

4

3

2

1

ELD ALARM

(0V AC)

TESTA

EE

DET

F

BUS1

BUS2

(110V AC)

NX

BX

4

3

2

1

ELD ALARM

415V

(ELECTRICAL)


EARTH

SIGNALLING

SAK35N

SAK35N

SAK35N

SAK35N

RESPONSIBILITY

SAKG28CLAMP

EQUALISATION

POTENTIAL

f4A

BX120

t

NX120

f4A

BX120

t

NX120

#A

CB1

#A

CB2

#A

CB1

#A

CB2

SHEET U117 #B

LOC

(LOC)

LOC

AUTO-110

AC/DC

MRD ELD

AUTO-110

AC/DC

MRD ELD

(LOC)

VIOLET

4mm VIOLET2

SAKG28

ELD EARTH TERM

TEST

DF 385*275


JOB NUMBER : C

CIRCUIT BOOK No:EDMS No:VERSION: POWER SUPPLY ARRANGEMENT - 415V

00001U11631/08/18 14:39 SG0602002CSTDU116

BX120

NX120

WNX120

VAR(1)

SIOVB32K150

SIOVB32K150

VAR(2)

WBX120

N

#A

#A

#3

#A

#2

240/120V

ELECTRICAL POWER ROOM

SIGNALLING ROOM

SIGNALLING SWITCHBOARD

EARTHED METAL ENCLOSURE WITH LABEL "CAUTION 415V"

ISOLATION TRANSFORMER.

#3 - SD-125S VNOM - 275V AC

NOTES:

#1 -

PRIMARY 240V 1ph 50Hz

SHOWN OTHERWISE

ALL INTERNAL WIRING

IS 7/0.40mm UNLESS

SHOWN OTHERWISE



BUWR

100A 6kA 0.67s

415V

#1

PANEL

PROTECTION

SURGE

E

KVM 25kA VMAX. 275V AC

2.5mm -2 1/1.78mm

7/0.85mm4mm -2

7/1.04mm6mm -2

7/1.35mm10mm -2

7/1.70mm16mm -2

19/1.78mm50mm -2

REFER TO SHEET U116

RELAY ROOM LIGHTS, RELAY ROOM SPO'S,

POWER ROOM LIGHTS, POWER ROOM SPO'S

ARE WIRED FROM THE NON-ESSENTIAL SWITCHBOARD.

TRF3

LOCAL

POINTS

LOCAL

SIGNALLING

#A -

#4 - RCD- 2 POLE 10A 30mA Trip

#2 - SCREEN CONNECTED TO POWER EARTH

#B

SHOW SHEET REFERENCES THAT APPLY TO APPLICATION#B -

TO BE READ WITH

NOTES FOR STANDARD DRAWING ONLY

36W FLUORESCENT

FITTING

EARTH TERMINAL

SIGNALLING ROOM LIGHTS

2c+E

2.5mm2 LABEL 'TEST INSTRUMENTS ONLY'

2c+E

22.5mm

LABEL 'TEST INSTRUMENTS ONLY'

21.5mm

2c+E

1

#3

#C - TEST INSTRUMENT OUTLETS ARE NOT FOR GENERAL USAGE

#C #C

POWER ROOM LIGHTS

LIGHT SW

EARTH TERMINAL

FITTING

36W FLUORESCENT

1.5mm2

2c+E

HOWEVER, WHERE THIS IS NOT POSSIBLE, WIRE FROM THE

ESSENTIAL SWITHCBOARD AS SHOWN HERE. LOAD LIMIT

BY CIRCUIT BREAKER, IF NECESSARY.SPO TO BE COLOURED RED

ONE SPO PER ITEM OF EQUIPMENT (EG MODEM ETC)

2.5mm

CASE2

CASE

2.5mm2

LIGHT SW

POWER EARTH

CB1

CB3

#A

CB4

#A

CB1

CB2

#A #A

CB2

#A

RATING AND SIZE TO SUIT SPECIFIC DESIGN

SHEET U116 #B

#A

#A

#A

#A

(ELECTRICAL)


DF 385*275


JOB NUMBER : C

CIRCUIT BOOK No:EDMS No:VERSION: POWER SUPPLY ARRANGEMENT - 415V (POWER LOCATION)

00001U11731/08/18 14:39 SG0602002CSTDU117

415/120V

4KVA

120V

SURGE

PANEL

415V SWITCHBOARD (SIGNALS)

BX415

NX415

#4

#2

#5

415/240V

#11000VA

#6 #6

IDENTIFIED AS 415V AT EACH END.

CABLE BETWEEN LOCATIONS. CABLE IS

SHIELD CONNECTED TO SIGNALLING EARTH

#4 -

#2 -

NOTES:

#6 -

#5 -

SURGE PROTECTION REASONS.

TO EARTH AND LINE TO LINE.

CABLE TIED TOGETHER FOR

SURGE PROTECTOR. EACH LEG

POWER ROOM LIGHT

SIGNALLING ROOM LIGHTS

16mm2

POWER ROOM

16mm2

NX120

SIOVB32K150

VAR

SIGNALLING ROOM

BX120

RACK 126mm26mm#A

6mm2



7/0.85mm - 4mm

SHOWN OTHERWISE

37/2.52mm - 185mm

19/1.78mm - 50mm

7/1.70mm - 16mm

2

2

2

2

BX415

NX415

#A

16mm2

#1 - ISOLATING TRANSFORMER TO EP17 00 00 11 SP

#1

#2

#A

BX415

#4

NX415

MAIN POWER EARTH

36W FLUORESCENT

FITTING

EARTH TERMINAL

#3 - 30MA TRIP RCD

EARTH TERMINAL

FITTING

36W FLUORESCENT

2c+E

21.5mm

2c+E

ME

N

LIN

K 6

mm

2

LABEL 'LIGHT LOADS ONLY'

2.5mm2

2c+E

LABEL 'LIGHT LOADS ONLY'

21.5mm

2.5mm2

2c+E

NX415

BX415

NON-AUTO

100A

SWITCH

ISOLATING

NON-AUTO

100A

SWITCH

ISOLATING

#A

BX240 NX240

PROTECTED

NEUTRAL BAR

NEUTRAL BAR

UNPROTECTED

SIGNALLING SUBSIDIARY EARTH BAR

EARTH BAR

PRIMARY

TO

120V SWITCHBOARD

240V SWITCHBOARD

NOTE FOR STANDARD DRAWING ONLY

#A -

26mm

2.5mm22.5mm2

22.5mm

CASE

CASE

2.5mm

CASE2

SIGNALLING

2.5mm

CASE2

2.5mm

CASE2

2.5mm2

LIGHT SW

LIGHT SW

MAIN POWER EARTH

LOCATION

UPSTREAM

FROM

LOCATION

DOWNSTREAM

TO

CB1

CB2

#A

CB

CB1

#A

CB2

#A

#A #A

RCD

#3

RATING AND SIZE TO SUIT SPECIFIC DESIGN

DF 385*275


JOB NUMBER : C

CIRCUIT BOOK No:EDMS No:VERSION: POWER SUPPLY ARRANGEMENT - 415V (THROUGH LOCATION)

00001U11831/08/18 14:39 SG0602002CSTDU118

EX RECEIVER

3 HR

2 HR

2 V

2 NGPR

NOTE 1:

2 VR

1

1AT

R

2

Y RY

WILL HAVE TO BE AS SHOWN, OTHERWISE FOR A

ON SIGNAL 2, FOR SIGNAL 3. THEN 1AT TRACK STICK

IF LAYOUT IS AS SHOWN, AND VCSR IS NOT PROVIDED

UP TO THE SIGNAL IN THE FACING DIRECTION

WILL NOT ENERGISE.

NOTE 2:

1BT

2 VSnR

2 VSnJR

2 VNR/VRR

*2

*1

*2


'SUPPRESSED' TRAIN MOVEMENT FOR SIGNAL 1, TRACK 1AT

3

CONTACTOR IS NOT PROVIDED

REQUIRED WHEN TRAINSTOP

THERE IS NO NEED TO PROVIDE

TRACK STICK ON 1AT AND

IF SIGNAL 3 DOES NOT EXIST,

SIGNAL 2

SHOULD BE PROVED IN HIGHER

ASPECTS.

TRAINSTOP IS NOT TO BE PROVED

SUPPRESSED IN SIGNAL 1 BUT

9

2

VR

R2R1

2C1

C2

C3

C4

VR

2C5

C6

C7

C8

VR

2

M

(LOC)

N50PSU

t (LOC)

N50PSU

t (LOC)

N50PSU

t (LOC)

NX120PSU

f B50PSU

4A

LOC

f B50PSU

4A

LOC

f BX120

PSU

4A

LOC

f B50PSU

4A

LOC

LOC

LOC

10

2

UCR

2

HR

2

VSnJR

2

VSnR

2

VSnR

2

VSnJR

1

HR

1

HDR

1

DR

2

HR

2

HDR

1AT

2

VNR

1

VCSR

2

R1 R2

NGPR

2

R1 R2

HR

3

R1 R2

HR

R1 R2

1AT

2

R2

VSnR

2

R2

VSnJR

1AT

2

VNR

2

VCSR

1AT

2

VNR

2

VNR

2

HR

2

VSnR

2

VSnR

1

HR

2

VSnR

2

VSnR

2

VSnJR

2

VSnR

2

VSnJR

2

VSnJR

2

VSnJR

2

VSnR

R1

R1

2

1*

*

PROVING: THE SUPPRESSION IS PROVED NORMAL BEFORE ALLOWING A TRAIN

# #

# DENOTES 7/0.85mm

B1 B2

B1 B2

B1 B2

B3 B4

B1 B2

B1

B2

A1 A2

A6 A5

A1 A2

A3 A4

D6 D5

B1 B2

B1 B2

C1 C2

D8D7

B3B4

B3B4

C3C4

A6 A5 A6 A5

D6 D5 D6 D5

B1 B2

D8D7 D8D7

B3B4

A1 A2

A6 A5 A6 A5 A6 A5 A6 A5 A6 A5 A6 A5

C1 A2

C1 C2

t

A6 A5

A8A7

DF 385*275


JOB NUMBER : C

CIRCUIT BOOK No:EDMS No:VERSION: TRAIN STOP SUPPRESSION - TYPICAL ARRANGEMENTS

00001V00131/08/18 14:39 SG0602002CSTDV001

VNR/VRR

R

R

R-NI

R-NI

N-RI

N-RI

N

N

(WITH RSA STUDS)

V CIRCUIT CONTROLLER

(ENCAPSULATED)

t

N50(EXT)PSU

f B50(EXT)

PSU

4A

LOC

8

1

2

6

5

6

7

8

7

3

4

5

3

3

4

1

RSA

7

8

5

6

4

1

2

2

RSA

LOC

LOC

LOC

A7A8

VRR

D7D8

VNR

R2 R4

VNR

R1 R3

VRR

SW1 SW2

(LOC)

DF 385*275


JOB NUMBER : C

CIRCUIT BOOK No:EDMS No:VERSION: TRAINSTOP DETECTION (WITH SEALED CIRCUIT CONTROLLER)

00001V00231/08/18 14:39 SG0602002CSTDV002

ZQV2.5/2 CROSS CONNECT

ZTR2.5/D DIODE DISCONECTORS

ZAP/TW2 PARTITIONS

1N4007 DIODES

WEIDMULLER PARTS#1

LAMP TYPE : LED

STANDARD VITAL

MKII SLOT 6

OUTPUT PCB (2)

STANDARD VITAL

OUTPUT PCB (2)

MKII SLOT 6

O/P8

WLR

C6

1152

A SIDE

23.063 (UP) #1+

8A

O/P8

1152

B SIDE

23.063 (UP)

WLR

C6

+

8B

1

1N4007

2

WHITE

BLACK

23.063 KM

WE

WE

23.063 KM

UP ILLAWARRA

23.063 (UP) WLE

(ALTERNATIVE WHERE

RELAY DRIVEN)

SHOWN OTHERWISE

600V GRADE UNLESS

1.23mm SQ, 19/29AWG

ETFE TEFLON COATED

ALL INTERNAL WIRING

SD11

1158

1152

1158

1152

t38(SD11)

NX120

BX120

4Af38

SD11

B2B1

16BT

B4 B3

B4 B3

B2B1

16CT

B4 B3

B2B1

1160AT

B4 B3

B2B1

1160BT

B4 B3

B2B1

1160CT

2

1

t48 (1152)

N121152

BX120

1152

4Af31

1152

R1 R2

WLR

23.063 (UP)

A2A1

WLR

23.063 (UP)

B2 B1

W

W

1152LOC

LAMP TYPE : LED

1152NX120(1152) t27

1152

Y

Y

LED UNITS

TUNNEL TYPE

2 WAY YELLOW

120V

TUNNEL TYPE

LIGHT OCCURS

SIGNIFICANT WHITE BACKGROUND

ALSO USED IN CITY WHERE

NOTE:

1

23.063 (UP)

WL

2

23.063 (UP)

WL

DF 385*275


JOB NUMBER : C

CIRCUIT BOOK No:EDMS No:VERSION: WARNING LIGHTS - CONTROL & OPERATING - RELAY & MICROLOK

00001V06031/08/18 14:39 SG0602002CSTDV060

ALTERNATIVE PROVING

NOT BE EXTERNALLY CONNECTED

*2

*1

TERMINALS 2 & 3 MUST

BE EARTHED AT M.U.

@ CABLE SCREEN SHOULD NOT

APPLY A HEAT SHRINK TUBING3Y20-290GT

120V

UM PSU(2)

1160CT RELAY

0V

R2

UM N24(2)

t4

t1

t3

t2

N24

f4

L-

A-

L+

C2

V2

UM B24(2)

f3

f2

B24f1

1160CT RX

2600HzR1

A+

C

V1

## OCTAL BASE LOOPS

5

6

4

3

8

7

1

2

SCREEN

2c 7/0.5mm

UNIT

10

2c 7/0.5mm

WHITE

SE

THRU LINK

#2

MODULE

4 1

@

V2

##34

BLACK

SCREEN

ARR

E

#1

3 2

1160CT RX

9

MATCHING

R1 R2

V1

21

*1

5

SE

2600Hz3

4 V2

*2

TUNING

UNIT**

2

1 V1

*2

TABLE

SEE

KRV

2

KRV

TEST

POINT

1

RACK 2

1152

B SIDE

A2

A4

A SIDE

1152

I/P3+

I/P3-

A2

A4

#3

#3

B

W

1N4007

TO

TRACK

23.063(UP)

WLC

WLC

I/P3+

23.063(UP)

I/P3-

NOTE:

THIS CIRCUIT ONLY REQUIRED

WHERE PROVING OF WARNING LIGHT

RELAY IS NEEDED IN DATA AS

LOCAL TRACK RELAY NOT AVAILABLE

1-2, 3-4, 5-6-7-8

GREEN/YELLOW 7/0.85mm



BASE - 216600

MODULE - 216620 (GREY)

#2 ARRESTOR EARTHED MECHANICALLY TO THE MOUNTING RAIL

MOUNTING RAIL ELECTRICALLY CONNECTED TO MAIN EARTH

#3 WEIDMULLER PARTS ZTR 2.5

#4 DIODE TO BE MOUNTED DIRECTLY BEHIND RELAY

7/0.85mm GREEN/YELLOW

SHOWN OTHERWISE

600V GRADE UNLESS

1.23mm SQ, 19/29AWG

ETFE TEFLON COATED

ALL INTERNAL WIRING

1

2

B5 B6

WLR

23.063(UP)

B5B6

WLR

23.063(UP)

B7 B8

f BX120

1152

4A

1152

f B501152

4A

1152

R1 R2

1160CT

A4 A3

1160CT

#4

VITAL

INPUT PCB (3)

MKII SLOT 10

VITAL

INPUT PCB (3)

MKII SLOT 10

37/1.78mm PVC

1152NX120(1152)

1152NX120(1152)

**

4A

4A

4A

4A

B

W

B

W

B

W

1

5

4

t

t

STORE 93

DF 385*275


JOB NUMBER : C

CIRCUIT BOOK No:EDMS No:VERSION: WARNING LIGHTS - PROVING - RELAY & MICROLOK

00001V06131/08/18 14:39 SG0602002CSTDV061

(LOC)

t

(LOC)

t

(LOC)

t

58.6A

LED

58.6A DETR NR

58.6B DETR NR

LED

58.6B

58.6 EMERG. SWITCH R58.6 58.6

58.6 SLIP NR

58.6 SLIP ALARM R

NORMAL

ALARM

N24

58.6 SLIP DETECTORSSIGNAL PROTECTING SLIP SITE

EMERGENCY

SWITCH

EMERGENCY

SWITCH

R2 R4

NR

DETR

58.6A

R1 R3

NR

DETR

58.6B

R

R1 R2

EMERG. SW

58.6

R1 R2

UCR

660(M)B

R1 R3

SLIP NR

58.6

R2R4

ALARM R

58.6 SLIP

N

2

DETECTOR

58.6A SLIP

N

5

DETECTOR

58.6A SLIP

N

5

DETECTOR

58.6B SLIP

N

2

DETECTOR

58.6B SLIP

LOC

58.6A

58.6A

LOC

LOC

58.6A

58.6A

LOC

LOC

58.6B

58.6B

LOC

LOC

58.6B

58.6B

LOC

LOC

LOC

LOC

RR

CP

DIAG

(LOC)

(EXT)B50

4Af

LOC

(EXT)B50

4Af

LOC

(EXT)B50

4Af

LOC

(EXT)B50

4Af

LOC

B24

4Af

RR

G

G

G

R

A5A6

SW R

58.6 EMERG

D7D8

ALARM R

58.6 SLIP

A7 A8

SW R

58.6 EMERG

C7C8

ALARM R

SLIP

58.6

A7 A8

SLIP NR

58.6

B7B8

C2C1

NR

58.6A DETR

A2A1

NR

58.6B DETR

A4 A3

NR

58.6B DETR

C4 C3

NR

58.6A DETR

A2A1

SLIP NR

58.6

A4A3

NR

SLIP

58.6

A2 A1

A4A3

B2B1

SW R

EMERG

58.6

B2B1

RUR

660(M)B

N50(EXT)

N50(EXT)

N50(EXT)

N50(EXT)

t

DF 385*275


JOB NUMBER : C

CIRCUIT BOOK No:EDMS No:VERSION: EMBANKMENT SLIP DETECTORS

00001V07031/08/18 14:39 SG0602002CSTDV070

DATA LOGGER

ISOLATION TX

120V/120V

200VA

CC

4A

CCBX120

CCNX120

(CC)

17

18

19

20

21

22

8

RAINFALL MON

15MIN WARN

11

8

RAINFALL MON

11

8

RAINFALL MON

11

8HR WARN

8

RAINFALL MON

11

8HR ALARM

PLC

11

29

30

Af5

At5

DATA TAKER CEM20

DATA TAKER DTB0

COAL CLIFF DATA LOGGER

INPUT TERMINALS

DATA LOGGER

15MIN ALARM

D GND

D1

D2

D3

D4

HSC

1

16

23

27

(SEE SHT 365D_2)

PRESSURE TRANSDUCERS

INCLINOMETER

(SEE SHT 365D_2)

DIRECTION INPUTS

WIND SPEED AND

LEVEL DETECTORS AND

SLIP DETECTORS, WATER

DF 385*275


JOB NUMBER : C

CIRCUIT BOOK No:EDMS No:VERSION: SLIP DETECTOR AND RAINFALL DATA LOGGER

00001V07131/08/18 14:39 SG0602002CSTDV071

12

11

2

1

WG633 WG633

WG637

WG645

WG645A

WG651

CCRR

COALCLIFF DATA LOGGER

FUNCTION

10

3

6

WG645

3

6

59.6CSD

3

6

SD

59.6B

3

6

3

6

3

59.6ASD

6

9

8

25

9

WG665

9

WG665 WG661 CCRRGEO

TECH

10 10

27

7

7

23

12 12

26

8 8

11

11

24

12 12

11

58.6BSD

11

9

9

58.6ASD

7

WG665 CCRR

10

WG665

10

9

9

58.6BSD

6

10 10

9

9

57.7CSD

5

9

9

57.7BSD

3

2

9

9

57.7ASD

1

10

11

12

10

10 10

10

12

11

10

WG673

4

WG661

16

LOGGER

15

14

13

ROOF OF COAL CLIFF RR.MOUNTED ON THE

##2 RTB-30-S3

##1 UTB-15

WG673

PIEZO

WATER LEVEL

STONEY CREEK

2

1

15 15

24

B18 B28##

1

TERM

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

30

57.7A SLIP DETECTOR N

57.7A WATER LEVEL DETECTOR N

57.7B SLIP DETECTOR N

59.6C SLIP DETECTOR N



57.7C SLIP DETECTOR N

STONEY CREEK RFM/59.6A - 59.6C SLIP DET. +VE

STONEY CREEK WATER LEVEL DETECTOR N

WIND SPEED +VE

WIND SPEED N

WIND DIRECTION +VE

WIND DIRECTION N

PLC/RFM (15MIN/8HR) GND

RFM 15MIN WARN

RFM 15MIN ALARM

RFM 8HR WARN

RFM 8HR ALARM

PLC RAINFALL COUNT/TIPS

INCLINOMETER

PRESSURE TRANSDUCER UP SIDE

PRESSURE TRANSDUCER DN SIDE

NEGATIVE SUPPLY INCLINOMETER N24

POSITIVE SUPPLY INCLINOMETER B24

SPARE

BX120 DATA LOGGER ISOL. TX

NX120 DATA LOGGER ISOL. TX

59.6C

3

6

5

B17 B27

##

1

SLIP DETECTOR

TRANSDUCER

3

59.6B

3

6

6

B16 B26

##

1

SLIP DETECTOR

TRANSDUCER

2

59.6A

3

6

7

B15 B25

##

1

SLIP DETECTOR

TRANSDUCER

1

C21

9

10

A46

##

2TRANSDUCER

3

46GEOTECH

PRESSURE

7

8

B31

##

2TRANSDUCER

4

31GEOTECH

11

12

A45

##

2

5

45

32 B32INCLINOMETER

11

12

A44

##

2TRANSDUCER

6

44PRESSURE

UP SIDE

58.6A

9

10

A19

##

2SLIP DETECTOR

TRANSDUCER

1

58.6B

9

10

A29

##

2SLIP DETECTOR

TRANSDUCER

2

57.7C

9

10

B48

##

2SLIP DETECTOR

TRANSDUCER

57.7B

9

10

B49

##

2SLIP DETECTOR

TRANSDUCER

57.7A

11

11

B16

##

2

57.7A

9

10

B15

##

2SLIP DETECTOR

TRANSDUCER

1

2

3

4

B47

38

37

39

48

47

49

WATER LEVEL

DETECTOR

WIND DIRECTION

WIND SPEED

DN SIDE

I/P

57.7C - 58.6A SLIP DET./RFM +VE



TO BE INSTALLED

TO BE INSTALLED

TO BE INSTALLED

(SEE SHT 365D_1)

DATA LOGGER

COALCLIFF

INPUTS TO

DF 385*275


JOB NUMBER : C


00001V07231/08/18 14:39 SG0602002CSTDV072

61.658 SD

61.715 SD

62.4 SD

9

63.6A SD

3

63.6B SD

3

64.4 SD

9

1

2

3

4

609CT

15

14

65.4A SD

14

3

63.6

3

WG622

10

9

64.4

9

SH

Bf9 4A

SHBX120

SHNX120

(SH)

Bt9

63.6

61.658

SLIP DETECTOR

TRANSDUCER

#

#

#

#

#

10

9

64.4

1

2

t3

t4

t5

t6

t7

t10

t11

t12(DGND)

t13

t14

t15

t16

t17

t8

t9

SCARBOROUGH RR

SCARBOROUGH RR

A31

A32

C1

C2

B10

A11

B11

A11 A11

B5

A2

A11A11b1

a1

b

a

609CT

6

3

6

3

B5

B20

B23

B22

B21

WG612

WG627 WG622

B21

B23

B22

DATA LOGGER ISOLATION TX

120V/120V, 200VA

WG609

61.715

SLIP DETECTOR

TRANSDUCER

62.4

SLIP DETECTOR

TRANSDUCER

63.6A

SLIP DETECTOR

TRANSDUCER

63.6B

SLIP DETECTOR

TRANSDUCER

64.4

SLIP DETECTOR

TRANSDUCER

65.4A

SLIP DETECTOR

TRANSDUCER

SCARBOROUGH

RAINFALL

GAUGE

SCARBOROUGH

WIND

SPEED

AND

DIRECTION

SCARBOROUGH

DATA LOGGER

ENCLOSURE

B5

15

14

10

9

b1

a1

b

a

b1

a1

b

a

b1

a1

b

a

b1

a1

b

a

10

6

6

10

15

10

6

6

*

*

*

*

*

*

#

SD TRANSDUCER SURGE PROTECTION

UTB-15

DF 385*275


JOB NUMBER : C


00001V07331/08/18 14:39 SG0602002CSTDV073

13

14

15

1620

19

18

17

12

11

10

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

16

15

14

13

20

19

18

17

12

11

10

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

7/0.85

7/0.85

ALL INTERNAL WIRING 7/0.40mm UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED.

7/0.8

5

20A DP

7/0.85

7/0.85

7/0.85

7/0.85

20A DP

7/0.8

5

7/0.85

7/0.85

MOTOR/CAPACITOR

MOTOR/CAPACITOR

SINGLE LEFT HAND

SINGLE RIGHT HAND

7/0.85

7/0.85

7/0.85

7/0.85

M

M

2

3

1

2

3

1

3-3

3-2

5

3-3

3-2

5

(LOC)

WNX120PSU

(LOC)

WNX120PSU

5-1 5-2

OFF

CUT

5-1 5-2

OFF

CUT

f WBX120

PSU

20A

LOC

f WBX120

PSU

20A

LOC

C1

C2

C3

C4

NWR

C1

C2

C3

C4

NWR

C4

C3

C2

C1

IR

C4

C3

C2

C1

RWR

C8

C7

C6

C5

IR

C4

C3

C2

C1

RWR

C4

C3

C2

C1

IR

C8

C7

C6

C5

IR

LOC

N-RI

6-16-2

R-NI

6-16-2

R-NI

7-1 7-2

N-RI

7-1 7-2

t

t

DF 385*275


JOB NUMBER : C

CIRCUIT BOOK No:EDMS No:VERSION: POINTS OPERATION - SIEMENS M3A MK2 - SINGLE END

00001W00831/08/18 14:40 SG0602002CSTDW008

R

N

R-NI

N-RI

N

R

N-RI

R-NI

6-7

R-NI

7-5

N-RI

7-6

6-5

DOUBLE RIGHT HAND

6-8

N

R

7-8

6-6

8-1 8-2

N

R

9-2 9-1

7-6

6-5

R-NI

N-RI

8-6 8-5 9-4

N

R

7-7 9-5 9-6

A END

8-3

9-3 6-8

LOC8-4 7-8

N-RI

7-5

R-NI

6-7

7-6

6-5

6-8

R

N

DOUBLE LEFT HAND

7-8

N-RI

R-NI

6-6

8-1 8-2

R

N

9-2 9-1

8-6 8-5 9-4

R

N

7-6

6-5

9-3 6-8

7-7 9-5 9-6

A END

8-3 LOC8-4 7-8

7-5

6-6

8-1 8-2

N

R

9-2 9-1

8-3

R-NI

9-4

N-RI

6-7 8-6 8-5

N

R

7-7

B END

9-5 9-6

9-3

8-4

N-RI

9-4

R-NI

7-5

6-6

8-1 8-2

R

N

9-2 9-1

6-7 8-6 8-5

R

N

9-3

8-37-7

B END

9-5 9-6 8-4

10

12

16

22

10

12

16

22

9

11

15

21 9

11

15

21

17

18

7

19

17

18

4

4

7

19

6

8

20 6

8

20

10

9

4

6

12 16

11

15

7

19

8

20

22

21

17

18

10

9

4

6

12 16

11

15

7

19

8

20

22

21

17

18

(LOC)

N50PSU

(LOC)

N50PSU

f B50PSU

4A

LOC

f B50PSU

4A

LOC

LOC

LOC

LOC

LOC

A5A6

RKR

A5A6

RKR

D5 D6

NKR

D5 D6

NKR

R2 R4

NKR

R1R3

RKR

R1R3

RKR

R2 R4

NKR

A2A1

NWR

A2A1

NWR

A2 A1

RWR

A2 A1

RWR

101

101

101

101

101

101

101

101 101

101

101 101

t

t NOTE: QBA1 RELAYS MAY ALSO BE USED

DF 385*275


JOB NUMBER : C

CIRCUIT BOOK No:EDMS No:VERSION: POINTS DETECTION (LOCAL) - SIEMENS M3A MK2 - DOUBLE END

00001W01031/08/18 14:40 SG0602002CSTDW010

6-8

7-8

6-5

7-6

SINGLE RIGHT HAND

7-8

6-5

7-6

6-8

SINGLE LEFT HAND

6-6 9-19-2

R-NI

7-5

N-RI

R

8-28-1

N

6-7

R

N

8-58-6

R

N

9-4 9-3

R-NI

N-RI

8-37-7 9-69-5 8-4

7-5

N-RI

R-NI

8-28-1

N

R

6-6

6-7

N

9-2 9-1

8-58-6

N

R

7-7

R

9-5 9-6

9-4 9-3

N-RI

R-NI

8-3 8-4

10

9

4

6

12 16

11

15

7

19

8

20

22

21

17

18

10

9

4

6

12 16

11

15

7

19

8

20

22

21

17

18

(LOC)

N50PSU

(LOC)

N50PSU

f B50PSU

4A

LOC

f B50PSU

4A

LOC

LOC

LOC

LOC

LOC

A5A6

RKR

A5A6

RKR

D5 D6

NKR

D5 D6

NKR

R1R3

RKR

R2 R4

NKR

R2 R4

NKR

R1R3

RKR

A2A1

NWR

A2A1

NWR

A2 A1

RWR

A2 A1

RWR

101

101 101

101

101 101

101

101 101

101

101 101

t

t

NOTE: QBA1 RELAYS MAY ALSO BE USED

DF 385*275


JOB NUMBER : C

CIRCUIT BOOK No:EDMS No:VERSION: POINTS DETECTION (LOCAL) - SIEMENS M3A MK2 - SINGLE END

00001W01131/08/18 14:40 SG0602002CSTDW011

LOC

LHCB RHCB

N

R

SWITCHES

LOC

PRESSURE

RHCBLHCB

NOTE: QBA1 RELAYS MAY ALSO BE USED ALL INTERNAL WIRING 7/0.40mm UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED.

Pt 8pr

CABLE

101 WD

Pt 8pr

CABLE

101 WD

Pt 8pr

CABLE

101 WOB

Pt 8pr

CABLE

101 WOB

Pt 12pr

CABLE

101 WM

Pt 12pr

CABLE

101 WM

(LOC)

N50(EXT)PSU

N

3456

N-RI

12

N-RI N

78

N

7812

N-RI

56

N-RI N

34

12

R-NIR

78

R

34 56

R-NI

56

R-NIR

34

R

78 12

R-NI

f B50(EXT)

PSU

4A

LOC

1

1

3

2

2

3

B5

B6

B7

B8

A16

A19

B4

B2

B1

B3

C7

C5

C6

C8

A1

C1

A2

C2

C3

C4

A3

A4

D5D6

RWR

101

A5A6

RKR

101

D5 D6

NKR

101

C5 C6

NWR

101

R2 R4

NKR

101

R1R3

RKR

101

D4D3

NWR

101

D4 D3

3W

4W

4B

3B1W

1B

2W

2B 1W

2W

2B

1B3B

4B

4W

3W

t

3B

3W

4B

4W

UNIT & EOL

MASTER 'A' VALVE

101

UNIT & EOL

MASTER 'A' VALVE

101

UNIT & EOL

MASTER 'A' VALVE

101

OPERATING BAR

101

DETECTOR

101

DF 385*275


JOB NUMBER : C

CIRCUIT BOOK No:EDMS No:VERSION: POINTS DETECTION (LOCAL) - EP CATCHPOINTS - LH 'A' VALVE

00001W06031/08/18 14:40 SG0602002CSTDW060

SWITCHES

R

N

RHCBLHCB

PRESSURE

LHCB RHCB


Pt 8pr

CABLE

101 WD

Pt 8pr

CABLE

101 WD

Pt 8pr

CABLE

101 WOB

Pt 8pr

CABLE

101 WOB

Pt 12pr

CABLE

101 WM

Pt 12pr

CABLE

101 WM

LOC LOC

(LOC)

N50(EXT)PSU

N

78

N

34

12

N-RI

56

N-RI

56

N-RI

12

N-RI

N

34

N

78

56

R-NI

12

R-NI

R

34

R

78

R

78

R

34

12

R-NI

56

R-NI

f B50(EXT)

PSU

4A

LOC

C2

A2

C1

A1

C6

C8

C7

C5

B1

B3

B4

B2

A19

A16

B8

B7

B6

B5

3

2

2

3

1

1

A3

C3

A4

C4

A5A6

RKR

101

D5D6

RWR

101

C5 C6

NWR

101

D5 D6

NKR

101

R1R3

RKR

101

R2 R4

NKR

101

D4D3

NWR

101

D4 D3

4W

3W

3B

4B

2W

1W

1B

2B

2B

2W

1B

1W 4B

3B

3W

4W

t

3B

3W

4B

4W

UNIT & EOL

MASTER 'A' VALVE

101

DETECTOR

101

UNIT & EOL

MASTER 'A' VALVE

101

OPERATING BAR

101

UNIT & EOL

MASTER 'A' VALVE

101

DF 385*275


JOB NUMBER : C

CIRCUIT BOOK No:EDMS No:VERSION: POINTS DETECTION (LOCAL) - EP CATCHPOINTS RH ('A' VALVE)

00001W06131/08/18 14:40 SG0602002CSTDW061

LHCB RHCB

N

R

SWITCHES

PRESSURE


Pt 8pr

CABLE

101 WD

Pt 8pr

CABLE

101 WD

Pt 12pr

CABLE

101 WM

Pt 12pr

CABLE

101 WM

LOC LOC

(LOC)

N50(EXT)PSU

N

34

N

78

56

N-RI

12

N-RI

12

R-NI

56

R-NI

R

78

R

34

f B50(EXT)

PSU

4A

LOC

1

1

3

2

2

3

B5

B6

B7

B8

A16

A19

A1

B1

A2

B2

B4

A4

B3

A3

D5D6

RWR

101

A5A6

RKR

101

D5 D6

NKR

101

C5 C6

R2 R4

NKR

101

R1R3

RKR

101

D4D3

NWR

101

D4 D3

3W

4W

4B

3B1W

1B

2W

2B

3B

3W

4B

4W

t

UNIT & EOL

MASTER 'A' VALVE

101

DETECTOR

101

UNIT & EOL

MASTER 'A' VALVE

101

DF 385*275


JOB NUMBER : C

CIRCUIT BOOK No:EDMS No:VERSION: POINTS DETECTION (LOCAL) - EP SINGLE END - LH 'A' VALVE

00001W06231/08/18 14:40 SG0602002CSTDW062

LHCB RHCB

N

R

SWITCHES

LOC

PRESSURE


Pt 8pr

CABLE

101 WD

Pt 8pr

CABLE

101 WD

Pt 12pr

CABLE

101 WM

Pt 12pr

CABLE

101 WM

LOC

(LOC)

N50(EXT)PSU

N

34 56

N-RI

N

78 12

N-RI

12

R-NI R

78

56

R-NI R

34

f B50(EXT)

PSU

4A

LOC

1

1

3

2

2

3

B5

B6

B7

B8

A16

A19

A1

B1

A2

B2

B4

A4

B3

A3

D5D6

RWR

101

A5A6

RKR

101

D5 D6

NKR

101

C5 C6

R2 R4

NKR

101

R1R3

RKR

101

D4D3

NWR

101

D4 D3

4W

3W

3B

4B1W

1B

2W

2B

3B

3W

4B

4W

UNIT & EOL

MASTER 'A' VALVE

101

DETECTOR

101

UNIT & EOL

MASTER 'A' VALVE

101

t

DF 385*275


JOB NUMBER : C

CIRCUIT BOOK No:EDMS No:VERSION: POINTS DETECTION (LOCAL) - EP SINGLE END - RH 'A' VALVE

00001W06331/08/18 14:40 SG0602002CSTDW063

RR LOC

LOC RR

OPTIONAL ARRANGEMENT

WHEN INSUFFICIENT CABLE CORES EXIST


ALL INTERNAL WIRING 7/0.40mm UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED

(RR)

N50(EXT)PSU

(RR)

N50(EXT)PSU

(LOC)

N50(EXT)PSU

f B50(EXT)

PSU

4A

RR

f B50(EXT)

PSU

4A

RR

f B50(EXT)

PSU

4A

LOC

RR

LOC

LOC

RR

LOC

RR

D5D6

RLR

101

D7 D8

B5B6

EOLJPR

101

B7 B8

B5B6

RCR

101

D5 D6

NCR

101

B5 B6

RKR

101

D5D6

RWKR

101

D7 D8

A7A8

RWKR

101

C7 C8

C5C6

NCR

101

A5A6

RCR

101

A7 A8

D5D6

NLR

101

D7 D8

NLR

101

C5C6

NKR

101

D5D6

NWKR

101

D7 D8

A7 A8

NWKR

101

R1R3

RCR

101

R2 R4

NCR

101

R1 R2

NWKR

101

R1R2

RWKR

101

B6B5

NLR

101

B2B1

PR

50AT

B6B5

PR

60AT

B2B1

ALSR

50

B4 B3

B8 B7

C2 C1

C6 C5

D4 D3

M7 T7

D2D1

EOLR

101

M5T5

50AT

B2B1

NLR

101

B2B1

EOLR

101

B4 B3

D2D1

NKR

101

D4 D3

NKR

101

B6B5

RLR

101

C6 C5

RLR

101

B2B1

C6C5

PBR

101N

B6B5

PBR

101R

B8 B7

PBR

101R

C8 C7

PBR

101N

B4 B3

B2 B1

RLR

101

A2A1

RKR

101

A4 A3

RKR

101

t

t

t


JOB NUMBER : C

CIRCUIT BOOK No:EDMS No:VERSION: POINTS CONTROL & DETECTION - THROUGH CIRCUITS

00001W07531/08/18 14:40 SG0602002CSTDW075

DF 385*275

RR LOC

LOC RR

WHEN INSUFFICIENT CABLE CORES EXIST

OPTIONAL ARRANGEMENT


(RR)

N50(EXT)PSU

(RR)

N50(EXT)PSU

(LOC)

N50(EXT)PSU

f B50(EXT)

PSU

4A

RR

f B50(EXT)

PSU

4A

RR

f B50(EXT)

PSU

4A

LOC

RR

LOC

LOC

RR

LOC

RR

D5D6

RLR

101

D7 D8

B5B6

EOLJPR

101

B7 B8

B5B6

RCR

101

D5 D6

NCR

101

B5 B6

RKR

101A/B

D5D6

RWKR

101

D7 D8

A7A8

RWKR

101

C7 C8

C5C6

NCR

101

A5A6

RCR

101

A7 A8

B5 B6

RKR

101C

D5D6

NLR

101

D7 D8

NLR

101

C5C6

NKR

101A/B

D5D6

NWKR

101

D7 D8

A7 A8

NWKR

101

C5C6

NKR

101C

R1R3

RCR

101

R2 R4

NCR

101

R1 R2

NWKR

101

R1R2

RWKR

101

B6B5

NLR

101

B2B1

PR

50AT

B6B5

PR

60AT

B2B1

ALSR

50

B4 B3

B8 B7

C2 C1

C6 C5

D4 D3

M7 T7

D2D1

EOLR

101

M5T5

50AT

B2B1

NLR

101

B2B1

EOLR

101

B4 B3

D2D1

NKR

101A/B

D4 D3

NKR

101A/B

D2D1

NKR

101C

D4 D3

NKR

101C

B6B5

RLR

101

C6 C5

RLR

101

B2B1

C6C5

PBR

101N

B6B5

PBR

101R

B8 B7

PBR

101R

C8 C7

PBR

101N

B4 B3

B2 B1

RLR

101

A2A1

RKR

101A/B

A4 A3

RKR

101A/B

A2A1

RKR

101C

A4 A3

RKR

101C

t

t

t


JOB NUMBER : C

CIRCUIT BOOK No:EDMS No:VERSION: POINTS CONTROL & DETECTION - EP (THREE ENDS) - THROUGH CIRCUITS

00001W07631/08/18 14:40 SG0602002CSTDW076

DF 385*275

4/4QNN1

SLAVE 'A' VALVE UNIT

101B

101A

QNN14/4

(ARRANGEMENT SHOWN FOR

TO 101C SLAVE

NOTE: MASTER CAN BE ON "A" OR "B" END

THREE ENDED POINTS - WHERE INSTALLED)

1B

1W

2B

2W

1B

1W

2B

2W

(LOC)

NX120PSU

RW

NW

RW

NW

t(LOC)(NO BRK)B50PSU

t(LOC)(NO BRK)B50PSU

f(NO BRK)B50PSU

4A

LOC

f(NO BRK)B50PSU

4A

LOC

f BX120

PSU

4A

LOC

4

3

2

1

LOC

4

3

2

1

LOC

A10

A11

D7D8

NCR

101

B7B8

RCR

101

B7B8

RWR

101

B7B8

RKR

101

D7D8

NWR

101

D7D8

NKR

101

R1 R3

RWR

101

R2 R4

NWR

101

C4 C3

C2C1

NWR

101

D2D1

NWR

101

A2A1

RWR

101

A4 A3

A2A1

RCR

101

C2C1

NCR

101

B2B1

RWR

101

A8

A9

A10

A11

A8

A9

MASTER 'A' VALVE UNIT AND EOL

t

101A WM

CABLE

Pt 12pr

101B WS

CABLE

Pt 8pr

DF 385*275


JOB NUMBER : C

CIRCUIT BOOK No:EDMS No:VERSION: POINTS CONTROL & OPERATION - EP 'A' VALVE

00001W07831/08/18 14:40 SG0602002CSTDW078

SWITCHES

R

N

RHCBLHCB

LOC

PRESSURE

LOC

PRESSURE

N

R

SWITCHES LHCB RHCB


Pt 12pr

CABLE

101A WM

Pt 8pr

CABLE

101A WD

Pt 8pr

CABLE

101A WD

Pt 12pr

CABLE

101A WM

Pt 8pr

CABLE

101B WS

CABLE

101B WD

Pt 8pr

CABLE

101B WS

Pt 8pr

CABLE

101B WD

LOC

Pt 8pr

t(LOC)

N50(EXT)PSU

N

78

N

34

12

N-RI

56

N-RI

56

N-RI

12

N-RI

N

34

N

78

56

R-NI

12

R-NI

R

34

R

78

R

78

R

34

12

R-NI

56

R-NI

f B50(EXT)

PSU

4A

LOC

A4

A2

A1

A3

B3

B1

B2

B4

A19

A16

B8

B7

B6

B5

3

2

2

3

1

1

B5

B6

B7

B8

A16

A19

B4

B1

B2

B3

A3

A1

A2

A4

1

1

3

2

2

3

A5 A6

RKR

101

D5 D6

RWR

101

C5C6

NWR

101

D5D6

NKR

101

R1 R3

RKR

101

R2R4

NKR

101

D4 D3

NWR

101

D4D3 2B

2W

4B

1W

3B

3W

1B

4W

4B

5B

5W

3B

3W

4W

4W

3W

3B

5W

5B

4B

4W

2W

3W

3B

2B

4B1B

1W

UNIT & EOL

MASTER 'A' VALVE

101A

DETECTOR

101A

UNIT & EOL

MASTER 'A' VALVE

101A

DETECTOR

101B

UNIT

SLAVE 'A' VALVE

101B

UNIT

SLAVE 'A' VALVE

101B


DF 385*275


JOB NUMBER : C

CIRCUIT BOOK No:EDMS No:VERSION: POINTS DETECTION (LOCAL) - EP DOUBLE END - LH 'A' VALVE

00001W07931/08/18 14:40 SG0602002CSTDW079

LOCLOC

LHCB RHCB

RHCBLHCB

LOC


Pt 8pr

CABLE

101B WS

Pt 8pr

CABLE

101B WD

Pt 8pr

CABLE

101B WD

Pt 8pr

CABLE

101B WS

Pt 12pr

CABLE

101A WM

Pt 8pr

CABLE

101A WD

Pt 8pr

CABLE

101A WD

Pt 12pr

CABLE

101A WM

SWITCHES

R

N

'A' PRESSURE

SWITCHES

R

N

'A' PRESSURE

(LOC)

N50(EXT)PSU

N

78

N

34

12

N-RI

56

N-RI

N

78

N

34

12

N-RI

56

N-RI

56

R-NI

12

R-NI

R

34

R

78

56

R-NI

12

R-NI

R

34

R

78

f B50(EXT)

PSU

4A

LOC

A2

A3

A4

A1

B1

B3

B4

B2

A19

A16

B8

B7

B6

B5

B5

B6

B7

B8

A16

A19

B2

B4

B3

B1

A1

A3

A4

A2

3

2

2

3

1

1

3

2

2

3

1

1

D5 D6

RWR

101

A5 A6

RKR

101

D5D6

NKR

101

C5C6

NWR

101

R2R4

NKR

101

R1 R3

RKR

101

D4 D3

NWR

101

D4D3

QBA1 RELAYS MAY ALSO BE USED

NOTES:

3W

4B

4W

4W

4B

5W

5B

2W

3B

3W

2B

3B1B

1W

1W

1B 3B

2B

3B

3W

2W

5W

5B

4B

4W

4B

4W

3W

UNIT & EOL

MASTER 'A' VALVE

101A

DETECTOR

101A

UNIT & EOL

MASTER 'A' VALVE

101A

UNIT

SLAVE 'A' VALVE

101B

DETECTOR

101B

UNIT

SLAVE 'A' VALVE

101B

t

DF 385*275


JOB NUMBER : C

CIRCUIT BOOK No:EDMS No:VERSION: POINTS DETECTION (LOCAL) - EP DOUBLE END - RH 'A' VALVE

00001W08031/08/18 14:40 SG0602002CSTDW080

*1

*1

*2

LOC 101A MASTER 'A' VALVE UNIT

A8

B7

B6

A1

R1 R2

60"

NOTE: EOLR TO BE PROVED

LOC

THE NORMAL POSITION

*2

E15L

E13L

REVERSE PUSH

N

E8R

R

E6R

E7R

R

E5RE5L

N

NORMAL PUSH

E10RE10L

E15R

E16R

E11RE11L

E13R

E12RE12L

E14R

RR

Pt 12pr

CABLE

101A WM

E4R

E2R

E3L E3R

E1RE1L

Pt 12pr

CABLE

101A WM

E9L E9R

(LOC)

N50PSU

D7D8

EOLR

101

t (LOC)

N50PSU

f B50PSU

4A

LOC

f B50PSU

4A

LOC

W

IN USE

EOL

W

N CALL

W

R CALL

R

EOL

R

EOL

N

N

A27

A26

A25

A24

A23

A22

8

7

4

3

5

6

2

1

A28

A33

A32

T

B

A31

A30

T

B

T

B

A29

RR

RR

LOC

LOC

A7A8

PBR

101R

D7D8

PBR

101N

D7 D8

RWKR

101

D7D8

EOLJR

101

D7D8

EOLJPR

101

D7 D8

NWKR

101

R2 R4

PBR

101N

R1 R3

PBR

101R

R1 R2

EOLJPR

101

R1 R2

EOLR

101

EOLJR

101

2K2 2.5w

R1

2K2 2.5w

R3

2K2 2.5w

R2

C2C1

EOLJR

101

C2C1

EOLJPR

101

D2D1

EOLJPR

101

D2D1

EOLJR

101

C2C1

PBR

101N

A2A1

PBR

101R

C4C3

EOLJR

101

DETECTION CCT

ENERGISED IN THE

*1 MADE WHEN EOL SWITCH IS IN

*2 MADE WHEN EOL SWITCH TURNED REVERSE

9B

6B

6W

9W

7B

7W

8B

8W

10B

10W

11B

11W

t

# #

#ARRANGEMENT WHEN INSUFFICIENT CABLE CORES

SEE NCR/RCR SHEET W075 FOR ALTERNATIVE

DF 385*275


JOB NUMBER : C

CIRCUIT BOOK No:EDMS No:VERSION: POINTS EMERGENCY OPERATION - 'A' VALVE

00001W08531/08/18 14:40 SG0602002CSTDW085

N N-RI

DETECTOR

4 3

R-NI

2 1

R-NI

6 5

R

8 7

R

6 5

N

LHCB

8 7

4 3

N-RI

RHCB

2 1

STANDARD WIRING BETWEEN CONTACT BLOCKS

RHSNC SHOWN

LHSNC SHOWN

STANDARD WIRING BETWEEN CONTACT BLOCKS

12

RHCB

R-NI

34

78

LHCB

R

56

N

78

N

56

N-RI

12

N-RI

34

DETECTOR

R-NIR

LH

CB

RH

CB

LH

CB

RH

CB

LH

CB

RH

CB

VIEW

LH

CB

RH

CB

LHCB - LEFT HAND CONTACT BLOCK

RHCB - RIGHT HAND CONTACT BLOCK

LHSNC - LEFT HAND SWITCH NORMALLY CLOSED

RHSNC - RIGHT HAND SWITCH NORMALLY CLOSED

DF 385*275


JOB NUMBER : C

CIRCUIT BOOK No:EDMS No:VERSION: POINTS AND DETECTION LAYOUT - SIEMENS: HMX, HM2, HM3 & HLM

00001W08631/08/18 14:41 SG0602002CSTDW086

LH MOUNTED

DETECTOR

LHSC

NOTE 1

LHSC

DETECTOR

RH MOUNTED

RIGHT HAND CONTACT BLOCK

(RHCB)

ACTIVATED IN NORMAL

POSITION POSITION

ACTIVATED IN NORMAL

(LHCB)

LEFT HAND CONTACT BLOCK

RH MOUNTED

DETECTOR

RHSC

NOTE 1

NOTE 1

RHSC

DETECTOR

LH MOUNTED

FOR CONSISTENCY INSTALL

THE CROSSING SIDE DETECTOR

ROD TO CLOSEST SWITCH

"B" DETECTOR ROD ON CROSSING SIDE

"A" DETECTOR ROD ON TOE SIDE

& TOE SIDE DETECTOR

ROD TO FURTHEST SWITCH

LHSC RHSC

NOTE 1:

NOTE 1

DF 385*275


JOB NUMBER : C

CIRCUIT BOOK No:EDMS No:VERSION: POINTS DETECTOR ARRANGEMENTS - EP HM STYLE

00001W08731/08/18 14:41 SG0602002CSTDW087

NW, RW

1B

1W

2B

2W

(LOC)

NX120PSU

f BX120

PSU

4A

LOC

C2C1

NWR

C4 C3

A2A1

RWR

A4 A3

RW

NW

A10

A11

A8

A9

MASTER 'A' VALVE UNIT AND EOL

LOCXXX PTS

t

WM

CABLE

Pt 12pr

DF 385*275


JOB NUMBER : C

CIRCUIT BOOK No:EDMS No:VERSION: POINTS OPERATION - EP CLAWLOCK - 'A' VALVE

00001W08831/08/18 14:41 SG0602002CSTDW088

SLAVE A1

EF-RR

STANDARD VITAL

OUTPUT PCB (3)

MKII SLOT 7

OUTPUT PCB (3)

STANDARD VITAL

MKII SLOT 7

EF-RR

SLAVE B1

+

+

1B

1A

E2

C2

E2

C2

2B

+

+

2A

#1

#1

NCR

O/P1 *

O/P2

RCR

O/P1

NCR

O/P2

RCR

*

IN 1

B12

N12

IN 2

N12

OUT 1 +

OUT 1 -

OUT 2 -

OUT 2 +

N17001102 (50V)

ISOLATION MODULE (17)

OUT 2 -

IN 2 OUT 2 +

OUT 1 -

IN 1 OUT 1 +

ISOLATION MODULE (18)

N17001102 (50V)

*

*

#1

4A

+

4B

+

#1+

3A

+

3B

ZR

E4

IR

A2

IR

O/P4

ZR

O/P3

E4

A2

*

*

*

*O/P3

O/P4

N12

B12

N12

LOCAL TRACKS

(LOC)

N50(INT)PSU

(LOC)

N50(INT)PSU

(LOC)

N15PSU

(LOC)

N12PSU

(LOC)

N15PSU

(LOC)

N12PSU

IN4007

IN4007

IN4007

f B50(INT)

PSU

4A

LOC

f B50(INT)

PSU

4A

LOC

f B15PSU

4A

LOC

f B15PSU

4A

LOC

A5A6

B5B6

RCR

B5B6

EOLJPR

B7B8

EOLJPR

D5D6

NCR

A7A8

R2 R4

NCR

R1 R3

RCR

R2 R4

IR

B2B1

PR

ES4.72BT

B2B1

(2)

ES4.72BT

C2C1

IR

N

C2C1

PBR

A2A1

EOLJPR

N

D2 D1

PBR

D2 D1

B4 B3

R

B2 B1

PBR

A4A3

EOLJPR

R

A2A1

PBR

D2D1

IR

IR

#1 WEIDMULLER PARTS

IN4007 DIODES

ZAP/TW2 PARTITIONS

ZTR2.5/D DIODE DISCONNECTORS


600V GRADE

1.23mm SQ, 19/29AWG

ETFE TEFLON COATED*

C3 C4

t

t

t

t

t

t

DF 385*275


JOB NUMBER : C

CIRCUIT BOOK No:EDMS No:VERSION: CSTDW089_1 W089_1POINTS CONTROL - 'A' UNIT WITH ISOLATION MODULES - MICROLOK

0000131/08/18 14:41 SG0602002

SLAVE A1

EF-RR

STANDARD VITAL

OUTPUT PCB (3)

MKII SLOT 7

OUTPUT PCB (3)

STANDARD VITAL

MKII SLOT 7

EF-RR

SLAVE B1

+

+

1B

1A

E2

C2

E2

C2

2B

+

+

2A

#1

#1

NCR

O/P1 *

O/P2

RCR

O/P1

NCR

O/P2

RCR

*

*

*

#1

4A

+

4B

+

#1+

3A

+

3B

SPARE

E4

IR

A2

IR

O/P4

SPARE

O/P3

E4

A2

#1 WEIDMULLER PARTS

IN4007 DIODES

ZAP/TW2 PARTITIONS

ZTR2.5/D DIODE DISCONNECTORS


600V GRADE

1.23mm SQ, 19/29AWG

ETFE TEFLON COATED*

*

*

*

*O/P3

O/P4

LOCAL TRACKS

t (RR)

N12RR

t (RR)

N12RR

t (RR)

N12RR

IN4007

IN4007

IN4007

f B12RR

4A

RR

f B12RR

4A

RR

A5A6

B5B6

RCR

D5D6

NCR

A7A8

R2 R4

NCR

R1 R3

RCR

R2 R4

IR

B2B1

PR

ES4.72BT

B2B1

(2)

ES4.72BT

C2C1

IR

N

C2C1

PBR

A2A1

EOLJPR

A4A3

EOLJPR

R

A2A1

PBR

D2D1

IR

IR

C3 C4

DF 385*275


JOB NUMBER : C

CIRCUIT BOOK No:EDMS No:VERSION: CSTDW089_2 W089_2POINTS CONTROL - 'A' UNIT WITHOUT ISOLATION MODULES - MICROLOK

0000131/08/18 14:41 SG0602002

(7/0.50mm)

Pt 12pr CABLE

DETECTOR

E2

E4

C2

C4

C4

C2

E4

E2

B2-

#3

VITAL

MKII SLOT __

INPUT PCB __

B1-

B2+

A2-

A2+

#3

A1-

#3

B1+

#3

A1+

W

B

LOC

A SIDE

MKII SLOT __

INPUT PCB __

RKR

I/P 2+

VITAL

NKR

I/P 1+

B SIDE

LOC



ALL INTERNAL WIRING

600V GRADE UNLESS

1.23mm SQ, 19/29AWG

ETFE TEFLON COATED

ARRESTOR EARTHED MECHANICALLY

SHOWN OTHERWISE

TO MOUNTING RAIL

#3

#2

RHCBLHCB

1B

1W

2B

2W

SE

#2

MODULE

IMMUNISATION

ELSAFE

IMM 2

#1

SE

#2

MODULE

IMMUNISATION

ELSAFE

IMM 1

#1

PRESSURE

N

R

SWITCHES

ARR 1

ELSAFE

ARRESTOR

MODULE

#4

#2

SE

#4

MODULE & BASE PART Nos:

ELSAFE 290V ARRESTOR MODULE.

3W

3B

3B

4B

4W

3W

Pt 8pr CABLE

(7/0.50mm)

Pt 8pr CABLE

(7/0.50mm) (7/0.50mm)

4W

5W

5B

4B

Pt 12pr CABLE

I/P 1-

I/P 2-

RKR

I/P 2-

I/P 2+

I/P 1-

NKR

I/P 1+

LOC

INPUT PCB

ELSAFE IMMUNISATION MODULE

MODULE AND BASE PART Nos:

#1

WEIDMULLER PARTS:

CROSS CONNECTOR - ZQV 2.5/2

TEST DISCONNECT TERM - ZTR 2.5

(LOC)

N50(EXT)PSU

N

78

N

3456

N-RI

12

N-RI

12

R-NI

56

R-NI

R

78

R

34

f B50(EXT)

PSU

4A

LOC

B5

A1

A3

A4

A2

B6

B8

B7

A16

A19

B2

B4

B3

B1

4

3

2

1

1

1

3

2

2

3

3

4

2

1

3

4

1

2

BASE- 216600A

MODULE- 216643 (YELLOW)

BASE- 216600A

MODULE- 216680 (GRAPHITE)

B

W

B

W

B

W

B

W

B

W

B

W

UNIT & EOL

MASTER 'A' VALVE

UNIT & EOL

MASTER 'A' VALVE

t

DF 385*275


JOB NUMBER : C

CIRCUIT BOOK No:EDMS No:VERSION: POINTS DETECTION - EP CLAWLOCK - SINGLE END LH 'A' VALVE (M'LOK) 00001W09031/08/18 13:49 SG0602002CSTDW090

LHCB RHCB

IMM 1

ELSAFE

IMMUNISATION

MODULE

#2

SE

MODULE

IMMUNISATION

ELSAFE

IMM 2

SE

#2

#1

#1

VITAL

INTPUT PCB __

MKII SLOT __

B SIDE

LOC

C4

C2

101 NKR

I/P 1+

I/P 1-E4

E2

I/P 2-

101 RKR

I/P 2+

MKII SLOT __

VITAL

INTPUT PCB __

C4

C2

E2

E4

LOC

A SIDE

A1+

B1+

#3

B1-

#3

A1-

#3

#3

B2-

A2-

B2+

A2+

1B

1W

2B

2W

4B

4W

3W

PRESSURE

N

R

SWITCHES

ARR 1

#4

ARRESTOR

MODULE

ELSAFE

#2

SE

3B

3W

3B 4B

5B

5W

4W

SHOWN OTHERWISE

ETFE TEFLON COATED

1.23mm SQ, 19/29AWG

600V GRADE UNLESS

ALL INTERNAL WIRING


WEIDMULLER PARTS: ZTR 2.5

TO MOUNTING RAIL


CONNECTED TO MAIN EARTH.



#4

#3

#2


ELSAFE IMMUNISATION MODULE#1

Pt 12pr CABLE

(7/0.50mm)

Pt 8pr CABLE

(7/0.50mm)

Pt 8pr CABLE

(7/0.50mm)

Pt 12pr CABLE

(7/0.50mm)

I/P 2-

I/P 2+

101 RKR

101 NKR

I/P 1-

I/P 1+

INPUT PCB

LOC

(LOC)

N50(EXT)PSU

12

N-RI

56

N-RI

N

78

N

34

R

34

R

7812

R-NI

56

R-NI

f B50(EXT)

PSU

4A

LOC

A16

A19

B5

B8

B6

B7

2

3

4

1

1

1

3

2

2

3

2

4

3

1

B2

A2

B4

B3

A4

A3

B1

A1

3

4

1

2

BASE- 216600A


BASE- 216600A


B

W

B

W

B

W

B

W

B

W

B

W

B

W

UNIT & EOL

MASTER 'A' VALVE

UNIT & EOL

MASTER 'A' VALVE

DETECTOR

t

DF 385*275


JOB NUMBER : C

CIRCUIT BOOK No:EDMS No:VERSION: POINTS DETECTION - EP CLAWLOCK - SINGLE END RH 'A' VALVE (M'LOK) 00001W09131/08/18 13:49 SG0602002CSTDW091

101 RWR

101 NWR

ALL INTERNAL WIRING

600V GRADE UNLESS

1.23mm SQ, 19/29AWG

ETFE TEFLON COATED

SHOWN OTHERWISE

*

*

*

1B

1W

2B

2W

101 NW, RW

NOTE: MASTER CAN BE ON "A" OR "B" END.

APPLIES TO MICROLOK POINTS ONLY

2B

2W

1W

1B

t (LOC)

N50(INT)PSU

t (LOC)

N50(INT)PSU

IN4007

IN4007

f B50(INT)

PSU

4A

LOC

f B50(INT)

PSU

4A

LOC

f

BX120

4A

LOC

1

LOC

2

3

4

1

LOC

2

3

4

B7B8

RWR

101

B7B8

RCR

101

D7D8

NCR

101

D7D8

NWR

101

R2 R4

NWR

101

R1 R3

RWR

101

D2D1

NWR

101

B2B1

RWR

101

C2C1

NCR

101

A2A1

RCR

101

C2C1

NWR

101

C4 C3

A4 A3

A2A1

RWR

101

t

LOCNX120

RW

NW

A10

A11

A8

A9

RW

NW

A10

A11

A8

A9

(ARRANGEMENT SHOWN FOR

TO 101C SLAVE

THREE ENDED POINTS - WHERE INSTALLED)

UNIT & EOL

MASTER POINT 'A' VALVE

101A

UNIT

SLAVE POINT 'A' VALVE

101B

101A WM

CABLE

Pt 12pr

IS USUALLY BATTERY BACKUP

MICROLOK B50/N50(INT)

SUPPLY MAY BE USED

12V RELAY & MICROLOK

MUST BE NO-BREAK SUPPLY

101B WS

CABLE

Pt 8pr

DF 385*275


JOB NUMBER : C

CIRCUIT BOOK No:EDMS No:VERSION: POINTS OPERATION - EP CLAWLOCK - 'A' VALVE 00001W09331/08/18 13:49 SG0602002CSTDW093

ETFE TEFLON COATED

1.23mm SQ, 19/29AWG

600V GRADE UNLESS

ALL INTERNAL WIRING

SHOWN OTHERWISE

9W

#1

#2

SEMODULE

ELSAFE

ARRESTOR

#3

E8R

N

REVERSE PUSH

R

R

E7R

E6R

NORMAL PUSH

E5L E5R

N

REFER TO SHEET W095

9B

ATTACHMENT SCREW TO THE MOUNTING RAIL. THE MOUNTING

RAIL ELECTRICALLY CONNECTED TO THE MAIN EARTH.

ELSAFE MODULE EARTHED MECHANICALLY VIA THE

MODULE & BASE PART No's:


#1

RS COMPONENTS: 206-7881

RC SNUBBER

#2

#3

E13L E13R

E12RE12L

E14R

E15L E15R

E16R

E11L E11R

E10L E10R

E9L E9R

t(LOC)

N50(EXT)PSU

f B50(EXT)

PSU

4A

LOC

W

N CALL

W

R CALL

W

IN USE

EOL

A28

A29

A30

A31

A32

3

2

4

1

B

T

B

T

T

B

A33

LOC

LOC

D7D8

PBR

101 N

A7A8

PBR

101 R

R1 R3

PBR

101 R

R2 R4

PBR

101 N

2K2 2.5w

R2

2K2 2.5w

R3

2K2 2.5w

R1

C2C1

EOLJR

101

C2C1

EOLJPR

101

C2C1

PBR

101 N

A2A1

PBR

101 R

D2 D1

D2 D1

BASE- 216600A


#1

B

W

11W

101 WM

CABLE

Pt 12pr

101 WM

CABLE

Pt 12pr

10B

10W

11B

UNIT & EOL

MASTER 'A' VALVE

101

DF 385*275


JOB NUMBER : C

CIRCUIT BOOK No:EDMS No:VERSION: POINTS EMERGENCY OPERATION - EP 'A' VALVE - MICROLOK 00001W09431/08/18 13:49 SG0602002CSTDW094

A12

A14

E16

E18

E18

E16

A14

A12

REFER TO SHEET W094

A10-

B10-

#5

B10+

MKII SLOT 10

INPUT PCB (10)

VITAL

I/P 10

101 IZR N

MKII SLOT 10

INPUT PCB (10)

VITAL

I/P 10

101 IZR

101 IZR N

A10+

#5

B9-

#5

B9+

A9-

A9+

#5

101 IZR

101 EOLR N

I/P 9

101 EOLR

MASTER A

RR

101 EOLR N

I/P 9

101 EOLR

RR

MASTER B

ALL INTERNAL WIRING

600V GRADE UNLESS

1.23mm SQ, 19/29AWG

ETFE TEFLON COATED

SHOWN OTHERWISE

WEIDMULLER PARTS - ZTR 2.5#5

SE

#2

MODULE

IMMUNISATION

ELSAFE

*2

*2

*1

*1

8W

8B

7W

7B

QTD5

A8

B7

B6

A1

R1 R2

60"

MODULE

#3

ARRESTOR

ELSAFE #2

#4

*2 MADE WHEN EOL ROTARY SWITCH TURNED REVERSE

USE POTENTIOMETER TO ADJUST

TIMER TO 60 SECONDS

RS COMPONENTS: 206-7881

RC SNUBBER

RAIL ELECTRICALLY CONNECTED TO THE MAIN EARTH.

ATTACHMENT SCREW TO THE MOUNTING RAIL. THE MOUNTING

ELSAFE MODULE EARTHED MECHANICALLY VIA THE




ELSAFE IMMUNISATION MODULE.

#3

ELSAFE

ARRESTOR

MODULESE

#2#1

SE

#4#3

#2#1

6W

6B

E3L

E1RE1L

E3R

E2R

E4R

N50(EXT)PSU

N50(INT)PSU

f B50(INT)

PSU

4A

LOC

f B50(EXT)

PSU

4A

LOC

N

N

R

EOL

R

EOL

1

2

3

4

A23

A22

3

4

8

7

1

2

5

6

A25

A27

A26

A24

4

3

1

2

1

4

2

3

A5A6

NCR

101

A5A6

RCR

101

A5A6

IR

101

D7D8

JR

EOL

101

A5A6

JPR

EOL

101

D5 D6

D5 D6

D5 D6

D5 D6

D5 D6

R1 R2

JPR

EOL

101

EOL JR

101

C4C3

*1 MADE WHEN EOL ROTARY SWITCH IS IN THE NORMAL POSITION

BASE- 216600A


BASE- 216600A


#1

B

W

B

W

B

W

B

W

B

W

B

W

B

W

B

W

B

W

t

101 WM

CABLE

Pt 12pr

101 WM

CABLE

Pt 12pr

UNIT & EOL

101 MASTER 'A' ALVE

t


JOB NUMBER : C

CIRCUIT BOOK No:EDMS No:VERSION: POINTS EMERGENCY OPERATION & DETECTION - EP - 'A' VALVE (MICROLOK) 00001W09531/08/18 13:49 SG0602002CSTDW095

DF 385*275

IMM 1

ELSAFE

IMMUNISATION

MODULE

#2

SE

MODULE

IMMUNISATION

ELSAFE

IMM 2

SE

#2

#1

#1

VITAL

INTPUT PCB __

MKII SLOT __

B SIDE

LOC

C4

C2

101 NKR

I/P 1+

I/P 1-E4

E2

I/P 2-

101 RKR

I/P 2+

MKII SLOT __

VITAL

INTPUT PCB __

C4

C2

E2

E4

LOC

A SIDE

A1+

B1+

#3

B1-

#3

A1-

#3

#3

B2-

A2-

B2+

A2+

ARR 1

#4

ARRESTOR

MODULE

ELSAFE

#2

SE

3B

3W

4B

5B

5W

4W

SHOWN OTHERWISE

ETFE TEFLON COATED

1.23mm SQ, 19/29AWG

600V GRADE UNLESS

ALL INTERNAL WIRING


TO MOUNTING RAIL





#4

#2



I/P 2-

I/P 2+

101 RKR

101 NKR

I/P 1-

I/P 1+

RHCBLHCBPRESSURE

LHCB RHCB

N

R

SWITCHES

INPUT PCB

LOC

Pt 12pr

CABLE

101 WM



#3 WEIDMULLER PARTS:

Pt 8pr

CABLE

101 WOB

Pt 8pr

CABLE

101 WOB

Pt 8pr

CABLE

101 WD

Pt 8pr

CABLE

101 WD

(LOC)

N50(EXT)PSU

N

78

N

34

12

N-RI

56

N-RI

56

N-RI

12

N-RI

N

34

N

78

56

R-NI

12

R-NI

R

34

R

78

R

78

R

34

12

R-NI

56

R-NI

f B50(EXT)

PSU

4A

LOC

2

3

4

1

2

4

3

1

3

4

1

2

C4

A4

C3

A3

1

1

3

2

2

3

B5

B6

B7

B8

A16

A19

B2

B4

B3

B1

C5

C7

C8

C6

A1

C1

A2

C2

1W

1B

2W

1W

2B

3W 3W

4W

3B

4B

4W

2B

2W

1B

4B

3B

BASE- 216600A


BASE- 216600A


B

W

B

W

B

W

B

W

B

W

B

W

B

W

UNIT & EOL

MASTER 'A' VALVE

101

DETECTOR

101

UNIT & EOL

MASTER 'A' VALVE

101

UNIT & EOL

MASTER 'A' VALVE

101

OPERATING BAR

101

t

101 WM

CABLE

Pt 12pr

DF 385*275


JOB NUMBER : C

CIRCUIT BOOK No:EDMS No:VERSION: POINTS DETECTION - EP CATCHPOINT - RH 'A' VALVE (MICROLOK) 00001W09731/08/18 13:49 SG0602002CSTDW097

E2

E4

C2

C4

C4

C2

E4

E2

B2-

#3

VITAL

MKII SLOT __

INPUT PCB __

B1-

B2+

A2-

A2+

#3

A1-

#3

B1+

#3

A1+

LOC

A SIDE

MKII SLOT __

INPUT PCB __

101 RKR

I/P 2+

VITAL

101 NKR

I/P 1+

B SIDE

LOC



ALL INTERNAL WIRING

600V GRADE UNLESS

1.23mm SQ, 19/29AWG

ETFE TEFLON COATED


SHOWN OTHERWISE

TO MOUNTING RAIL

WEIDMULLER PARTS:#3

#2

SE

#2

MODULE

IMMUNISATION

ELSAFE

IMM 2

#1

SE

#2

MODULE

IMMUNISATION

ELSAFE

IMM 1

#1

ARR 1

ELSAFE

ARRESTOR

MODULE

#4

#2

SE

#4



3W

3B

4W

5W

5B

4B

I/P 1-

I/P 2-

101 RKR

I/P 2-

I/P 2+

I/P 1-

101 NKR

I/P 1+



#1

LHCB RHCBPRESSURE

SWITCHES

R

N

RHCBLHCB

Pt 12pr

CABLE

101 WM



Pt 12pr

CABLE

101 WM

Pt 8pr

CABLE

101 WOB

Pt 8pr

CABLE

101 WOB

Pt 8pr

CABLE

101 WD

Pt 8pr

CABLE

101 WD

(LOC)

N50(EXT)PSU

N

3456

N-RI

12

N-RI N

78

N

7812

N-RI

56

N-RI N

34

12

R-NIR

78

R

34 56

R-NI

56

R-NIR

34

R

78 12

R-NI

f B50(EXT)

PSU

4A

LOC

4

3

2

1

3

4

2

1

3

4

1

2

A4

A3

C4

C3

C2

A2

C1

A1

C8

C6

C5

C7

B3

B1

B2

B4

A19

A16

B8

B7

B6

B5

3

2

2

3

1

1

2W

1W

4W

3B

3W

1B

2B

1W

2B

1B

2W 4W

4B

3W

4B

3B

BASE- 216600A


BASE- 216600A


INPUT PCB

LOC

B

W

B

W

B

W

B

W

B

W

B

W

B

W

UNIT & EOL

MASTER 'A' VALVE

101

DETECTOR

101

UNIT & EOL

MASTER 'A' VALVE

101

UNIT & EOL

MASTER 'A' VALVE

101

OPERATING BAR

101

t

DF 385*275


JOB NUMBER : C

CIRCUIT BOOK No:EDMS No:VERSION: POINTS DETECTION - EP CATCHPOINTS - LH 'A' VALVE (MICROLOK) 00001W09831/08/18 13:49 SG0602002CSTDW098

(7/0.50mm)

Pt 4pr CABLE

E2

E4

C2

C4

C4

C2

E4

E2

B2-

#3

VITAL

MKII SLOT __

INPUT PCB __

B1-

B2+

A2-

A2+

#3

A1-

#3

B1+

#3

A1+

LOC

A SIDE

MKII SLOT __

INPUT PCB __

RKR

I/P 2+

VITAL

NKR

I/P 1+

B SIDE

LOC



ALL INTERNAL WIRING

600V GRADE UNLESS

1.23mm SQ, 19/29AWG

ETFE TEFLON COATED


SHOWN OTHERWISE

TO MOUNTING RAIL

#3

#2

SE

#2

MODULE

IMMUNISATION

ELSAFE

IMM 2

#1

SE

#2

MODULE

IMMUNISATION

ELSAFE

IMM 1

#1

ARR 1

ELSAFE

ARRESTOR

MODULE

#4#2

SE

#4



1W

1B

(7/0.50mm)

3W

2W

3B

2B

Pt 4pr CABLE

I/P 1-

I/P 2-

RKR

I/P 2-

I/P 2+

I/P 1-

NKR

I/P 1+

LOC

INPUT PCB



#1

WEIDMULLER PARTS:



MOTOR

CONTACT

17

R8

20L8 P8

19L7 P7

18

R6

L6 P6

R7

N

R4

L2

7.5

R

P2

N

9.4

R

8.5

R-NI

N-RI

9.3

L3

7.7

N

P3

6.7

R

L4

R2

P4

9.68.3

N

9.8

R

8.1

R-NI

9.7

N-RI

9.5

R1

6.8

7.8

7.6

9.28.7 6.59.1 6.6

13

14

15

16

8.2

8.4

8.6

8.8

LHSNC

P1 L5

R3

L1 P5

R5

NOTE: BLANKING PLATE REQUIRED ON RHSC SOCKET

(LOC)

N50(EXT)PSU

f B50(EXT)

PSU

4A

LOC

4

3

2

1

3

4

2

1

3

4

1

2

BASE- 216600A


BASE- 216600A


B

W

B

W

B

W

B

W

B

W

B

W

B

W

t

DF 385*275


JOB NUMBER : C

CIRCUIT BOOK No:EDMS No:VERSION: POINTS DETECTION - SIEMENS D84M MKIII - SINGLE END LH (MICROLOK) 00001W09931/08/18 13:49 SG0602002CSTDW099

IMM 1

ELSAFE

IMMUNISATION

MODULE

#2

SE

MODULE

IMMUNISATION

ELSAFE

IMM 2

SE

#2

#1

#1

VITAL

INTPUT PCB __

MKII SLOT __

B SIDE

LOC

C4

C2

101 NKR

I/P 1+

I/P 1-E4

E2

I/P 2-

101 RKR

I/P 2+

MKII SLOT __

VITAL

INTPUT PCB __

C4

C2

E2

E4

LOC

A SIDE

A1+

B1+

#3

B1-

#3

A1-

#3

#3

B2-

A2-

B2+

A2+

ARR 1

#4

ARRESTOR

MODULE

ELSAFE

#2

SE

1B

1W

2B

3B

2W

3W

SHOWN OTHERWISE

ETFE TEFLON COATED

1.23mm SQ, 19/29AWG

600V GRADE UNLESS

ALL INTERNAL WIRING


TO MOUNTING RAIL





#4

#3

#2



Pt 4pr CABLE

(7/0.50mm)

Pt 4pr CABLE

(7/0.50mm)

I/P 2-

I/P 2+

101 RKR

101 NKR

I/P 1-

I/P 1+

INPUT PCB

LOC

18

L7

19

7.7 7.8

R7R P7

L8

20

7.5 7.6

R8N P8

L5

17

6.5 6.6

R5R P5

9.4 9.3

L3

P1 R1

9.2 9.1

N

8.5

14

8.6

8.7

13

8.8

N-RI

L2

P4 R4

9.79.8

L1

P3 R3

N

9.59.6

8.1

16

8.2

N-RI

8.3

15

8.4

R R-NI

R-NIR

RHSNC



WEIDMULLER PARTS:

P2 R2 R6 P6

L4

CONTACT

MOTOR

L6

NOTE: BLANKING PLATE REQUIRED ON LHSC SOCKET

N

6.86.7

(LOC)

N50(EXT)PSU

f B50(EXT)

PSU

4A

LOC

2

3

4

1

2

4

3

1

3

4

1

2

BASE- 216600A


BASE- 216600A


B

W

B

W

B

W

B

W

B

W

B

W

B

W

t

DF 385*275


JOB NUMBER : C

CIRCUIT BOOK No:EDMS No:VERSION: POINTS DETECTION - SIEMENS D84M MKIII - SINGLE END RH (MICROLOK)

00001W10031/08/18 13:49 SG0602002CSTDW100

ASSUMES EXTERNAL

DC MAINS

IN POINT MACHINE

CUT-OUT TIMER

QCJ1

10-SECS

NON-VITAL

TIMER

ACCEPTABLE

CIRCUITS ARE ALSO

4 WIRE DETECTION

*

*

*

*

#1

#1

#

#

3BT

8AT

6

101B

8

3AT

8BT

101AFROM SYDNEY

WTJR NOT PROVIDED IF

NOTE:

*

#

@

IR, NWR & RWR ARE QBCA1 TYPE RELAYS

FOR D84M MACHINES EACH END IS PROVIDED WITH A SEPARATE EOL KEY

NWKR/RWKR ARE QBA1 TYPE RELAYS

(RR)

N50(EXT)PSU

(LOC)

N50(EXT)PSU

(LOC)

N50(EXT)PSU

t (EXT)

PSU

t (EXT)

PSU

f B50(EXT)

PSU

4A

RR

f B50(EXT)

PSU

4A

LOC

f B50(EXT)

PSU

4A

RR

f B50(EXT)

PSU

4A

LOC

f B50(EXT)

PSU

4A

LOC

@

N

EOL

101A

@

N

EOL

101B

RR

LOC

LOC

LOC

RR

LOC

LOC

LOC

LOC

RR

RR

LOC

B7B8

RKR

101

B5B6

A7A8

RKR

101

A3D3

WTJR

101

A5D5

A5A6

RLR

101

A5A6

RWR

101

D5D6

RWR

101

A7 A8

A5A6

RKR

101

A7A8

RWKR

101

D5D6

IR

101B

D7 D8

A7 A8

A5A6

IR

101B

D5D6

IR

101A

D7 D8

A5A6

IR

101A

A7 A8

D7D8

NKR

101

C7C8

NKR

101

C5C6

A5A6

A7 A8

A5 A6

NWR

101

D5 D6

NWR

101

D5 D6

NKR

101

A7 A8

NWKR

101

R1 R2

IR

101A

R1 R2

IR

101B

R1 R2

NWR

101

R1R2

RWR

101

R1R3

RKR

101

R2 R4

NKR

101

R1R2

RWKR

101

R1 R2

NWKR

101

R1 R3

WTJR

101

8

USR

3

ALSR

A4A3

NWR

101

3

ALSR

8

USR

3AT

8BT

B6B5

NLR

101

B8 B7

A2A1

NWR

101

B2B1

NLR

101

D2D1

NKR

101

D4 D3

NKR

101

A2A1

IR

101B

A4A3

RWR

101

A2A1

IR

101A

B6B5

B8 B7

A2 A1

RWR

101

B2 B1

RLR

101

A2A1

RKR

101

A4 A3

3

5

#1 NKR/RKR USE QBBA1 RELAYS. QBA1 ALSO ACCEPTABLE

C1 C2 C1 C2 C1 C2 C1 C2

1

2

1

2

EOL BOX

C3 C4 C3 C4

N50

(RR)

N50

(LOC)

D1 D2

101A

IR

t

t

t

@

N

EOL

101A

@

N

EOL

101B

LOC

3

4

3

4

EOL BOX

LOC

@

N

EOL

101A

@

N

EOL

101B

LOC

7

8

7

8

EOL BOX

LOC

POINT MOTOR CIRCUIT

IR TO DOUBLE SWITCH

1 2

3 4

5 6

CONTACTS

DETECTION

DF 385*275


JOB NUMBER : C

CIRCUIT BOOK No:EDMS No:VERSION: POINTS CONTROL, DETECTION & ISOLATION 00001W10131/08/18 13:49 SG0602002CSTDW101

LOC

MTCE

ISOLATION

ARR

#1

#3

#

#

1B

1W

2B

2W

MTCE

ISOLATION

IND

O/P 9

NON VITAL

OUT32 (1)

MKII SLOT 7

3W

3B

POINTS

MAINTENANCE

ISOLATION SWITCH

*1

#3

#2

IMM

ISOLATION

MTCE

LOC

I/P 1

IND

ISOLATION

MTCE

*2

#

#

ISOLATION SWITCH

MAINTENANCE

POINTS

Y

POINTS NORMAL

LOC

# SANTON SWITCH NORMALLY CLOSED #1 ELSAFE BASE PART No. 21660

ELSAFE 290V ARRESTOR MODULE

PART No. 216680 (GRAPHITE)

#2 ELSAFE BASE PART No. 216600


PART No. 216643 (YELLOW)

#3 ELSAFE EARTHED MECHANICALLY

TO THE MOUNTING RAIL



*1

LED*2

LED

12v - 20ma

LOC

(ALTERNATIVE WHERE

RELAY DRIVEN)

SIDING

ISOLATEDNORMAL

C8

E2

E4

SESE

R1 R2

ZIR

3

2

4

1

4

1

2

3

2

1

9

5

6

1

4

2

3

1

3

2

1

4

2

N50

(LOC)

LOC

(LOC)

LOC

f

B50

4A

LOC

f

LOC

4A

LOC

f

LOC

4A

LOC

Y

Y

A2A1

NKR

A4 A3

5

6

0.25W

420 OHMS

LOCN12(EXT)

(LOC)

LOC

LOC

NOTE:

PRIOR TO THE POINTS BEING ISOLATED

PERMISSION SHALL BE GRANTED FROM THE SIGNALLER

NV.OUT32(1)I/F LOC

IN16(1)I/F

KEY

SWITCH

IN16 PCB (3)

VITAL

IN16 PCB (3)

VITAL

W

B B

W

B

W

NORMAL

POINTS

t

t

t

t

(LOC)

B50(EXT)

N50(EXT)

B50(EXT)

N50(EXT)

PROVIDED TO THE LOGGER OR CONTROL SYSTEM

KEY SWITCH 'NORMAL' INDICATIONS SHALL BE

DF 385*275


JOB NUMBER : C

CIRCUIT BOOK No:EDMS No:VERSION: POINTS MAINTENANCE ISOLATION SWITCH - MICROLOK & RELAY

00001W10231/08/18 13:50 SG0602002CSTDW102

*

*

*

NWR & RWR ARE QBCA1 TYPE RELAYS

(RR)

N50(EXT)PSU

A2 A1

ZIR

f B50(EXT)

PSU

4A

RR

RR

LOC

A5A6

RLR

A5A6

RWR

D5D6

RWR

A7 A8

A5A6

A7 A8

A5 A6

NWR

D5 D6

NWR

R1 R2

NWR

R1R2

RWR

B6B5

NLR

B8 B7

B6B5

B8 B7

t

DF 385*275


JOB NUMBER : C

CIRCUIT BOOK No:EDMS No:VERSION: POINTS CONTROL (WITH MAINTENANCE ISOLATION SWITCH) - RELAY 00001W10331/08/18 13:50 SG0602002CSTDW103

W RHSNC

W LHSNC

4

3

1

4

3

1

2

1

1

2

INDUCTION MOTOR

2

INDUCTION MOTOR

3

5

2

1

4

BRAKE

2

4

BRAKE

RECTIFIER

1

2

5

3

INDUCTION MOTORINDUCTION MOTOR

RECTIFIER


NOTE:

RETROFIT DESIGNS TO BE USED IN

CONJUNCTION WITH POINT OPERATING

CIRCUITS ON SHEET W113 FOR RIGHT

HAND MACHINES (RHSNC) AND SHEET

W114 FOR LEFT HAND MACHINES (LHSNC).

M

M

3.1

3.1

3.3

3.2

3.3

3.3

3.2

3.2

3.1

3.1

3.2

3.3

5.2 5.1

CONTACT

CRANK

5.2 5.1

CONTACT

CRANK

7.3 7.4

N-RI

6.3 6.4

N-RI

6.3 6.4

R-NI

7.3 7.4

R-NI


JOB NUMBER : C

CIRCUIT BOOK No:EDMS No:VERSION: POINTS MOTOR - SIEMENS 84M MKIII - RETROFIT DESIGN 00001W11231/08/18 13:50 SG0602002CSTDW112

DF 385*275

* BW RHSNC

* AW RHSNC

7/0.85

7/0.85

7/0.8

57/0.8

5

20A DP

7/0.85

7/0.85

7/0.85

7/0.85

4

3

1

4

3

1

3

2

1

4 8

5

6

7

9

10

11

12

17

18

19

20

13

14

15

16

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

17

18

19

20

13

14

15

16

7/0.85

7/0.85

7/0.85

7/0.85

2

1

1

2

INDUCTION MOTOR

2

INDUCTION MOTOR

BRAKE

2

BRAKE



M

M

* WHERE 84M MKIII IS RETROFIT VERSION, REPLACE INTERNAL WIRING WITH CIRCUIT SHOWN ON SHEET W112

4

RECTIFIER

1

2

5

3

4

RECTIFIER

1

2

5

3

3.1

3.1

3.3

3.2

3.3

3.2

3.3

3.3

3.2

3.2

3.1

3.1

(LOC)

WNX120PSU

(LOC)

WNX120PSU

5.2 5.1

CONTACT

CRANK

5.2 5.1

CONTACT

CRANK

6.3 6.4

N-RI

6.3 6.4

N-RI

7.3 7.4

R-NI

7.3 7.4

R-NI

f WBX120

PSU

20A

LOC

f WBX120

PSU

20A

LOC

C5

C6

C7

C8

NWR

C1

C2

C3

C4

NWR

B

C8

C7

C6

C5

IR

B

C4

C3

C2

C1

IR

C8

C7

C6

C5

RWR

A

C8

C7

C6

C5

IR

C4

C3

C2

C1

RWR

A

C4

C3

C2

C1

IR

1

2

3

3

2

1

LOC

t

t

DF 385*275


JOB NUMBER : C

CIRCUIT BOOK No:EDMS No:VERSION: POINTS OPERATION - SIEMENS 84M MKIII - DOUBLE RIGHT HAND 00001W11331/08/18 13:50 SG0602002CSTDW113


* BW LHSNC

* AW LHSNC

7/0.85

7/0.85

20A DP

7/0.8

57/0.8

5

7/0.85

7/0.85

7/0.85

7/0.85


BRAKE

4

3

21

BRAKE

INDUCTION MOTOR

4

3

21

INDUCTION MOTOR

4

1

2

3

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

17

18

19

20 16

15

14

13

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

17

18

19

20

13

14

15

16

7/0.85

7/0.85

7/0.85

7/0.85

2

1

1

2

M

M

* WHERE 84M MKIII IS RETROFIT VERSION, REPLACE INTERNAL WIRING WITH CIRCUIT SHOWN ON SHEET W112

4

RECTIFIER

1

2

5

3

4

RECTIFIER

1

2

5

3

3.1

3.1

3.2

3.2

3.3

3.3

3.2

3.3

3.2

3.3

3.1

3.1

(LOC)

WNX120PSU

(LOC)

WNX120PSU

5.2 5.1

CONTACT

CRANK

5.2 5.1

CONTACT

CRANK

7.3 7.4

N-RI

7.3 7.4

N-RI

6.3 6.4

R-NI

6.3 6.4

R-NI

f WBX120

PSU

20A

LOC

f WBX120

PSU

20A

LOC

C1

C2

C3

C4

NWR

C5

C6

C7

C8

NWR

A

C4

C3

C2

C1

IR

C4

C3

C2

C1

RWR

A

C8

C7

C6

C5

IR

C8

C7

C6

C5

RWR

B

C4

C3

C2

C1

IR

B

C8

C7

C6

C5

IR

1

LOC

2

3

3

2

1

t

t

DF 385*275


JOB NUMBER : C

CIRCUIT BOOK No:EDMS No:VERSION: POINTS OPERATION - SIEMENS 84M MKIII - DOUBLE LEFT HAND 00001W11431/08/18 13:50 SG0602002CSTDW114

8.8

8.6

8.4

8.2

16

15

14

13

6.69.1 6.58.7 9.2

7.6

7.8

6.8

9.5

N-RI

9.7

R-NI

8.1

R

9.8

N

8.3 9.6

R

6.7

N

7.7

9.3

N-RI

R-NI

8.5

R

9.4

N

R

7.5

N

18

19

20

17

CONTACT

AW LHSNC

MOTOR


6.5 6.69.2 9.18.78.8

8.2

16

R-NI

8.1

8.4

15

N

8.3

R

9.8 9.7

N-RI

9.6 9.5

8.6

14

R-NI

8.5

13

N

R

9.4 9.3

N-RI

6.8

R

6.7

7.8

N

7.7

18

19

7.6

R

7.5

N

20

17

BW LHSNC

CONTACT

MOTOR

NOTE:

QBA1 RELAYS MAY

ALSO BE USED

R3 R5

R4 R8

R1

7.8

R7

R2 R6

P1 L1 P5L5

P2 L2 L8 P8

P7L7L3P3

P4 L4 L6 P6

R3 R5

L5 P5L1P1

R4

P2 L2

R8

P8L8

R7R1

P3 L3 L7 P7

R2 R6

P4 L4 L6 P6


(LOC)

N50PSU

(LOC)

N50PSU

f B50PSU

4A

LOC

f B50PSU

4A

LOC

N

EOL

A END

N

EOL

B END

N

N

LOC

LOC

LOC

LOC

LOC

LOC

RR

LOC

A5A6

RKR

A7A8

RWKR

B

D5D6

IR

B

A5A6

IR

A

A5A6

IR

A

D5D6

IR

A7 A8

D7 D8

A7 A8

D7 D8

D5 D6

NKR

A7 A8

NWKR

R2 R4

NKR

R1R3

RKR

R1R2

RWKR

R1 R2

NWKR

A2A1

NWR

B2B1

NLR

D2D1

NKR

D4 D3

NKR

A2 A1

RWR

B2 B1

RLR

A2A1

RKR

A4 A3

t

t

3

4

3

4

7

8

7

8

3 4

5 6

EOL BOX

EOL BOX

A END

EOL

B END

EOL

DF 385*275


JOB NUMBER : C

CIRCUIT BOOK No:EDMS No:VERSION: POINTS DETECTION - SIEMENS 84M - DOUBLE END LEFT HAND

00001W11931/08/18 13:50 SG0602002CSTDW119

R R-NI

R-NIR

8.4

15

8.3

N-RI

8.2

16

8.1

9.6 9.5

N

9.8 9.7

N-RI

8.8

13

8.7

8.6

14

8.5

N

9.19.2

9.39.4

17

20

19

18

AW RHSNC


R R-NI

R-NIR

15

8.4 8.3

N-RI

16

8.2 8.1

N

9.6 9.5

9.8 9.7

N-RI

13

8.78.8

14

8.58.6

N

9.2 9.1

9.4 9.3

17

20

19

18

BW RHSNC


L6

CONTACT

L4

P6R6R2P2

R3P3

L1

R4P4

L2

R1P1

L3

P5R R5

6.66.5 L5

P8N R8

7.67.5 L8

P7R R7

7.87.7 L7

MOTOR

L6

CONTACT

L4

P6R6R2P2

R3P3

L1

R4P4

L2

R1P1

L3

P5R R5

6.66.5 L5

P8N R8

7.67.5 L8

P7R R7

7.87.7 L7

MOTOR


(LOC)

N50PSU

(LOC)

N50PSU

N

6.7 6.8

N

6.7 6.8

f B50PSU

4A

LOC

f B50PSU

4A

LOC

LOC

LOC

LOC

LOC

LOC

RR

D7 D8

A7 A8

D7 D8

A7 A8

A

D5D6

IR

A

A5A6

IR

B

A5A6

IR

B

D5D6

IR

A7A8

RWKR

A5A6

RKR

A7 A8

NWKR

D5 D6

NKR

R1 R2

NWKR

R1R2

RWKR

R1R3

RKR

R2 R4

NKR

D4 D3

NKR

D2D1

NKR

B2B1

NLR

A2A1

NWR

A4 A3

A2A1

RKR

B2 B1

RLR

A2 A1

RWR

t

t

N

EOL

A END

N

EOL

B END

N

N

LOC

LOC

3

4

3

4

7

8

7

8

3 4

5 6

EOL BOX

EOL BOX

A END

EOL

B END

EOL

DF 385*275


JOB NUMBER : C

CIRCUIT BOOK No:EDMS No:VERSION: POINTS DETECTION - SIEMENS 84M DOUBLE RIGHT HAND

00001W12031/08/18 13:50 SG0602002CSTDW120

R-NI R

R-NI

N

16

8.2

15

8.4

14

8.6

13

N

8.8 6.5 6.6

N-RI

8.1 9.8 9.7

8.3 9.6 9.5

R

6.7 6.8

N

7.7 7.8

8.5

R

9.4 9.3

8.7

N-RI

9.2 9.1

R

7.5 7.6

N

18

19

20

17

AW LHSNC

MOTOR

CONTACT

NOTE: THIS ARRANGEMENT IS SUITABLE ONLY


R-NI R

6.66.5

N

8.2

16

8.1

8.4

15

8.3

N-RI

9.8 9.7

9.6 9.5

8.6

14

R-NI

8.5

8.8

13

N

8.7

R

9.4 9.3

N-RI

9.2 9.1

6.8

R

6.7

7.8

N

7.7

18

19

7.6

R

7.5

N

20

17

BW LHSNC

CONTACT

MOTOR

A B


R3 R5

L5 P5L1P1

R4

P2 L2

R8

P8L8

R7R1

P3 L3 L7 P7

R2 R6

P4 L4 L6 P6

R3 R5

L5 P5L1P1

R4

P2 L2

R8

P8L8

R7R1

P3 L3 L7 P7

R2 R6

P4 L4 L6 P6


(LOC)

N50PSU

(LOC)

N50PSU

5-5 5-6

CUT-OFF

MOTOR

CRANK OP.

5-5 5-6

CUT-OFF

MOTOR

CRANK OP.

f B50PSU

4A

LOC

f B50PSU

4A

LOC

LOC

LOC

LOC

LOC

LOC

LOC

8

7

LOC

RR

LOC

7

8

LOC

A5A6

RKR

D7 D8

A7 A8

D7 D8

A7 A8

A

D5D6

IR

A

A5A6

IR

B

A5A6

IR

B

D5D6

IR

A7A8

RWKR

D5 D6

NKR

A7 A8

NWKR

R1R3

RKR

R2 R4

NKR

R1 R2

NWKR

R1R2

RWKR

A2A1

NWR

D4 D3

NKR

D2D1

NKR

B2B1

NLR

A2 A1

RWR

A4 A3

A2A1

RKR

B2 B1

RLR

t

t

WHEN EOL IS NOT PROVIDED - Eg FREIGHT YARDS

DF 385*275


JOB NUMBER : C

CIRCUIT BOOK No:EDMS No:VERSION: POINTS DETECTION - SIEMENS TD84M - DOUBLE END LEFT HAND 00001W12131/08/18 13:50 SG0602002CSTDW121

NOTE: BLANKING PLATE REQUIRED ON LHSC SOCKET.

R R-NI

R-NIR

15

8.4 8.3

N-RI

16

8.2 8.1

9.6 9.5

N

9.8 9.7

N-RI

8.8

13

8.7

8.6

14

8.5

N

9.19.2

9.39.4

17

20

19

18

AW RHSNC


WHEN EOL IS NOT PROVIDED - Eg FREIGHT YARDS

NOTE: THIS ARRANGEMENT IS SUITABLE ONLY

R R-NI

R-NIR

15

8.4 8.3

N-RI

16

8.2 8.1

N

9.6 9.5

9.8 9.7

N-RI

13

8.78.8

14

8.58.6

N

9.2 9.1

9.4 9.3

17

20

19

18

BW RHSNC

A B


L6

CONTACT

L4

P6R6R2P2

R3P3

L1

R4P4

L2

R1P1

L3

P5R R5

6.66.5 L5

P8N R8

7.67.5 L8

P7R R7

7.87.7 L7

MOTOR

L6

CONTACT

L4

P6R6R2P2

R3P3

L1

R4P4

L2

R1P1

L3

P5R R5

6.66.5 L5

P8N R8

7.67.5 L8

P7R R7

7.87.7 L7

MOTOR

(LOC)

N50PSU

(LOC)

N50PSU

N

6.7 6.8

N

6.7 6.8

5-5 5-6

CUT-OFF

MOTOR

CRANK OP.

5-5 5-6

CUT-OFF

MOTOR

CRANK OP.

f B50PSU

4A

LOC

f B50PSU

4A

LOC

LOC

LOC

LOC

LOC

LOC

RR

LOC

7

8

LOC

LOC

LOC

7

8

A7A8

RWKR

B

D5D6

IR

B

A5A6

IR

A

A5A6

IR

A

D5D6

IR

A7 A8

D7 D8

A7 A8

D7 D8

A5A6

RKR

A7 A8

NWKR

D5 D6

NKR

R1R2

RWKR

R1 R2

NWKR

R2 R4

NKR

R1R3

RKR

B2B1

NLR

D2D1

NKR

D4 D3

NKR

A2A1

NWR

B2 B1

RLR

A2A1

RKR

A4 A3

A2 A1

RWR

t

t

DF 385*275


JOB NUMBER : C

CIRCUIT BOOK No:EDMS No:VERSION: POINTS DETECTION - SIEMENS TD84M - DOUBLE END RIGHT HAND 00001W12231/08/18 13:50 SG0602002CSTDW122

8.8

8.6

8.4

8.2

16

15

14

13

9.18.7 9.2

9.5

N-RI

9.7

R-NI

8.1

R

9.8

N

8.3 9.6

9.3

N-RI

R-NI

8.5

R

9.4

N

18

19

20

17

LHSNC


NOT PROVIDED - Eg FREIGHT YARDS

NOTE: REPLACE WHERE EOL


P6L6L4P4

R6R2

P7L7L3P3

R1 R7

L8 P8

R8

L2P2

R4

P1 L1 P5L5

R5R3

MOTOR

CONTACT

N

7.5

R

7.6

7.7

N

7.8

6.7

R

6.8

6.66.5


(LOC)

N50PSU

(LOC)

N50PSU

5-5 5-6

CUT-OFF

MOTOR

CRANK OP.

f B50PSU

4A

LOC

f B50PSU

4A

LOC

LOC

LOC

RR

LOC

LOC

7

8

LOC

A5A6

RKR

A7A8

RWKR

D5D6

IR

A5A6

IR

A7 A8

D7 D8

D5 D6

NKR

A7 A8

NWKR

R2 R4

NKR

R1R3

RKR

R1R2

RWKR

R1 R2

NWKR

A2A1

NWR

B2B1

NLR

D2D1

NKR

D4 D3

NKR

A2 A1

RWR

B2 B1

RLR

A2A1

RKR

A4 A3

t

t

N

EOL

N

LOC

LOC

3

4

7

8

3

5

EOL BOX

EOL

4

6

EOL BOX

DF 385*275


JOB NUMBER : C

CIRCUIT BOOK No:EDMS No:VERSION: POINTS DETECTION - SIEMENS D84M MKIII - SINGLE END LEFT HAND

00001W12331/08/18 13:50 SG0602002CSTDW123

R R-NI

R-NIR

8.4

15

8.3

N-RI

8.2

16

8.1

9.6 9.5

N

9.8 9.7

N-RI

8.8

13

8.7

8.6

14

8.5

N

9.19.2

9.39.4

17

20

19

18

RHSNC



MOTOR

L77.7 7.8

R7R P7

L87.5 7.6

R8N P8

L56.5 6.6

R5R P5

L3

P1 R1

L2

P4 R4

L1

P3 R3

P2 R2 R6 P6

L4

CONTACT

L6


(LOC)

N50PSU

(LOC)

N50PSU

N

6.7 6.8

f B50PSU

4A

LOC

f B50PSU

4A

LOC

LOC

LOC

LOC

RR

D7 D8

A7 A8

A5A6

IR

D5D6

IR

A7A8

RWKR

A5A6

RKR

A7 A8

NWKR

D5 D6

NKR

R1 R2

NWKR

R1R2

RWKR

R1R3

RKR

R2 R4

NKR

D4 D3

NKR

D2D1

NKR

B2B1

NLR

A2A1

NWR

A4 A3

A2A1

RKR

B2 B1

RLR

A2 A1

RWR

t

t

NOT PROVIDED - Eg FREIGHT YARDS

NOTE: REPLACE WHERE EOL

5-5 5-6

CUT-OFF

MOTOR

CRANK OP.

LOC

7

8

LOC

N

EOL

N

LOC

LOC

3

4

7

8

3

5

EOL BOX

EOL

4

6

EOL BOX

DF 385*275


JOB NUMBER : C

CIRCUIT BOOK No:EDMS No:VERSION: POINTS DETECTION - SIEMENS D84M MKIII - SINGLE END RIGHT HAND 00001W12431/08/18 13:51 SG0602002CSTDW124

D7

D8

D2

D1

50V - D8/D2

24V - D7/D2

12V - D1/D2

VOLTAGE STRAPPINGS

OUTPUT RELAY

NOTE:

BE LESS THAN 2m

D3/D4 LOOP WIRING MUST

NOTE:

A7

A3

A2

A1

QTD4

D6

D5

R4

R3

D4

D3

R2

R1

DSJR

DIRECTION STICK PROVING & TIMERTRACK PR'S

XT

E F

DX

+ * +R

H G

AB

C

R R

D

*

UX

+

#1

#1

#1 TRACK STICK ARRANGEMENT ONLY REQUIRED

WHERE 12V CAPACITOR SLOW RELEASE DIRECTION

STICKS ARE USED AND WITH SHORT FAST TRAINS.

STICK PATH NOT REQUIRED WHERE DIRECTION STICKS

ARE 50V QSRA1 AND TRACK REPEATS ARE QSPA1.

*

(XING)

N12XING

t (XING).

N12XING

t (XING).

N12XING

t (XING).

N12XING

f B12

XING

10A

XING

f B12

XING

4A

XING

f B12

XING

4A

XING

f B12

XING

4A

XING

A5A6

DDSR

A5A6

UDSR

A7 A8

R1 R2

DSJPR

R1 R2

PR

DX

R1 R2

PR

XT

R1 R2

PR

UX

PR

DX

PR

XT

DX

DX

XT

XT

UX

UX

PR

XT

PR

UX

WARNING AT MAXIMUM LINE SPEED

LENGTH TO PROVIDE MINIMUM 25 SEC.

B1 B2 B1 B2

B1 B2

D1 D2

D1 D2 B1 B2

B3 B4

B3 B4

D3 D4

D3 D4

t

300"

DF 385*275


JOB NUMBER : C

CIRCUIT BOOK No:EDMS No:VERSION: L.XING - APPROACH TRACK CCTS - SINGLE LINE AUTO SIGNALLING (OTS)

00001X00131/08/18 13:51 SG0602002CSTDX001

CROSSING CONTROL

DIRECTION STICKS

DX

*

UX

*

3 +2 1 +21 3

1 3

6R8W

10W

10000

25V6R8W

10W

10000

25V

*

mF mF

t (XING)

N12XING

t (XING)

N12XING

f B12

XING

10A

XING

f B12

XING

10A

XING

1

2

PR

XT

PR

XT

R1R2

UDSR

R1 R2

DDSR

R1 R2

XR

DSJPR

PR

DX

PR

UX

DXPR

DSJPR

PR

XT

UXPR

DSJPR

DDSR

UDSR

UDSR

EMR

DDSR

+

XT

E F

+R

H G

AB

C

R R

D

+

SWITCH

OPERATION

MANUAL

A1 A2

A3 A4

A6 A5

A6 A5

B1 B2

B1 B2

A8 A7

A3A4

A6A5

C1 C2

C3 C4

C8 C7

C1C2

C3C4

C8C7

D1 D2

D1 D2 D1 D2

A1 A2

D1 D2 D1 D2

D1 D2 D3 D4

WARNING AT MAXIMUM LINE SPEED

LENGTH TO PROVIDE MIMIMUM 25 SEC.

DF 385*275


JOB NUMBER : C

CIRCUIT BOOK No:EDMS No:VERSION: L.XING - DIRECTION STICKS & CONTROL - SINGLE LINE AUTO SIG (OTS) 00001X00331/08/18 13:51 SG0602002CSTDX003

1

R1

A1

B7

B8

A8

R2

15"

XRJR

DN (SH)R

UP (SH)R

2 1 2

XRCONTROL CONTACTS

SHUNTERS SWITCHES

SHUNTER'S SWITCH

SYDNEY SIDE COUNTRY SIDE

SHUNTER'S SWITCH

XR

TRACK

1 12

3

3

2

3

3

t (XING)

N15XING

t (XING)

N15XING

t (XING)

N15XING

t (XING)

N15XING

t (XING)

N50XING

f B15

XING

4A

XING

f B15

XING

4A

XING

f B15

XING

4A

XING

f B15

XING

4A

XING

f B50

XING

4A

XING

XING

XING

XING

XING

XING

XING

XING

XING

XING

XING

XING

XING

START

UP SS

START

UP CS

START

DN SS

START

DN CS

CANCEL

UP SS

CANCEL

UP CS

CANCEL

DN SS

CANCEL

DN CS

XRJR

TRACK

TRACK

R1 R2

XR

R1 R2

XR

R1 R2

(SH)R

DN

R1 R2

(SH)R

UP

XRJR

(SH)R

UP

(SH)R

DN

XR

A2A1

(SH)R

DN

A2A1

(SH)R

UP

A2A1

SSER

A2A1

CSER

NOTE: A BATTERY SUPPLY MUST BE USED

WITH SHUNTERS PUSH BUTTONS

NOTE: A BATTERY SUPPLY IS NOT ESSENTIAL

SHUNTER'S PUSHBUTTON

SYDNEY SIDE

UP TRACK


SYDNEY SIDE

DN TRACK


COUNTRY SIDE

DN TRACK


COUNTRY SIDE

UP TRACK

FOR USE WHEN CROSSING HAS NO CANCELLING TRACK CIRCUIT

QTD5

A3 A4 A3 A4

D6 D5

C3 C4

DF 385*275


JOB NUMBER : C

CIRCUIT BOOK No:EDMS No:VERSION: L.XING - CONTROL - SHUNTER'S PUSHBUTTON SWITCHES 00001X00531/08/18 13:51 SG0602002CSTDX005

XINGN15(XING)

t

XINGN15(XING)

t

MOTOR -

7/1.70mm

7/1.70mm

7/1.70mm

7/1.70mm

7/1.70mm

7/1.70mm

7/1.70mm

7/1.70mm

7/1.70mm

CS GATE ZK

LXMON

OPTO 1

t23

B15 t15

INPUT

VIO (12V)

VIO (12V)

VIO (12V)

SS BOOM SW ZK

OPTO 1 t20

INPUT

XNR

VIO (12V)

4A

INPUT

7/0.85

"EMERGENCY"

"COUNTRY SIDE BOOM"

OPTO 1 t21

CS BOOM SW ZK

247

4A

7/0.85

"EMERGENCY"

"SYDNEY SIDE BOOM"

135

1

INPUT

B15 t14

t22

OPTO 1

LXMON

SS GATE ZK

MECHBASE

SYDNEY SIDE GATE

MECHBASE

COUNTRY SIDE GATE

7/1.70mm

7/.085

7/.085

7/.085

B15 t12

LXMON

LXMON

B15 t13

6

8

7/.085

SYDNEY SIDE LIGHT CONTROL

GATES OPERATING

COUNTRY SIDE LIGHT CONTROL

GATES OPERATING

* IF XNR PROVIDED

PROVE IN GATE CONTROL

to

CS

GATE

to

SS

GATE

(XING)

N15XING

(XING)

N15XING

t (XING)

N15XING

t (XING)

N15XING

t (XING)

N15XING

f B15

XING

10A

XING

f B15

XING

20A

XING

f B15

XING

20A

XING

f B15

XING

4A

XING

f B15

XING

4A

XING

XING

BASE

XING

6A

7A

4B

4C

XING

XING

1

XING

2

4

6

5

5

6

4

2

1

XING

XING

BASE

MECH

3C

MECH

3B

BASE

MECH

3C

MECH

3B

BASE

XING

2

1

3

4

4C

7A

6A

4B

3

1

2

4

4

2

1

3

4

3

1

2

XNR*

XNR*

D5D6

DELAY

GATE

R1 R2

XNR

R1 R2

CSER

R1 R2

SSER

D4 D3

D2D1

DELAY

GATE

A4 A3

A2A1

DELAY

GATE

D2D1

XR

C2C1

XR

1

MOTOR + (MCR2H)MECH

MECH

REFER TO SHEET X039

MECHANISM (LEVEL CROSSING BOOM GATE)

FOR DETAILS OF WESTERN CULLEN TYPE 3593

MECH

LIGHT CONTROL (SSER)

CONTROL +

CONTROL + (MCRB)

CONTROL -

LIGHT CONTROL (CSER)

CONTROL +

CONTROL + (MCRB)

CONTROL -

MOTOR + (MCR2H)

MOTOR -

MECH

REFER TO SHEET X039

REFER TO SHEET X039

t

t

CS CS SS SS

DF 385*275


JOB NUMBER : C

CIRCUIT BOOK No:EDMS No:VERSION: L.XING - CONTROL & OPERATION - DOUBLE LINE (AUTOMATIC) 00001X00631/08/18 13:51 SG0602002CSTDX006

CROSSING CONTROL

CROSSING APPROACH

A7

B8

C6C5

B7 30"

A1

R1 R2

XH 15S AT LINE SPEED

DXH

+

GH

E F

XC 30S AT LINE SPEED

R R

UD

DX

R +

C5 C6

R1

A1

R2

15S AT LINE SPEED

XC

30S AT LINE SPEED

R+

C

B

D

A

UX

DD

R R

UXH

XH

+

CROSSING CONTROL

A7

B7

B8

30"

ARRANGEMENT FOR TRACK CIRCUIT APPROACH WITH 3sec TIME DELAY PICK UP

ARRANGEMENT FOR TRACK CIRCUIT APPROACH WITHOUT 2sec TIME DELAY PICK UP

t (XING)

N50XING

t (XING)

N50XING

t (XING)

N15XING

t (XING)

N15XING

f B50

XING

4A

XING

f B15

XING

4A

XING

f B50

XING

4A

XING

f B15

XING

4A

XING

DD

UD

R1 R2

XAR

DN

R1 R2

XR

R1 R2

XAR

UP

R1 R2

XR

XAJR

DN

XAJR

UP

PR

DXH

XR

PR

DX

XAJR

DN

XAR

UP

XAJR

UP

XAJR

DX

XAR

DN

PR

UX

XR

PR

UXH

XAJR

UP

XR

UX

DX

UXH

DXH

EMR

EMR

1 31

2

SWITCH

OPERATION

MANUAL

1 31

2

SWITCH

OPERATION

MANUAL

A1 A2

B1 B2

A1 A2 C1 C2

D6 D5

QTD5QTD5

C1 C2 C1 C2 C1 C2 C1 C2

A1 A2

A1 A2

A1 A2

A1 A2

B3 B4

A1 A2 C1 C2

D6 D5

QTD5

SHOWN IS FOR DOUBLE LINE AUTOMATIC

OF SHUNT (NOT GCP). TYPICAL XAJR CIRCUIT

FITTED WITH XAJR TIMERS TO PREVENT LOSS

SINGLE LINE AND PEDESTRIAN ARE TO BE

ALL LEVEL CROSSINGS WITH GATES INCLUDING

NOTE:

TO BE LESS THAN 5m

TOTAL WIRES TO C5/C6

WIRES TO BE KEPT SHORT

TO BE LESS THAN 5m



DF 385*275


JOB NUMBER : C

CIRCUIT BOOK No:EDMS No:VERSION: L.XING APPROACH & CONTROL - DOUBLE LINE AUTOMATIC 00001X00731/08/18 13:51 SG0602002CSTDX007

LX MONITOR V4.0

PORT 1

ANALOGUE INPUTS

RED WIRE (Pin 22)

8 WAY OUTPUT OPTOISOLATOR

TO RESET PUSHBUTTON

SAK-C10

11

12

10

9

8

7

SPARE

SS BOOM SW ZK

LOW BATTERY

AC SUPPLY

CSF ZK (VIO) t3

SSF ZK (VIO) t3

(CUT WIRES TO LENGTH BEFORE TERMINATING)

B15

2

6

5

4

3

1

LXMON

DIGITAL INPUTS

BELL TIMER ZK

MODEM

RED WIRE

SAK-C10

INPUT OPTO 1

BATTERY TEST R

MODEM

2

5

4

3

N15

LXMON

1

(Pin 23)

(+12V)

(0V)

ORANGE OR YELLOW WIRE

CONNECTOR

SSF ZK (VIO) t4

CSF ZK (VIO) t4

BLUE WIRE

INPUT

EARTH

SIGNALLING

O/P 2

(Pin 1)

(Pin 2)

SPARE

TO LXMON INPUT OPTO 1

TO LXMON INPUT OPTO 1

O/P 1

L27

5

E2 8

INPUT

INPUT

INPUT

INPUT

1 (-)

L1

SURGE FILTER

3 4E1

DSF-6A-30

ERICO

DC SUPPLY 12VDC

2 (+)

DC 12V

MSTB 2,5/11-ST OR EQUIVALENT)

(USE PHOENIX CONNECTOR

DISCONNECT LX MONITOR BEFORE INSULATION TESTING

ALL WIRING TO LX MONITOR, VIO's AND CURRENT SENSORS

7/0.4mm UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN

CUSTOM MADE DB15 CABLE SUPPLIED WITH LX MONITOR

BATTERY ZK t38

7

6

SSE (BOOM) ZK t3

NOTE 4:

NOTE 1:

NOTE 3:

NOTE 2:

SSE (TIP) ZK t3

TO SSE ZK (0V) t2

TO CSE ZK (0V) t2

TO SSE ZK (12V) t1

TO CSE ZK (12V) t1

CSE ZK t3

TO BATTERY ZK (12V) t2

TO BATTERY ZK (0V) t1

TO TEST CUT OFF TIMER

AND RELAY

1

3

5

4

2

11

10

5

9

8

6

7

4

3

2

1


OPTOISOLATOR

SENSOR SUPPLY

NOTE 4

8-WAY

O/P t8

OUTPUT

7/0.4

B t1

O/P t17/0.4

LXMON B15 f8

INPUT OPTO 1 t13

RESET

2

1

HH23PW-T

QBCA1

12V

7/0.4

#

13

6

TO SSE (TIP) ZK (0V) t2

TO CSE (TIP) ZK (0V) t2

TO SSE (TIP) ZK (12V) t1

TO CSE (TIP) ZK (12V) t1

CSE (TIP) ZK t3

SSE ZK t3

PORT 4

PORT 3

PORT 2

PORT 1

OUTPUT

OR EQUIVALENT)

(USE PHOENIX

MSTB 2,5/2-ST




CSE (BOOM) ZK t3

SS GATE ZK14

CS GATE ZK15

CS BOOM SW ZK

SSE PED ZK

CSE PED ZK

16 SAFE FLASH FLASHER FAIL

SSE PED ZK

CSE PED ZK

* CUSTOM MADE DB25 CABLE SUPPLIED WITH LX MONITOR

*NOTE 3

*NOTE 3

*NOTE 3

t1

N15LXMON

4Af11

XING

2 10

TEST R

TIMER

14

TEST R

TIMER

R1 R2

TEST R

BATTERY

LXMONB15

XINGB15

XINGN15

(XING)

t1

t11

DF 385*275


JOB NUMBER : C

CIRCUIT BOOK No:EDMS No:VERSION: L.XING - MONITORING - CIRCUIT CONNECTIONS 00001X01431/08/18 13:51 SG0602002CSTDX014

BELL TIMER

LOW BATTERY

NO CHARGE

SPARE

RESET INPUT

PUSH BUTTON

16

15

14

13

12

11

10

9

8

O/P 1

DB25

INPUT PORT 1

TO LXMON

t2

B12 (B15)LXMON

(INPUT OPTOISOLATOR NO. 1)

S-2000 D12/2.0 IIO

7

6

5

4

3

2

INPUT

OPTO 1

1

O/P 2

SAFE FLASH

CUT-OFF

BATTERY TEST

t2

32

31

30

N12

29

28

27

26

25

24

DB25

SPARE INPUTS.

AVAILABLE.

OPTOISOLATOR (INPUT OPTO 2)

16 INPUTS ARE

CAN BE FITTED. ONLY THE FIRST

LXMON

N12 (N15)

t2

COST SHOULD BE CONNECTED

AVAILABLE WITHOUT SIGNIFICANT

POINTS ETC WHICH ARE EASILY

TO THE INPUT OPTO ON ANY

RELAY CONTACTS FOR SIGNALS,

LX MONITOR

CABLE SUPPLIED WITH

EQUIVALENT

2,5/8-ST-5,08 OR

CONNECTORS MVSTBW

NOTE 3:

OTHERWISE SHOWN

7/0.4mm UNLESS

INPUT OPTOISOLATOR

ALL WIRING TO

THROUGH PHOENIX

INPUT OPTOISOLATOR

WIRES CONNECT TO

TO LXMON

INPUT PORT 2

NOTE 1:

NOTE 2:

(INPUT OPTOISOLATOR NO. 1)

S-2000 D12/2.0 IIO

23

22

21

20

19

18

17

OPTO 1

INPUT

WARNING KR

CS BOOM SW ZK (VIO)

SS BOOM SW ZK (VIO)

CONTACTS TO USE INPUTS

29 & 30

NOTE 6

NOTE 6

WHERE PROVIDED - INCLUDE THE

TDR & TLR AS MONITOR INPUTS

CROSSING AND ANY ADDITIONAL

SS GATE ZK (VIO)

CS GATE ZK (VIO)

CSE PED ZK

SSE PED ZK

2 4

SEPARATE INPUTS WHERE POSSIBLE

FOR SIGNALS OVER LEVELNOTE 4:

AN ADDITIONAL INPUTNOTE 5:

WHERE PROVIDED, DSPR & DSJPRNOTE 6:

TRAFFIC LIGHT INTERFACING:NOTE 7:

# CUSTOM MADE DB25

#NOTE 3

NOTE 3#

ZKR

LOCK

PED US

ZKR

LOCK

PED DS

4

3

LOC

LOC

812

XFR

9 11

ZKR

PED GATE

A7A8

TEST R

BATTERY

D7D8

TEST R

BATTERY

EMR

DXT

XT

UXT

XR

DDT

UDT

DXHT

UXHT

XAR

DN

XAR

UP

UDSR

DDSR

(FLASHER FAIL)

D1 D2

D1 D2

D1 D2

D1 D2

D1 D2

D1 D2

OPERATION SWITCH

MANUAL

D6 D5

D1 D2

D1 D2

D1 D2

D1 D2

D1 D2

D1 D2

D1

XNR

D2

DF 385*275


JOB NUMBER : C

CIRCUIT BOOK No:EDMS No:VERSION: L.XING - MONITORING - CIRCUIT FUNCTION INPUTS (OPTO ISOLATOR) 00001X01531/08/18 13:51 SG0602002CSTDX015

UP XAR

C6C5

A8

XH 15S AT LINE SPEED

DXH

XRJR

R

FR

B8

B7

R2R1

A1

15"

UDT


RF DAT 1ATF R

1

FR

UAT

XC

2

UXH

F R 1BT F R

101

3

R

XH

A1

R1 R2 R2R1

A1

C5 C6

XR

RFR 1ATR DXH

DOWN XAR

MANUAL

OPERATION SWITCH

31

A7

B7

B8

30"

A7

B7

B8

30"

EMR

t (LOC)

N50PSU

t (LOC)

N50PSU

t (LOC)

N50PSU

t (LOC)

N50PSU

t (LOC)

N50PSU

f B50PSU

4A

LOC

f B50PSU

4A

LOC

f B50PSU

4A

LOC

f B50PSU

4A

LOC

1

2

1

LPR

1BT

UDT

XRJR

XRJR

R1 R2

XAR

DN

R1 R2

XAR

UP

R1 R2

XR

XRJR

XAJR

DN

XAJR

UP

SSER

CSER

PR

DXH

XR

1

ALSR

PR

DAT

PR

1AT

XAJR

DN

XAJR

UP

PR

UAT

2

ALSR

XR

PR

UXH

XAR

UP

XAJR

UP

XAR

DN

XAJR

DN

XR

XR

XAJR

DN

XAR

DN

XAJR

UP

XR

TO BE LESS THAN 5m



TO BE LESS THAN 5m



C1 C2 C1 C2 C1 C2 C1 C2

A1 A2

QTD5QTD5 QTD5

A1 A2 A1 A2 A1 A2 C3 C4

B1 B2

C1 C2

A6 A5

D5D6

D6 D5

A1 A2

A1 A2

B3 B4

C1 C2

A1 A2 C3 C4

D6 D5

SHOWN IS FOR DOUBLE LINE WITH CONTROLLED SIGNALS

OF SHUNT (NOT GCP). TYPICAL XAJR CIRCUIT




NOTE:

C1 C2 C1 C2

QTD5QTD5

DF 385*275


JOB NUMBER : C

CIRCUIT BOOK No:EDMS No:VERSION: L.XING APPROACH & CONTROL - DOUBLE LINE (CONTROLLED SIGNALS) 00001X02331/08/18 13:51 SG0602002CSTDX023

1 LPR

1 UCR

2 UCR

THIS ARRANGEMENT IS WHERE A SIGNAL IS CLOSE TO THE

CROSSING, AND BOOMS NEED TO BE PROVED DOWN BEFORE SIGNAL

CLEARS.

THIS ARRANGEMENT IS WHERE A SIGNAL IS WITHIN THE APPROACH,

BUT WHERE ADEQUATE WARNING IS STILL PROVIDED, AND THE SIGNAL

CLEARS WITH TRAIN APPROACHING.

t (LOC)

N50PSU

t (LOC)

N50PSU

f B50PSU

4A

LOC

f B50PSU

4A

LOC

1

TZR

JR

1BT

2

TZR

1

R1 R2

LPR

1

R1 R2

UCR

2

R1 R2

UCR

1

SR

PR

1AT

PR

1BT

PR

3AT

PR

3BT

PR

3XT

PR

DXH

PR

DAT

NWKR

101

XRJR

1

LPR

PR

DAT

PR

UXH

XRJR

AT

31.0

PR

UDT

PR

UAT

2

SR

1

RUR

RWKR

101

2

RUR

1

UCR

2

UCR

B1 B2 B1 B2

A6 A5 A6 A5

B1 B2 B1 B2 B1 B2 B1 B2

B1 B2

B1 B2

B1 B2

B1 B2 B1 B2

C1 C2

B1

XNR

B2

B3

XNR

B4

A1 A2

B3 B4

A1 A2

B1 B2 B1 B2

A6 A5

B1 B2 B1 B2 B1 B2 B1 B2

C3 C4

C1

XNR

C2

A1 A2

DF 385*275


JOB NUMBER : C

CIRCUIT BOOK No:EDMS No:VERSION: L.XING - CONTROLLED SIGNALS 00001X02431/08/18 13:51 SG0602002CSTDX024

SOLID STATE TIMER

NATIONAL PMH-10M 12VDC

(HG2-SFD Base)

HG2-DC12V (20A)

NATIONAL/MATSUSHITA

(8-PIN OCTAL BASE)

OMRON H3CR-A8 12VDC OR

7/0.85

7/0.4

7/0.85

SENSOR SUPPLY

B12 t11

7/0.4

(5 MINUTES)

CUT OFF

DELAY ON

TIMER

7/0.4

7/0.4

7/0.4

7/0.4

7/0.4

7/0.4

12V (15V) DC

XINGSTORE NO.74

CHARGER

BATTERY

7/0.4

ANALOGUE INPUT t8

CURRENT

SENSOR

BATTERY ZK

SENSOR GROUND (0V) t5

SENSOR SUPPLY (+12V) t10

SE

+

7

-

2

1

2

3

4

(XING)NX120

XING

t (XING)

N12XING

t32

I/P OPTO 1

t (XING)

N12XING

t (XING)

N12XING

f BX120

XING

10A

XING

f B12

XING

10A

XING

R

C8

C7

C6

C5 TEST

BATT.

R

C4

C3

C2

C1 TEST

BATT.

4

2

1

14

85

TIMER

CUT OFF

R

85

CUT OFF

TESTR

27

CUT OFF

TEST

13

CUT OFF

TEST

9 11

TEST R

TIMER

A5A6

TEST R

BATTERY

D5D6

3 OHM

RESISTORS

TEST

BATTERY

3 OHM

A2A1

TEST R

BATTERY

D2D1t

DF 385*275


JOB NUMBER : C

CIRCUIT BOOK No:EDMS No:VERSION: L.XING - MONITORING - BATTERY CHARGER & TESTER CIRCUITS 00001X02531/08/18 13:51 SG0602002CSTDX025

"ORMRON" MK3P-1

"FUJI" HH23PWT OR

RETAINING CLIPS

WITH BASE AND

PLUG-IN 11-PIN RELAY

T1 T2

STORE 74 CHARGER

ON INPUT OPTO 1

LXMON B12 t10

TO INPUT 16

RESET

ALARM

ON INPUT OPTO 1

TO INPUT 16

Ni/Cd CELLS

7/0.4

7/0.4

BUS

t1

7/1.7

7/1.7

7/1.7

0-20V

-

V

+

7/1.7

7/1.7

BUS

RSA

1A

1F

B12 t9

LXMON

ON INPUT OPTO 1

TO INPUT 15 (AC SUPPLY)

T3 T4

LXMON

B12 t10

7/1.7

4A

RSA

#

# ALARM CARD

REFER TO DRAWING

M08-844/A FOR DETAILS

NOT REQUIRED WHERE

ALARM CARD HAS

ADDITIONAL RELAY

CONTACTS AVAILABLE

*

*

*SEE DETAILS BELOW

10

12B15

B12

No. OF CELLSBUS

VIO (12V)

BATTERY LOW ZK

COM

125V

115V

105V

KR

WARNING

NO CHARGE

KR

WARNING

NO CHARGE

f B12

XING

4A

XING

(XING)NX120

XING

f BX120

XING

10A

XING

4

3

1

2

R

85

CUT OFF

TEST

A5A6

D5D6

TEST R

BATTERY

+

-

G

H

9

5

8

E

F

t

N12/N15 B12/B15

17.4

14.5

HOURSAMPERE

VOLTAGECHARGING

120 AH

140 AH

DF 385*275


JOB NUMBER : C

CIRCUIT BOOK No:EDMS No:VERSION: L.XING - MONITORING - LOW BATTERY ALARM (STORE 74) 00001X02631/08/18 13:52 SG0602002CSTDX026

PEDESTRIAN GATE DELAY

50V-D8/D2

24V-D7/D2

12V-D1/D2

VOLTAGE STRAPPING

OUTPUT RELAY

NOTE:

JR

R3R1

PED GATE

18"

R4

D5

R2

D3

D6

D1

D2

D7

D4

A1

A2

A3

D8A7

QTD4

T OFF = 500mS

T ON = 500mS

12V REGULATOR, 1A OUTPUT CURRENT

RIC STOCK CODE No: 1879485

PEDESTRIAN LIGHT FLASHER

NOTE: PROVE EMR DOWN IN SIGNALS OVER CROSSING

TIME MAY VARY DEPENDING UPON WIDTH

OF CROSSING- REFER TO DESIGN PRINCIPLES

XFR

1 3

EMERGENCY SW

MASTER MASTER

EMERGENCY SW

42

NOTE:

12V

REGULATOR

OMRON

H3CR-A

* STRAPPING SHOWN FOR

12V GATE DELAY RELAY

D3/D4 LOOP WIRING

MUST BE LESS THAN 2m

*

# CONTACTS NORMALLY OPEN

# #

t(XING)

N12XING

t(XING)

N12XING

t (XING)

N12XING

f B12

XING

4A

XING

f B12

XING

4A

XING

f B12

XING

4A

XING

1

2

3

4

2

10

2

1

3

4

D7 D8

B5B6

XR

R1 R2

DELAY

PED GATE

R1 R2

EMR

D2D1

XR

A2A1

DELAY

GATE

DF 385*275


JOB NUMBER : C

CIRCUIT BOOK No:EDMS No:VERSION: PED.XING - GATE & LIGHT CONTROL (FLASHING) 00001X02931/08/18 13:52 SG0602002CSTDX029

SYDNEY SIDE "DON'T WALK"

PED ZK

SSE

t4

LXMONN15

LXMON

t3B15

INPUT

t18

OPTO

7/0.85mm

7/0.50mm7/0.50mm

12V LED TYPE

7/0.50mm7/0.50mm

AT LEAST TWO BACK CONTACTS

REQUIRED FOR REDUNDANCY

#

ADJUST ALARM OUTPUT TO DETECT LOSS

OF ONE OR BOTH LIGHTS

##

LAMPS:

ALL WIRING 7/0.40mm UNLESS STATED

7/0.85mm

APP. SIDE

LINE SIDE

7/0.85mm

SYDNEY SIDE

# TRANSTECH PTS-VC 12VDC (0-3A DC)

## USE APPROPRIATE CONTROL RELAYS

t (XING)

N15XING

f B15

XING

10A

XING

XING

BASE

5

4

3

12

2

11

XING

BASE

1 3

4

XFR

XR

C5C6

DELAY

FLASH

PED LIGHT

D6 D5

DF 385*275


JOB NUMBER : C

CIRCUIT BOOK No:EDMS No:VERSION: PED.XING - LIGHTS OPERATING (FLASHING) 00001X03031/08/18 13:52 SG0602002CSTDX030

COM NC

NO

RED

BLACK

NO

COM NC

RED

SIOVS20K17 SIOVS20K17

+

- -

+

-

+

-

+

-

+

OUTPUT 2

OUTPUT 3

OUTPUT 4

OUTPUT 1INPUT

WHITE

GREEN

GATE

CLOSED

BLACK

WHITE

GREEN

GATE

CLOSED


SS

UP SIDE

MAGNET

LOCK

SS

DN SIDE

MAGNET

LOCK

SS

UP SIDE

LATCH DELAY

SS

DN SIDE

LATCH DELAY

PEDESTRIAN

LATCH DELAY

REGULATOR

MAGNET LOCK - SECURIRON MODEL SAMSC (12V)

4DC12

H3YN

OMRON

4DC12

H3YN

OMRON

EMERG

PB 1

EMERG

PB 2

EMERG

PB 1

EMERG

PB 2

t(XING)

N15XING

t(XING)

N15XING

t(XING)

N15XING

t(XING)

N15XING

t(XING)

N15XING

f

B15XING

10A

XING

f

B15XING

4A

XING

f

B15XING

4A

XING

f

B15XING

4A

XING

f

B15XING

10A

XING

XING

XING

BASE

BASE

JBUP PED

SS

JBDN PED

SS

BASE

BASE

JBUP PED

SS

JBDN PED

SS

XING

XING

XING

BASE

JBUP PED

SS

TERM STRIPP.BTN

SWITCHLIMIT

TERM STRIPP.BTN

BASE

XING

SWITCHLIMIT

JBDN PED

SS

13

14

13

14

210

LOCK ZKR

SS PED US

210

LOCK ZKR

SS PED DS

95

LATCH DELAY

UP SIDE

SS

610

95

LATCH DELAY

DN SIDE

SS

610

STOCK CODE 1879485

12V/1A REGULATOR

SET ON DELAY: 10 SEC

SET ON DELAY: 10 SEC

*

*

*

DF 385*275


JOB NUMBER : C

CIRCUIT BOOK No:EDMS No:VERSION: PED.XING - EMERGENCY EXIT GATE OPERATION & CONTROL - MAGNETIC LATCH 00001X03131/08/18 13:52 SG0602002CSTDX031

7A

3A

CIRCUIT OR REMOVED

FIXED PERMANENTLY OPEN

MANUAL TEST SWITCH TO BE

MCR

NB

7C

7B6B

6A

6C

5A

5C

5B

4C3C

4B

4A

RES

SRU1

SNUB

LRU1

SRU2LRU2

RES.

LIMIT

S1S2

BASE

3B1B

1C

CONTROL+

CONTROL-

XNR +

MOTOR +

MOTOR-

SF

PICK UP

P

COIL

SF

H

SNUB

FUNCTION

PICK UP COIL

HOLD COIL

32 OHM

340 OHM

3

1

5

4

7

6

CONTACT CLOSED

M

XNR -

2A

A2 A1

FIELD

2 - SPARE

MOTOR ACTIVATED (POWER UP)

XNR (GATE DOWN)

LIGHTS CONTROL (GATE CLEAR)

MOTOR DE-ACTIVATED (POWER DOWN)

SPARE

HOLD CLEAR

COIL

1A

2B

2C

(SS/CS ER)

LIGHT CONT.#1

AND OPERATION

LEVEL CROSSING CONTROLS

REFER TO SHEET X006 FOR#1

1H1F

1B

2H2F

2B

SPECIFICATION OR CIRCUIT DIAGRAM

AGAINST SUPPLIED TYPE APPROVED

CONFIRM CIRCUIT ARRANGEMENT

NOTE:

SPECIFICATION OR CIRCUIT DIAGRAM

AGAINST SUPPLIED TYPE APPROVED

CONFIRM CIRCUIT ARRANGEMENT

NOTE:

#1

DF 385*275


JOB NUMBER : C

CIRCUIT BOOK No:EDMS No:VERSION: L.XING - BOOM GATE MECHANISM - WESTERN CULLEN MODEL 3593

00001X03931/08/18 13:52 SG0602002CSTDX039

2

1

4

3

10"-12"

R3R1

GATE

JR

R4

D5

R2

D3

D6

D1

D2

D7

D4

A1

A2

A3

D8A7

QTD4

NOTE:

OUTPUT RELAY

VOLTAGE STRAPPING

12V-D1/D2

24V-D7/D2

50V-D8/D2

# 12V REGULATOR L78S12CV, 2A OUTPUT CURRENT:

12V VOLTAGE REGULATOR

F

(ELECTROLYTIC)

+

F

12V

REGULATOR

*

*STRAPPING SHOWN FOR


D3/D4 LOOP WIRING

MUST BE LESS THAN 2m

#

50V

1-

REGULATOR

WITH HEATSINK

FITTED

63V

0.1

RS STOCK No: 633-032

HEATSINK:8.6°C/W RS STOCK No: 268-076

+

-

t(XING)

N12XING

f B12

XING

4A

XING

4

3

2

1

D7 D8

R1 R2

DELAY

GATE

B4B3

XR m m

11-30 SEC A1-A7

10 SEC NO BRIDGING

TIMER SETTINGS

DF 385*275


JOB NUMBER : C

CIRCUIT BOOK No:EDMS No:VERSION: L.XING / PED.XING - GATE TIMER CONTROL - QTD4 RELAYS 00001X04131/08/18 13:52 SG0602002CSTDX041

D3/D4 LOOP WIRING MUST

BE LESS THAN 2m

NOTE:


R

H

+

G

E F

R + R

DX XT

C6C5

A1

R2R1

UX

DC

B A

QTD4

A7 D8

A3

A2

A1

D4

D7

D2

D1

D6

D3

R2

D5

R4

R1 R3

12"OUTPUT RELAY

VOLTAGE STRAPPING

12V-D1/D2

24V-D7/D2

50V-D8/D2

1 3

OPERATION SWITCH

MANUAL

A7

B7

B8

30"

C5 C6IMPORTANT

TOTAL WIRING LENGTH

TO C5 AND C6 MUST NOT

EXCEED 5m

USE THIS ARRANGEMENT WHERE

TPR's ARE QUALIFIED BY XT AND

DIRECTION STICKS ARE CAPACITOR

SLUGGED 12V QN1

USE THIS ARRANGEMENT

WHERE THERE ARE NO

DIRECTION STICKS AND

TPR's NOT CUT BY XT

12V

REGULATOR

*

* STRAPPING SHOWN FOR


t(XING)

N15XING

DX

DDSR

UDSR

t (XING)

N15XING

t (XING)

N15XING

f B15

XING

4A

XING

f B15

XING

4A

XING

f B15

XING

4A

XING

1

2

3

4

2

1

D7 D8

XT

R1 R2

DELAY

GATE

R1 R2

XAR

R1 R2

XR

XAJR

B4B3

XR

DX

UX

DSJPR

DSJPR

XAJR

XT

XAR

XAJR

UDSR

DDSR

EMR

UX

NOTE:

+


C1 C2 C1 C2 C1 C2 C3 C4

C3 C4

QTD5QTD5

C3 C4

C3 C4

A1 A2

A1 A2

C1 C2

NOTE:

TYPICAL XAJR CIRCUIT SHOWN IS FOR SINGLE LINE

OF SHUNT (NOT GCP).




JR

GATE

DF 385*275


JOB NUMBER : C

CIRCUIT BOOK No:EDMS No:VERSION: L.XING - CROSSING APPROACH & CONTROL SINGLE LINE 00001X04231/08/18 13:52 SG0602002CSTDX042

TIMER

12V QUARTZ TIMER

MI: 09917055

STORE 570

OFF 2200Hrs

ON 0600Hrs

BELL TIMER

BELLS

VIO (12V)

ZK

BELL

INPUT OPTO 1

t12

LXMON

B15t5

7/0.85

(WITH BOOMS)

(LIGHTS ONLY)

SIGNAL PROVING

SIGNAL PROVING

7/0.85 7/0.85 7/0.85

BELL TIMER

7/0.857/0.857/0.857/0.85

*

*

SUPPRESSION OF BELL

*

to

to

SS

BELL

CS

BELL

t(XING)

N15XING

f B15

XING

10A

XING

f B15

XING

10A

XING

f B15

XING

10A

XING

f B15

XING

10A

XING

6

XING

BASE

BASE

X-ARM

X-ARM

BASE

7

XING

7

XING

BASE

X-ARM

X-ARM

BASE

BASE

6

XING

1

2

3

4

TIMER

BELL

EMR

EMR

XR

XR

R1 R2

HR

R1 R2

HR

TRACK

TRACK

TRACK

t

XINGN15(XING)

t

XINGN15(XING)

+

-

SS

CS

SS

CS

SS

CS

#

#WARNING DEVICE MAY BE USED

SUITABLE TYPE APPROVED ELECTRONIC AUDIBLE

XNR

*

A6 A5

B1

XNR

B2

A6 A5

A6 A5

FOR BELL VOLUME SETTINGS INFORMATION

REFER TO SPG724 APPENDIX D

NOTE:

#

PLACE OF MECHANISM CONTACT

XNR CAN BE USED IF PROVIDED IN

WHEN THE GATES ARE NORMAL

SIDE OF CROSSING MAY BE SUPPRESSED

BELL ON MORE DENSELY POPULATED

DF 385*275


JOB NUMBER : C

CIRCUIT BOOK No:EDMS No:VERSION: L.XING - BELL OPERATION & TIMER WITH GATE PROTECTION - SINGLE LINE 00001X04531/08/18 13:52 SG0602002CSTDX045

7/0.85mm

7/0.85mm

7/0.85mm

PEDESTRIAN TRAFFIC

OPEN

CLOSED

RIGHT HAND PEDESTRIAN GATE *1

LEFT HAND PEDESTRIAN GATE *1

MECH

PEDESTRIAN TRAFFIC

CLOSEDMOTOR

OPEN

SYDNEY/COUNTRY SIDE GATES *1

BROWN

BLACK

BLUE

DOWN SIDE

7/0.85mm

7/0.85mm

MECH

BLUE

BROWN

BLACK

MOTOR

7/0.85mm

7/0.85mm

7/0.85mm

7/0.85mm

7/0.85mm

7/0.85mm

7/0.85mm

7/0.85mm

7/0.85mm

ARRANGEMENT WITHOUT GATE CONTROL RELAY

UP SIDE

7/0.85mm

33 1

EMERGENCY

PEDESTRIAN

GATES

4

7/0.85mm

7/0.85mm

24

90°

0°

0°

90°

mF

mF

mF

mF

mF

mF

3

t(XING)

NX120XING

20

50

25

25

50

20

f BX120

XING

10A

XING

f BX120

XING

10A

XING

f BX120

XING

4A

XING

f BX120

XING

10A

XING

f BX120

XING

10A

XING

1

XING

2

5

3

2

1

MECH

L1

L2

L3

10

20

19

11

13

16

18

22

21

17

15

OPTIONAL

24

V

14 W

12 U

1

MECH

1

XING

2

2

3

L3

L2

L1

OPTIONAL

24

U

12

W

14

V

15

17

21

22

18

16

13

11

19

20

10

9

10

12

11

2 10

GATE ZKR

PED

B5B6

XNR

PED

B7B8

A7A8

A5A6

XNR

PED

B5B6

B7B8

C5C6

C7C8

25W

2R2

25

W

2R2

25W

2R2

25W

2R2

25

W

2R2

25W

2R2

B2B1

DELAY

GATE

B4B3

C2C1

DELAY

GATE

C4C3

No 1

LIMIT SW

No 1

LIMIT SW

7/0.85mm

*1

UP/DN PED

UP/DN PED

*1

*1 DELETE SIDE NOT RELEVANT. ENSURE MOTOR HAND MATCHES GATE SIDE.

DF 385*275


JOB NUMBER : C

CIRCUIT BOOK No:EDMS No:VERSION: PED.XING - PED. GATE OPERATION WITHOUT GATE CONT. - THE MET STYLE M2 00001X05131/08/18 13:52 SG0602002CSTDX051

7/0.85mm

7/0.85mm

PEDESTRIAN TRAFFIC

OPEN

CLOSED

MECH

PEDESTRIAN TRAFFIC

CLOSEDMOTOR

OPEN

BROWN

BLACK

BLUE

MECH

BLUE

BROWN

BLACK

MOTOR

7/0.85mm

7/0.85mm

7/0.85mm

7/0.85mm

7/0.85mm

7/0.85mm

7/0.85mm

7/0.85mm

7/0.85mm

ARRANGEMENT WITH GATE CONTROL RELAY

(NOTE: XNR PROVED IN GATE CONTROL)

7/0.85mm

7/0.85mm

7/0.85mm

4

GATES

PEDESTRIAN

EMERGENCY

13 3

7/0.85mm 7/0.85mm

7/0.85mm

SYDNEY/COUNTRY SIDE GATES *1

UP SIDE

DOWN SIDE

4 2

90°

0°

0°

90°

mF

mF

mF

mF

mF

mF

3

t(XING)

NX120XING

20

50

25

25

50

20

f BX120

XING

10A

XING

f BX120

XING

10A

XING

f BX120

XING

4A

XING

f BX120

XING

10A

XING

f BX120

XING

10A

XING

1

XING

2

2

1

MECH

L1

L2

L3

10

20

19

11

13

16

18

22

21

17

15

OPTIONAL

24

V

14 W

12 U

1

MECH

2

3

L3

L2

L1

OPTIONAL

24

U

12

W

14

V

15

17

21

22

18

16

13

11

19

20

10

2

1

XING

10 9

5

3

11

12

2 10

GATE ZKR

PED

B5B6

B7B8

C5C6

C7C8

25W

2R2

25

W

2R2

25W

2R2

25W

2R2

25

W

2R2

25W

2R2

B2B1

CONTROL

GATE

B4B3

C2C1

CONTROL

GATE

C4C3

No 1

LIMIT SW

No 1

LIMIT SW

(SS/CS) PED

(SS/CS) PED

7/0.85mm

LEFT HAND PEDESTRIAN GATE *1

RIGHT HAND PEDESTRIAN GATE *1

*1 DELETE SIDE NOT RELEVANT. ENSURE MOTOR HAND MATCHES GARE SIDE.

DF 385*275


JOB NUMBER : C

CIRCUIT BOOK No:EDMS No:VERSION: PED.XING - PED. GATE OPERATION WITH GATE CONT. - THE MET STYLE M2

00001X05231/08/18 13:52 SG0602002CSTDX052

PEDESTRIAN

TRAFFIC

CLOSED

LEFT HAND

GATE

OPEN

TRAFFIC

PEDESTRIAN

CLOSED

RIGHT HAND

GATE

110V 50Hz

SUPPLY

L1 L2 L3

1 2 3 4 5

OPEN

ADJUSTABLE CAMS

No1

LIMIT SWITCHES

No2

No3

POSITION OF CAMS

WITH GATE CLOSED

DETECTION

L8 L9

76 8 109 11

TERMINATION

BLOCK

V

MOTOR

U W

1312 14 1615 17

120V DC

24

AUDIBLE

INPUT

SONALERT

211918 20 22 23

L6L5

DETECTION

25 26

LED PED LIGHTS

L7

(JZA)

27

NOTE:

SWITCHES SHOWN WITH GATE

IN CLOSED POSITION

50uF

20uF

25uF

2R2 25W

R3

2R2 25W

R2

2R2 25W

R1

No.1

LIMIT SW

No.2LIMIT SW

No.3LIMIT SW

GATE

EMERGENCY

3231302928

GATE

EMERGENCY

DELAY

LATCH

MAGNETIC

LOCK

MAGNETIC

ZKR

PED LOCK

DF 385*275


JOB NUMBER : C

CIRCUIT BOOK No:EDMS No:VERSION: PED.XING - PEDESTRIAN GATE MECHANISM - THE MET STYLE M2 00001X05331/08/18 13:52 SG0602002CSTDX053

t

PEDESTRIAN XNR/XRR

NOTE: ARRANGEMENT WHEN VITAL XNR IS REQUIRED

NOTE:

MADE

80°-90°

SW2

DOWN

GATE

MADE

0°-10°

SW2

UP

GATE MADE

80°-90°

SW3

DOWN

GATE

MADE

0°-10°

MADE

10°-90°

SW3

UP

GATE

MADE

10°-90°

R1 R2

XNR

PED

B15

XING

4Af

XING

9

DN

8

DN

7

DN

6

8

UP

9

UP

1

XING

5

DN2

XING

3

3

2

XING

6

7

UP

5

UP

1

XING

2 10

XRR

PED

2 10

XNR

PED

D5D6

GATE DELAY

PED.

XINGN15(XING)

57

6

8

9

9

8

7

6

5

NON-VITAL RELAY SHOWN FOR MONITOR INPUT ONLY.

IF VITAL XNR FUNCTION REQUIRED, USE Q TYPE RELAYS

XING

XING

DF 385*275


JOB NUMBER : C

CIRCUIT BOOK No:EDMS No:VERSION: PED.XING - PEDESTRIAN GATE DETECTION - THE MET STYLE M2 00001X05431/08/18 13:53 SG0602002CSTDX054

EMERGENCY

SWITCH

GCP RLY

RECORDER

APPROACH : 1215mUAX

RS232C DATA BITS : 8

DAYLIGHT SAVING : OFF

ENA/UAX2 DELAY : 35

RS232C BAUD RATE : 1200

UAX PICK UP DELAY : 35

RECORDER : INSTALLED

PASSWORD : ENTERED

PARITY : NONE

STOP BITS : 1

TIME : ENTERED

DATE : ENTERED

SLAVING : MASTER

SA

FE

TR

AN

SY

ST

EM

S

80058

RE

V-

T1

T4

T3

T2

TN

OUTP

UT

TB

INP

UT

BX

GCP - SINGLE TRACK - NO DAX

RCV1

12D

C

NE

G

POS

115A

C

CX

Safetran Systems

TB2

CHK2CHK1

1 2

POS NEG

SLAVING

RCV2

3 4

TRANSIND

5

-

6

+

7 8

(INC 9sec PREEMPT WARNING TIME)

348Hz NARROWBAND SHUNT

CROSSING APPROACH

TRANSMIT LEVEL : MAX

TRACK 1 : BIDIRECTIONAL

FREQUENCY : 348

PROGRAM

1215m TO T1, T2

16mm TRACK LEAD

P/No.62775-348

35sec @ 125Km/h

2

RCV1

TRACK

(T2)

TB1

XMT2

1

XMT1

2(T

1)

Surge Panel87 5 6

80026-01

RCV2

3 4

ENA

5

B

RCV1

XMT1 XMT2

RCV2

MS/GCPCONTROL

6 7

N

89

+

1 3

Safetran

F

GH

E

2 4

N15B15

C

B

ISL 3A/5B

P/N 80060-011

MODEL 3000 NDJ1

OFF

CONNECTED TO THE SAME RAIL.

TO THE RAILS AND HOUSED IN A PROTECTIVE ENCLOSURE.

NARROWBAND SHUNT SHOULD BE CONNECTED AS CLOSE AS POSSIBLE

TRACK MUST BE CONTINUOUSLY BONDED BETWEEN SHUNTS

R1,T1 MUST BE CONNECTED TO THE SAME RAIL. R2,T2 MUST BE

MAXIMUM CABLE LENGTH FROM TRANSMITTER TERMINAL TO TRACK IS 30m.

MAXIMUM EXTENT. THE MAXIMUM TOTAL CABLE LENGTH FOR T1 + R1

EACH TRANSMITTER AND RECEIVER PAIR ARE TO BE SEPARATED TO THE

T2 + R2 SHALL BE APPROX 80m.

ISLAND TRACK MAXIMUM LENGTH IS 90 METRES.

SHALL BE APPROX 80m. THE MAXIMUM TOTAL CABLE LENGTH FOR

TRACK LEAD WIRE MUST BE AT LEAST 16mm .

ALL WIRING BETWEEN THE SURGE PANEL AND THE SAFETRAN 3000

ALL JUMPER WIRES FOR LIGHT CIRCUITS TO BE NO LESS THAN 2.5mm .

ALL WIRING TO TRACK MUST BE 16mm AND TWISTED EVERY 150mm.

SEE NOTE 11

ISL RLY

QS2 (6F-6B)

10

- +

11

-

12

Twisted

16mm

F1GCP POWERON

(R2)

(R1)

11.

10.

9.

8.

7.

6.

MUST BE 6mm .

3.

5.

4.

2.

NOTES

1.

2

D

A

2

2

2

E

#

1 3

MANUAL

OPERATION

SWITCH

#

## #

ISLAND RELAY USED FOR

MONITORING PURPOSES ONLY

GCPREGULATOR

BAT

TE

RY F

USE

LIN

E F

USE

# WIRES TYPE2

20m

5

10

9

8

7

6

DC SHUNTING

ENHANCER PANEL. 80049 REQUIRED AT LOCATIONS WHERE

SHUNTING IS NOT RELIABLE DUE TO LOCAL CONDITIONS

MODULE

POSITION

2

4

3

1

80015

80017

X

X

X

X

MODULES

80012

80013

80011

PART

NUMBER

1215m

80019

FROM TO

80014

LOC

XING

2

12.

13.

t(XING)

NX120XING

t (XING)

N15XING

f BX120

XING

4A

XING

f B15XING

10A

XING

2

1

R1 R2

PR

ISLAND

R1 R2

XR

1215m

(INC 9sec PREEMPT WARNING TIME)

348Hz NARROWBAND SHUNT

CROSSING APPROACH

1215m TO R1, R2

16mm TRACK LEAD

P/No.62775-348

35sec @ 125Km/h

2

TWISTED 6mm

No. OF TRACKS : 1

RS CATALOGUE NUMBER 2278823

35 Amp BRIDGE RECTIFIER MOUNTED ON ALUMINIUM PLATE

MUST USE HEAT SINK COMPOUND BETWEEN RECTIFIER AND ALUMINIUM PLATE

SURGE PANEL CONSISTS OF EQUALIZER, HD PART No. 022700 AND ARRESTOR

HD PART No. 022585.

WHERE A SHUNTING ENHANCER IS USED, ONE BLOCK JOINT IS REQUIRED

FOR EACH APPROACH.

ISLAND MODULE 10.0KHz

TRANCEIVER MODULE

RELAY DRIVE

PROCESSOR

DATA RECORDER

SPARE

SPARE

SPARE

SPARE

KEY PAD PCB

KEY PAD

DF 385*275


JOB NUMBER : C

CIRCUIT BOOK No:EDMS No:VERSION: CSTDX055_1 X055_1GRADE CROSSING PREDICTOR (GCP) - SAFETRAN 3000 ND 0000131/08/18 13:53 SG0602002

(TO BE ENTERED)

(TO BE ENTERED)

3000GCP

APPLICATION HISTORY CARD

COMPUTED

COMPUTED

348

30

3986

5

0

66

9600

10

0

0

15

15

15

15

15

10

0

0

10.0

LOW EZ DETECTION TIMER

POSITIVE START (0 = OFF)

ADVANCE PREEMPT TIMER

EXPANDED PROGRAMMING HISTORY

PRIME PREDICTION OFFSET (0 = OFF)

SWITCH TO MS (ENTER EZ VALUE)

TRANSFER DELAY MS TO GCP (0 = OFF)

(WHEN LOW EZ DETECTION IS ON)

POSITIVE START TIMEOUT (0 = NONE)

(WHEN POSITIVE START IS ON)

CALIBRATION HISTORY

EZ/EX VALUES

(TRACK UNOCCUPIED)

DAX A DISTANCE (0 = PREEMPT)

DAX B DISTANCE (0 = PREEMPT)

DAX D DISTANCE (0 = PREEMPT)

DAX C DISTANCE (0 = PREEMPT)

DATE (E.G. THU 03 APR 1997)

TIME (E.G. 11:25:43 AM)

DAYLIGHT SAVINGS

RS-232-C DATA BITS

RS-232-C STOP BITS

RS-232-C PARITY

DAX D WARNING TIME

SLAVING MASTER/SLAVE

PASSWORD ENABLED

RECORDER INSTALLED

RS-232-C BAUD RATE

DAX A TRACK ASSIGNMENT

DAX A WARNING TIME

DAX B TRACK ASSIGNMENT

DAX B WARNING TIME

DAX C TRACK ASSIGNMENT

DAX C WARNING TIME

DAX D TRACK ASSIGNMENT

MARK

EVEN

ON OFF

SPACE

NONE

7

1

ODD

8

2

EAST

WEST

EAST

WEST

TRACK 1

TRACK 1

TRACK 2

TRACK 2

EZ

T2:T1:

ENABLED

NOT INSTALLED

INSTALLED

MASTER SLAVE

DISABLED

T1: T2:

T1:

T1:

T2:

T2:

C

BPS

FT

SEC

C

O

O

DAX MESSAGES

SET AT OPERATION

DIAGNOSTIC MESSAGES

SEC

FT

SEC

FT

FT

SEC

(ENTER EZ VALUE)

LOW EZ DETECTION

NUMBER OF TRACKS (NUMBER OF

TRANSCEIVER MODULES, 1 OR 2)

UNIDIRECTIONAL/BIDIRECTIONAL

UAX1 PICKUP DELAY (UAX) (0 = OFF)

ISLAND DISTANCE (BETWEEN TRANSMIT

& RECEIVE TRACK WIRE CONNECTIONS)

(FOR 3000ND AND 3000ND2 UNITS,

PROGRAMMING HISTORY

ENA/UAX2 DELAY (0 = ENA)

NUMBER OF DAXS

SET THIS ITEM TO (0)

XMIT LEVEL

PREDICTOR/MOTION SENSER

WARNING TIME SELECTED

APPROACH DISTANCE

HZT2:

0

T2:

T1:

COMPUTED

T2:

T2:

T1:

1

5

2

6

3

7

SELECTED

T1:

T2:

T1:

T1:

T2:

T1:

T2:

T1:

T2:

PRED

PRED

MS

MS

MAX

MAX

UNI

UNI

MED

MED

BI

BI

(WHEN ED IS ON)

(WHEN ED IS ON)

NUMBER OF TRACK WIRES

SEC

4

8

FT

FT

FT

SEC

FT

FT

PICKUP DELAY PRIME

PICKUP DELAY DAX A

PICKUP DELAY DAX B

PICKUP DELAY DAX C

PICKUP DELAY DAX D

COMPENSATION VALUE

SEC

SEC

FT

INITIAL PROGRAMMED VALUE

T1:

DATE

1 2

HZ

APPLICABLE ONLY WHEN A SEA/R NODE HAS BEEN PROGRAMMED

APPLICABLE ONLY TO 3000 GCP'S EQUIPPED WITH 80214

APPLICABLE ONLY TO 3000 GCP'S EQUIPPED WITH 80214

80214 PROCESSORS.

PROCESSORS WITH A01C REVISION AND LATER.

PROCESSORS WITH A01E REVISION AND LATER.

INTO THE GCP FROM A SEA/R.

DUAL-FREQUENCY 3000 GCP'S EQUIPPED WITH 80214 PROCESSORS

BEFORE ENTERING INITIAL PROGRAM ALL VALUES MUST BE

SET TO THE DEFAULT VALUE

HARDWIRE SHUNT AT 50HARDWIRE SHUNT AT

TERMINATION SHUNT

EZ VALUEEX EZ 2

VALUE

.

.

PERCENT POINT OF TRACK

STEP +/-EZ VALUE

LINEARIZATION

NO

COMPLETE

LINEARIZATION

EZ

LINEARIZATION HISTORY

T2:

DIAGNOSTIC

ON

ON

OFF

OFF

NORMAL

T1:

T2:

T1:

T1:

T2:

T2:

T1:

T2:

T1:

ON

ON

OFF

OFF

SEC

MIN

OC

MIN

MIN

EZ

EZ

MIN

(FILL OUT AND RETAIN WITH GCP)

(UNITS EQUIPPED WITH PROCESSOR MODULE 80014, 80044 OR 80214)

WEATHER CONDITIONS:

ISLAND FREQUENCY: T1:

NEW SOUTH WALES

SECT1:

T2:

T1:

T2:

T1:

T2:

T2:

T1: 4

4 6

6

ON

NO

ON

OFF

YES

OFF

T2:

T2:

T1:

T1:

SEC

SEC

DATE INSTALLED:

STATE:

SEC

SEC

SEC

SEC

SEC

FT

FT

SEC

UNIT/SERIAL No:

CROSSING NAME:

LINE:

INITIAL PROGRAMMED VALUE DATE

T2:

T1: EZ

EZ

EQUIPMENT

3000D2

KHZKHZ T2:

3000D2L

3000ND2

3000ND

3000

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

DETAILS ENTERED MAY VARY WITH SPECIFIC JOB & ARE

AS INDICATIVE INFORMATION ONLY.

PRESS FUNCTION KEYPRESS PROGRAM KEY

** DUAL FREQUENCY OPERATION AVAILABLE ONLY IN

# APPLICABLE ONLY TO 3000 GCP'S EQUIPPED WITH 80044 OR

**FREQUENCY (MS/GCP)

#EXTERNAL NODE

#ENHANCED DETECTION (ED)

#BACK TO BACK T1 AND T2

#STATION STOP TIMER

#LOW EX ADJUSTMENT

NOTES:

KILOMETRAGE:

DF 385*275


JOB NUMBER : C

CIRCUIT BOOK No:EDMS No:VERSION: CSTDX055_2 X055_2GRADE CROSSING PREDICTOR (GCP) - 3000 - APPLICATION HISTORY CARD

0000131/08/18 13:53 SG0602002

SURGE PROTECTION COMPONENT LIST

S.E.

C.E.

MAINS

240V

*VAP240V

SUPPLY120V

3KVA

XING

NX120

XING

BX120

4A

STORE

74

GRADE CROSSING PREDICTOR

SPM

G.C.P

LX MONITOR

XING

N12

XING

B12

N12

LXMON

B12

LXMON

DSF

TO SUIT THE CROSSING EQUIPMENT USED.

INSTALLATION SHOULD BE SELECTED

THE SURGE PROTECTION FOR A PARTICULAR

THIS DRAWING IS A GENERIC ARRANGEMENT.

LINE

PHONE

MODEM

PLP

DO NOT INCLUDE THIS SHEET IN CIRCUIT BOOKS

*

DIRECT BOND WITH 16mm CABLE

#

240V

SWITCHBOARD

METER

BOX

E

N

E

N

A A

V

NOTE:

#

IF CABLE DISTANCE IS LESS THAN 15m

OTHERWISE NO CONNECTION

IF METAL SANDWICH PANEL BUILDING,

Rx

TO TRACK

Tx

TO TRACK

ALTERNATIVE

ARRANGEMENT

ARRANGEMENT

PREFERRED

NOVARIS

ELSAFE

SIEMENS

UTB-S

ERICO

OR EQUIVALENT

SIOVS20K30

TYPE

ERICO

216670 MODULE

PART No.

RIC

ERICO

ERICO

DSD1160-8S

TDS-MT-277 OR

PEC 100C

1033893

OR EQUIVALENT

SURGE FILTER

VARISTOR

PLP

V

DSF

240V MAINS SURGE DIVERTOR

120V MAIN SURGE DIVERTOR

PROPRIETARY G.C.P. SURGE

PHONE LINE PROTECTOR

PROTECTION MODULES

DESCRIPTION

SPM

DSF-6A-30A

RJ11-PSTN

OR EQUIVALENT

VAP

PEC

LEGEND

*

2

FOR INFORMATION ONLY

PEC

POTENTIAL EQUALISATION CLAMP

SUPPLIER

MANUFACTURER/

INSTALL POTENTIAL EQUALISATION CLAMP

DF 385*275


JOB NUMBER : C

CIRCUIT BOOK No:EDMS No:VERSION: L.XING - SURGE PROTECTION (FOR INFORMATION ONLY) 00001X05631/08/18 13:53 SG0602002CSTDX056

TO

SIGNAL

BOX ALARMS

t(XING)

N50(EXT)XING

f B50(EXT)

XING

4A

XING

1

XING

2

13

KR

ALARM

LXING

13

KR

WARN

LXING

TEST R

BATTERY

3

4

t

XING

N50(EXT)(XING)

DF 385*275


JOB NUMBER : C

CIRCUIT BOOK No:EDMS No:VERSION: L.XING - ALARMS (RELAY TO SIGNAL BOX) 00001X06031/08/18 13:53 SG0602002CSTDX060

SHEATH

8W

8B

7W

7B

6W

6B

5W

5B

4W

4B

3W

3B

2W

2B

1W

1B

RMS

ORANGETEST WIRE TEST WIRE

SPARE

SPARE

SPARE

SPARE

DO NOT EARTHDO NOT EARTH

CABLE

OLEX INSTROLEX WITH AN

OVERALL SCREEN, NYLON JACKET AND SACRIFICIAL

PVC SHEATH (ADDED TO THE STANDARD CABLE)

TWISTED PAIR (BLACK & WHITE), CONDUCTORS

RATED CURRENT 12A.

TO BE LESS THAN 100m.

RELAYS:

WB&S Q STYLE VITAL SIGNALLING RELAY

TO BRB SPEC 930.

FIGURE 2: INTERFACE CABLE

t(XING)

N12/N15XING

f B12/B15

XING

4A

XING

I/FRMS

I/F

TDR

CSER

SSER

TDR

CSER

SSER

TLR

R1R2

TLR

SYDNEY TRAINS

SHEATH NOT TO BE EARTHED BY EITHER SYDNEY TRAINS OR RMS.

ASSUMES DISTANCE BETWEEN RMS AND SYDNEY TRAINS ENCLOSURES

SYDNEYTRAINS

8pr TWISTED

TLRNO

TLR

TDNO

TDNC

XENC

RAILWAY SUPPLY

XENO

DESIGN INTERFACE BETWEEN RMS AND SYDNEY TRAINS

REFER TO TMG A1620 FOR THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE

B1B2

A6A5

D1D2 D1D2

D6D5

D6D5

A1A2

DF 385*275


JOB NUMBER : C

CIRCUIT BOOK No:EDMS No:VERSION: L.XING - RMS INTERFACE 00001X10029/08/18 14:15 SG0602002CSTDX100

AT BT CT XT

1

XR

TDR

#1

#2

NOTES: #1 TLR NOT PROVIDED WHERE ONLY A SINGLE

INPUT PROVIDED TO RMS.

#2 PROVIDED TO ENSURE TDR RECEIVED

BY TRAFFIC CONTROLLER BEFORE

LEVEL CROSSING STOPS OPERATING.

TLR DE-ENERGISES WHEN

TRAIN DEMAND (TD) REMOVED.

#3

SHOULD THE TRAIN DEMAND RESPONSE TIME #3

(TDRT) BE GREATER THAN THE REQUIRED

LEVEL CROSSING HOLDING TIME, THEN THE

LEVEL CROSSING HOLDING IS TO BE

EXTENDED TO ALIGN WITH THE TRAIN DEMAND.

SWITCH

OPERATION

MANUAL

31

RELAY TD SPR(2) AND TD JR SHOWN ON

SHEET X106

H/TD CX X

N

t (XING)

XING

f

B

XING

4A

XING

f

B

XING

4A

XING

1

2

TLR

EMR

AT

BT

CT

XT

XR

SPR(2)

TD

JR

TD

XR

XT

AT

BT

CT

EMR

EMR

1

UCR

R2R1

XR

R2R1

TDR

1

R2R1

UCR

1

R2R1

HR

SYDNEY TRAINS

OF THE DESIGN INTERFACE BETWEEN RMS AND

REFER TO TMG A1620 FOR THE REQUIREMENTS

WITHOUT SIGNAL IN APPROACH

B3 B4 A1 A2

A6 A5

A1 A2

A1 A2

A3 A4

A3 A4

A6 A5

B1

XNR

B2

B1 B2

DF 385*275


JOB NUMBER : C

CIRCUIT BOOK No:EDMS No:VERSION: L.XING - CROSSING CONTROL WITH RMS INTERFACE (EXAMPLE 1) 00001X10131/08/18 13:53 SG0602002CSTDX101

AT BT CT XT

1

XR

TDR

#1








SHOULD THE TRAIN DEMAND RESPONSE TIME





#3

#3

#3

#2

SWITCH

OPERATION

MANUAL

31

SHEET X106


H/TD CXX

TT

TT

N

t (XING)

XING

f

B

XING

4A

XING

f

B

XING

4A

XING

1

2

1

LPR

XRJR

AT

BT

CT

XT

XR

SPR(2)

TD

JR

TD

XR

XT

AT

BT

CT

1

ALSR

XR

1

ALSR

EMR

EMR

R2R1

XR

R2R1

TDR

SYDNEY TRAINS



TLR

WITH SIGNAL IN APPROACH (SIGNAL POSITION 1)

B3 B4

A1 A2

A1 A2

A1 A2

A6 A5

A3 A4

B1 B2

D6 D5

B1 B2

B3 B4

A6 A5

A3 A4

DF 385*275


JOB NUMBER : C

CIRCUIT BOOK No:EDMS No:VERSION: CSTDX102_1 X102_1L.XING - CROSSING CONTROL WITH RMS INTERFACE (EXAMPLE 2) 0000131/08/18 13:53 SG0602002

#1 TLR NOT PROVIDED WHERE ONLY A SINGLE


#1

N

t (XING)

XING

N

t (XING)

XING

EMR

TDJR

1

R1 R2

UCR

1

R1 R2

HR

1

R1 R2

LPR

AT

AT

1

UCR

TLR

XNR




A6 A5

B1 B2

XRJR

C1 C2

B3

XNR

B4

B1 B2

C1

XNR

C2

B1 B2

A6 A5

DF 385*275


JOB NUMBER : C

CIRCUIT BOOK No:EDMS No:VERSION: CSTDX102_2 X102_2L.XING - LEVER & ROUTE CONTROLS WITH RMS INTERFACE (EXAMPLE 2) 0000131/08/18 13:53 SG0602002

AT BT CT XT

1

XR

TDR

#1






ASSUMES SUFFICIENT WARNING TIME

TO LEVEL CROSSING WHEN SIGNAL

CLEARS AND BT OCCUPIED



#3






#3

#2

SWITCH

OPERATION

MANUAL

31


SHEET X106

H /TD CXX

TT

TT

N

t (XING)

XING

f

B

XING

4A

XING

f

B

XING

4A

XING

1

2

TLR

1

LPR

XRJR

AT

BT

CT

XT

XR

SPR(2)

TD

JR

TD

XR

XT

AT

BT

CT

1

ALSR

XR

1

ALSR

EMR

EMR

R2R1

R2R1

XR

TDR

SYDNEY TRAINS




B3 B4

A1 A2

A1 A2

A6 A5

A3 A4

B1 B2

D6

D5

B1 B2

B3 B4

A6 A5

A3 A4

A1 A2

DF 385*275


JOB NUMBER : C


#1


#1

N

t (XING)

XING

N

t (XING)

XING

EMR

TDJR

AT

AT

BT

BT

1

UCR

XNR

TLR

1

R2R1

1

R2R1

1

R2R1

HR

UCR

LPR


REFER TO TMG A1620 FOR THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE TLR NOT PROVIDED WHERE ONLY A SINGLE

NOTE:


A6 A5

B1 B2

XRJR

C1 C2

B3

XNR

B4

C1

XNR

C2

B1 B2

A6 A5

B1 B2

DF 385*275


JOB NUMBER : C

CIRCUIT BOOK No:EDMS No:VERSION: CSTDX103_2 X103_2L.XING - LEVER & ROUTE CONTROLS WITH RMS INTERFACE (EXAMPLE 3) 0000131/08/18 13:54 SG0602002

AT BT CT XT

1

XR

TDR

#1

NOTES:








OPERATION ON RECEIPT OF THE TLR (IE ENERGISED)

PROVIDED TO INITIATE LEVEL CROSSING






#4

#5

#3

#5

#3

FROM THE TRAFFIC LIGHT CONTROLLER THUS AVOIDING

TO TIME OUT. THIS REDUCES THE DELAYED CLEARING

ON A SIGNAL PROTECTING A LEVEL CROSSING THAT

REQUIRES THE BOOMS DOWN IN ORDER TO CLEAR

WITH AN APPROACHING TRAIN.

IN THE EVENT THAT THE TRAIN HAS NOT YET PASSED

THE STRIKE POINT (Xc), THE APPROACH TRACKS CAN BE

USED TO QUALIFY AND PREVENT THE LEVEL CROSSING

OPERATING EARLIER THAN WOULD OTHERWISE

BE NECESSARY.

#4

#2

SWITCH

OPERATION

MANUAL

31


SHEET X106

H/TD CXX

TT

TT

N

t (XING)

XING

f

B

XING

4A

XING

f

B

XING

4A

XING

1

2

TLR

1

LPR

TLR

XRJR

R1 R2

TDR

R1 R2

XR

AT

BT

CT

XT

XR

SPR(2)

TD

JR

TD

XR

XT

AT

BT

CT

1

ALSR

XR

1

ALSR

XR

BT

CT

TDR

EMR

EMR

THE NEED TO WAIT FOR THE (TD)JR




B3 B4 A1 A2

A1 A2

A6 A5 A8 A7

B3 B4

B1 B2 A3 A4

B1 B2

D6 D5

B1 B2

B3 B4

A6 A5

A3 A4

A1 A2

DF 385*275


JOB NUMBER : C




NOTE:

#1

N

t (XING)

XING

N

t (XING)

XING

EMR

TDJR

1

R1 R2

UCR

1

R1 R2

LPR

1

R1 R2

HR

BT

BT

AT

AT

CT

CT

TLR

XNR

1

UCR




A6 A5

B1 B2

XRJR

C1 C2

B3 B4

XNR

C2

XNR

B1 B2

A6

A5

C1

B1 B2

DF 385*275


JOB NUMBER : C

CIRCUIT BOOK No:EDMS No:VERSION: CSTDX104_2 X104_2L.XING - LEVER & ROUTE CONTROLS WITH RMS INTERFACE (EXAMPLE 4)

0000131/08/18 13:54 SG0602002

A1T BT CT XT

1

XR

TDR

#1

NOTES; #1 TLR NOT PROVIDED WHERE ONLY A SINGLE







A2T

TDH TD

#3

CROSSING HOLDING

TO BE APPLIED TO ALIGN WITH THE LEVEL

TRAIN DEMAND HOLDING WILL NEED

LEVEL CROSSING HOLDING TIME, THEN

(TDRT) BE LESS THAN THE REQUIRED

SHOULD THE TRAIN DEMAND RESPONSE TIME#3

#2

1 3

MANUAL

OPERATION

SWITCH


SHEET X106

H CXX

TT

TT

TT

TT

N

t (XING)

XING

f

B

XING

4A

XING

f

B

XING

4A

XING

2

1

TLR

EMR

R1 R2

TDR

R1 R2

XR

1

R1 R2

UCR

1

R1 R2

HR

A1T

A2T

CT

XT

XR

SPR(2)

TD

JR

TD

XR

XT

A2T

BT

CT

A1T

TDR

BT

EMR

EMR

1

UCR

SYDNEY TRAINS



WITHOUT SIGNAL IN APPROACH (WITH TD HOLDING #3)

B3 B4

A1 A2

A1 A2

A1 A2

A6 A5

A3 A4

B1 B2

A3 A4

A6 A5

XNR

B1 B2

B1 B2

DF 385*275


JOB NUMBER : C

CIRCUIT BOOK No:EDMS No:VERSION: L.XING - CROSSING CONTROL WITH RMS INTERFACE (EXAMPLE 5) 00001X10531/08/18 13:54 SG0602002CSTDX105

TD SPR

NOTES:

#1 LABEL 'MAXIMUM COIL VOLTAGE 48V'

TO BE APPLIED TO RELAY.

#2 SWITCHED MODE POWER SUPPLY

MAINTAINS A CONSTANT COIL VOLTAGE ON

THE QSPA1 RELAYS PROVIDING A STABLE

SLOW TO ENERGISE TIME DELAY.

#1

#1

t

E

ERICO

DSF-6A-150 PBB13C-48J-SNY

POWERBOX

(OUTPUT 48V, 1.1A)

#2

TDJR

L1

L2

E1

E2

+

-

AC

I/P

DC

O/P

t(XING)

NX120LOC

f

4A

XING

f BX120

LOC

4A

XING

R1 R2

SPR(1)

TD

R1 R2

SPR(2)

TD

A2A1

A2A1

TDR

SYDNEY TRAINS



R3R1

R4

D5

R2

D3

D6

D1

D2

D7

D4

A1

A2

A3

D8A7

QTD4

12V

REGULATOR

t(XING)

XING

f

XING

4A

XING

4

3

2

1

R1 R2

TDR

TD

JRJ

TDR

1"

TDRT"OUTPUT RELAY

VOLTAGE STRAPPING

12V-D1/D2

24V-D7/D2

50V-D8/D2

NOTE:

11-30 SEC A1-A7

10 SEC NO BRIDGING

TIMER SETTINGS

#3

#3

L.XING STOPS OPERATING

RECEIVED BY TRAFFIC CONTROLLER BEFORE

1 SEC DELAY PROVIDED TO ENSURE TDR

B15

N15

A1 A2

D6D5

DF 385*275


JOB NUMBER : C

CIRCUIT BOOK No:EDMS No:VERSION: L.XING - CROSSING CONTROL WITH RMS INTERFACE

00001X10631/08/18 13:54 SG0602002CSTDX106

FLASHER

S.E.

FAIL

TEST

#2

SSF ZK

B12

SUPPLY

TEST

BANK 1

7/0.85

LAMP 1

WESTINGHOUSE SAFE

FLASH UNIT 1

INHIBIT

B

CSF ZK

7/0.85

SSE (TIP) ZK

t

7/0.85

7/0.85

7/0.85

7/0.85SSE(BOOM) ZK

#2

7/0.85

7/0.85

7/0.85

7/0.85

7/0.85

BASE

7/0.85

FLASHING

BOOM LIGHTS

TIP

GATE & SIGNAL

SYDNEY SIDE

DISCONNECTED DURING INSULATION TESTING.

ALL INTERNAL WIRING 7/0.4mm

UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN.

SAFE FLASH UNIT MUST BE

#2

7/0.85

7/0.85

7/0.85

7/0.85

7/0.85

7/0.85

BASE

7/0.85

CSE ZK

NOTE:

LAMPS LED TYPE

FLASHING

BOOM LIGHTSBOOM ARM

TIP

GATE & SIGNAL

COUNTRY SIDE

#2

CSE (TIP) ZK

LAMP 2

LAMP 3

N12

N12

LAMP 3

LAMP 2

LAMP 1

BANK 2

N

INHIBIT

INHIBIT

B

INHIBIT

N

SSE ZK

WIRING DETAIL

SEE SHEET X122 FOR

SEE SHEET X122 FOR

WIRING DETAIL

CSE (BOOM) ZK

SEE SHEET X122 FOR

WIRING DETAIL

WIRING DETAIL

SEE SHEET X122 FOR

BOOM ARM

SEE SHEET X122

FOR WIRING DETAIL

SEE SHEET X122

FOR WIRING DETAIL

B12

SUPPLY

7/0.85

#2

#3#1 WIND 7-10 TURNS THROUGH

CURRENT SENSOR FOR CURRENT

DETECTION. EXACT NUMBER TO

BE DETERMINED DURING CERBERUS

SET UP AND RECORDED ON C.O.C.

#2 ETFE TEFLON COATED 1.23mm SQ,

19/29AWG 600V GRADE

#2

WESTINGHOUSE BARRIER ARM

LED LIGHT PART No

3250100301.

STOCK CODE 001886662

XING

N15

(XING)

FOR DETAILS SEE SHT X123

FOR DETAILS SEE SHEET

X123

A

D

C

B

E

H

G

F

t(XING)

N15XING

t(XING)N15

XING

t(XING)

N15XING

t (XING)

N15XING

t (XING)

N15XING

t31

OPTO 1INPUT

t16

B15LXMON

f B15

XING

10A

XING

f B15

XING

10A

XING

f B15

XING

10A

XING

f B15

XING

10A

XING

f B15

XING

10A

XING

f B15

XING

10A

XING

f B15

XING

4A

XING

f B15

XING

4A

XING

f B15

XING

4A

XING

f B15

XING

4A

XING

10

7

8

XING

9

10

3

4

2

1

12

11

9

10

8

5

4

6

7

3

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12 1

2

1

2

5

6

1

2

9

6

5

8

7

11

12

13

14

11

12

9

8

7

6

5

2

1

1

2

1

2

4

3

7

8

5

6

9

13

14

1

2

3

4

5

6

6

5

4

3

2

1

B7B8

SSER

B7B8

CSER

B5B6

CSER

B5B6

SSER

A2A1

CSER

A2A1

SSER

D2D1

SSER

D2D1

CSER

CROSS ARM

#1

#1

#1

#1

#1

#3

#3

#3

#3

#3

#3

CROSS ARM

DF 385*275


JOB NUMBER : C

CIRCUIT BOOK No:EDMS No:VERSION: CSTDX121_1 X121_1L.XING - BOOM GATE LIGHTS OPERATING CIRCUITS - SAFE FLASH 0000131/08/18 13:54 SG0602002

FLASHER

S.E.

FAIL

TEST

#2

SSF ZK

B12

SUPPLY

TEST

BANK 1

7/0.85

LAMP 1

WESTINGHOUSE SAFE

FLASH UNIT 1

INHIBIT

B

CSF ZK

7/0.85

SSE (TIP) ZK

t

7/0.85

7/0.85

7/0.85

7/0.85SSE(BOOM) ZK

#2

7/0.85

7/0.85

7/0.85

7/0.85

7/0.85

BASE

7/0.85

FLASHING

BOOM LIGHTS

TIP

DISCONNECTED DURING INSULATION TESTING.

ALL INTERNAL WIRING 7/0.4mm

UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN.

SAFE FLASH UNIT MUST BE

#2

7/0.85

7/0.85

7/0.85

7/0.85

7/0.85

7/0.85

BASE

7/0.85

CSE ZK

NOTE:

LAMPS LED TYPE

FLASHING

BOOM LIGHTSBOOM ARM

TIP

#2

CSE (TIP) ZK

LAMP 2

LAMP 3

N12

N12

LAMP 3

LAMP 2

LAMP 1

BANK 2

N

INHIBIT

INHIBIT

B

INHIBIT

N

SSE ZK

WIRING DETAIL

SEE SHEET X122 FOR

SEE SHEET X122 FOR

WIRING DETAIL

CSE (BOOM) ZK

SEE SHEET X122 FOR

WIRING DETAIL

WIRING DETAIL

SEE SHEET X122 FOR

BOOM ARM

SEE SHEET X122

FOR WIRING DETAIL

B12

SUPPLY

7/0.85

#2

#3#1 WIND 7-10 TURNS THROUGH


DETECTION. EXACT NUMBER TO

BE DETERMINED DURING CERBERUS

SET UP AND RECORDED ON C.O.C.

#2 ETFE TEFLON COATED 1.23mm SQ,

19/29AWG 600V GRADE

#2

WESTINGHOUSE BARRIER ARM

LED LIGHT PART No

3250100301.

STOCK CODE 001886662

XING

N15

(XING)


A

D

C

B

E

H

G

F

t(XING)

N15XING

t(XING)N15

XING

t(XING)

N15XING

t (XING)

N15XING

t (XING)

N15XING

t31

OPTO 1INPUT

t16

B15LXMON

f B15

XING

10A

XING

f B15

XING

10A

XING

f B15

XING

10A

XING

f B15

XING

10A

XING

f B15

XING

10A

XING

f B15

XING

10A

XING

f B15

XING

4A

XING

f B15

XING

4A

XING

f B15

XING

4A

XING

f B15

XING

4A

XING

10

7

8

XING

9

10

3

4

2

1

12

11

9

10

8

5

4

6

7

3

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12 1

2

1

2

5

6

1

2

9

6

5

8

7

11

12

13

14

11

12

9

8

7

6

5

2

1

1

2

1

2

4

3

7

8

5

6

9

13

14

1

2

3

4

5

6

6

5

4

3

2

1

B7B8

SSER

B7B8

CSER

B5B6

CSER

B5B6

SSER

A2A1

CSER

A2A1

SSER

D2D1

SSER

D2D1

CSER

CROSS ARM

#1

#1

#1

#1

#1

#3

#3

#3

#3

#3

#3

CROSS ARM


GATE & SIGNAL

COUNTRY SIDE

GATE & SIGNAL

SYDNEY SIDE

6 6

5 5

2

2

BASE

BASE

11

J

FOR WIRING DETAIL

SEE SHEET X122

CROSS ARM

K

WITH ADDITIONAL WARNING LIGHTS

DF 385*275


JOB NUMBER : C

CIRCUIT BOOK No:EDMS No:VERSION: CSTDX121_2 X121_2L.XING - BOOM GATE LIGHTS OPERATING CIRCUITS - SAFE FLASH

0000131/08/18 13:54 SG0602002

ANALOG INPUT 4SENSOR

CURRENT

CSE ZK

SENSOR SUPPLY (12V) t8

SENSOR GND (0V) t3

XING CSE GATE & SIGNAL t9

XING CSE GATE & SIGNAL t7

CSF ZK

VIO

(12V)INPUT PORT 4, PIN 23 RED WIRE

INPUT PORT 4, PIN 2 ORANGE WIRE



CSE(BOOM) ZK

CURRENT

SENSOR

ANALOGUE INPUT 5

ANALOGUE INPUT 6

SENSOR

CURRENT

CSE(TIP) ZK SSE(TIP) ZK

CURRENT

SENSOR

ANALOGUE INPUT 7

ANALOGUE INPUT 3

SENSOR

CURRENT

SSE(BOOM) ZK



INPUT PORT 4, PIN 1 BLUE WIRE

INPUT PORT 4, PIN 22 RED WIRE(12V)

VIO

SSF ZK

XING SSE GATE & SIGNAL t7

XING SSE GATE & SIGNAL t9

ANALOG INPUT 2

SENSOR GND (0V) t1

SSE ZK

CURRENT

SENSOR


COUNTRY SIDE SYDNEY SIDE

LIGHTS

BOOM FLASHING

LIGHTS

BOOM TIP

LIGHTS LIGHTS

BOOM TIP

LIGHTS

BOOM FLASHING

LIGHTS

#3: NOISE SUPPRESSION

RESISTORS 2K2 1W

#1 OR #2

#1 OR #2

#1 OR #2 #1 OR #2

#1 OR #2

#1 OR #2

#1: FOR ALSTOM FL03 CROSS

ARM LIGHTS-

WIND SEVEN TURNS THROUGH

TIP OR BOOM CURRENT SENSOR

FOR CURRENT DETECTION.

#2: FOR WESTINGHOUSE RG4

CROSS ARM LIGHTS-WIND THREE

TURNS THROUGH TIP OR BOOM


DETECTION.

#3 #3

W

2

1

1

2

3

2

1

4

4

1

2

3

4

1

2

3

3

2

1

4

4

1

2

3

3

2

1

4

3

2

1

4

4

1

2

3

1 1

2

2

CROSS ARM CROSS ARM

DF 385*275


JOB NUMBER : C

CIRCUIT BOOK No:EDMS No:VERSION: L.XING - BOOM GATE LIGHT CURRENT SENSOR CONNECTIONS 00001X12231/08/18 13:54 SG0602002CSTDX122

IN THE ORDER SHOWN ON THE CIRCUIT ABOVE. WIRES SHALL BE TERMINATED ON THE

6. TERMINALS WITHIN PLUG & SOCKET ARE NOT PHYSICALLY ARRANGED

NOTES:

5. ALL CABLE PENETRATIONS TO BE

4. CABLES LINKING JUNCTION BOXES

3. LED's ARE FLUSH MOUNTED TYPE

2. USE BOOTLACE FERRULES

1. REFER TO ASSEMBLY DWG.

REFER NOTE 6

TERMINAL NUMBER MOULDED ON THE PLUG AND SOCKET.

DE-BURRED & BUSHED AS APPROPRIATE.

TO BE RUN WITHIN HOLLOW BOOM.

AUTOMOTIVE PLUG

TRAILER CABLE TO SUIT

7-CORE AUTOMOTIVE

WHERE APPROPRIATE.

FOR INSTALLATION DETAILS.

PROVIDED WITH LIGHT KIT.

GREEN

INSULATED

GREEN SPARE WIRE

AUTOMOTIVE

SOCKET

(MECHANISM END)

MIDDLE

FLASHER

TIP

LIGHT

FLASHER

7-PIN

BLUE

BROWN

WHITE

BLACK

YELLOW

AUTOMOTIVE

7-PIN

PLUG

RED

AT BOOM

MECHANISM END

FLASHER LIGHTS

J-BOX

0.75mm

2 CORE FLEX

*

*2

LIGHTS

*

J-BOX

LED

LED

MIDDLE

FLASHER

LED

J-BOX

LIGHTS

TIP

LED

LED

LED

BOOM

MECHANISM

TELESCOPIC BOOM ARM

7

7

4

6

5

3

2

1

4

6

5

3

2

1

DF 385*275


JOB NUMBER : C

CIRCUIT BOOK No:EDMS No:VERSION: L.XING - BOOM GATE LAYOUT (WITH FLASHING LED) 00001X12331/08/18 13:54 SG0602002CSTDX123

SIGNAL, USE THE TOP LAMPCASE

RER

HER

DER

(SINGLE LIGHT SIGNALLING ONLY)

LAMP FAILURE ALARMS

6

6

7

6

SPECIFICATION 571A/91

CASE ARRANGEMENT AS PER

8

8

8

8

12

11

TOP LAMP

CASE

DER

HER

RER

BOTTOM LAMP

FILAMENT FAILURE ALARMS

7

6

6

6

FOR 3 ASPECT SINGLE LIGHT

8 6

8

8

8

5

BASE

SIG

3

5(M)

1

TERMINALS

SIGNAL BASE

WHERE GRN ECR

IS INSTALLED

MODULE E9509/3

SLOW RELEASE RELAY

5(S)

7

B24

FOR CHANGEOVER

500mS TO ALLOW

MOUNTED IN DIAGRAM

N24

mF

FCKR/ECKR - NORTH/SOUTH/EAST/WEST ARE OPTIONAL

t

+

250

t (LOC)

N50PSU

IN4004

f B50PSU

4A

LOC

f B50PSU

4A

LOC

Y

FAIL

FILAMENT

R

FAIL

LAMP

W

TEST

FCKSR

ECKSR

2 10

FCKR

2 10

ECKR

TAPR

DR

HR

5(S)

10R

1

ECR

3

ECR

5

ECR

7

ECR

ECR

GRN

N50

DF 385*275


JOB NUMBER : C

CIRCUIT BOOK No:EDMS No:VERSION: FILAMENT & LAMP FAILURE - ALARMS & INDICATIONS 00001Y00131/08/18 13:54 SG0602002CSTDY001

ECKR

FCKR

ACR

TAPR

ACPR

PSKR

WARNING

AUDIBLE ALARM

ALL ALARM CONDITIONS

TAPR

ACPR

TAR

TAPR

FAIL

PSR FCKSRECKSR

ECKSR

FCKSR

ACPR

RESET/

CANCEL

(PUSH)

ALARMS REFER TO STANDARD

FOR FURTHER DETAILS ON

6

PULL TO

TEST

ALARM

AUDIBLE

NOTE:

AXR

UNIT

SCR

8

1

7

2

ACR

SPECIFICATION No.713

W

t (LOC)

N24PSU

t (LOC)

N24PSU

t (LOC)

N24PSU

t (LOC)

N24PSU

f B24PSU

4A

LOC

f B24PSU

4A

LOC

f B24PSU

4A

LOC

f B24PSU

4A

LOC

DF 385*275


JOB NUMBER : C

CIRCUIT BOOK No:EDMS No:VERSION: WARNINGS & ALARMS - CONTROL & OPERATION 00001Y00231/08/18 13:54 SG0602002CSTDY002

DESIGNER'S NOTES:

1. BUS VOLTAGE: BX/NX 120

2. RESET AFTER POWER OFF: MOMENTARY BREAK

3. CAUTION: RESETS MUST NOT BE WIRED IN PARALLEL

EARTHING OF EARTH LEAKAGE DETECTORS

THE MAIN EARTH ROD MUST BE OVER 2m FROM THE TEST EARTH RODS

THE TEST EARTH RODS MUST BE AT LEAST 0.5m APARTTE

SE

XG1902

GEC ALSTHOM

SE

TE

WARNING IN

WARNING OUT

SE

REMOTE TEST

WARNING IN

WARNING OUT

4 1

POJPR

RESET

ELD

R

TE

DESIGNER'S NOTES:

1. RESET AFTER POWER OFF: NOT REQUIRED

STYLE D6

ML/EB MRD

ELD AC/DC - AUTO-110

1

3

8

9

110V AC

SUPPLY

DC

BUSBAR

TEST E

DET E

BUSBAR

AC

15

12

WARNING IN29

WARNING OUT

SETTINGS:-

TRIP DELAY - 4 SECONDS

TRIP POINT AC - 40k OHMS

TRIP POINT DC - 15k OHMSMODE

23 24

NO LINK

6

5

#1

#2

mF

SE TE

30

AF

t(LOC)

NX120PSU

t(LOC)

NX120

t(LOC)

N50

t(LOC)

NX120

50

t (LOC)

NX120PSU

t (LOC)

NX120PSU

t (LOC)

N50(INT)PSU

A

BLOCK

DIODE

f BX120

PSU

4A

LOC

f BX120PSU

4A

LOC

f BX120PSU

4A

LOC

f B50(INT)

PSU

4A

LOC

BX120

4Af

LOC

B50

4Af

LOC

BX120

4Af

LOC

D1

D2

D3

D4

R1

R2

R3

R4

A6

A3

A1

A2

A5

A7

DET E

TEST E

3

4

A

F

B

BUS 1

BUS 2

0V

110V

5

15

25

+B1

-B1

R

1 5

RESET

ELD

2 10

ELD

AF

B

AF

B

AF

B

1K5

POJPR

POJPR

RESET R

#2

#1

#2

#1

2

2

#1 EARTH CONDUCTORS 7/0.67mm (2.5mm ) GREEN/YELLOW

#2 EARTH CONDUCTORS 7/0.67mm (2.5mm ) VIOLET

DF 385*275


JOB NUMBER : C

CIRCUIT BOOK No:EDMS No:VERSION: EARTH LEAKAGE DETECTORS 00001Y00331/08/18 13:55 SG0602002CSTDY003

FnJP2R FINISH TIMING REPEAT

POSITION & LOCKED

CHECKS THAT POINTS ARE IN THE REVERSE

POSITION & LOCKED

CHECKS THAT POINTS ARE IN THE NORMAL

TRACKS

POINTS BECOME FREE TO COVER BOBBING

PROVIDES ADDITIONAL TIME DELAY BEFORE

RESPOND TO A CALL

INDICATES IT'S POINTS ARE FREE & WOULD

REVERSE POSITION

MAIN INTERLOCKING RELAY FOR POINTS

NORMAL POSITION

MAIN INTERLOCKING RELAY FOR POINTS

MOVEMENT DUE TO LEAKAGE CURRENTS

CUTS POINT MOTOR CIRCUIT TO ENSURE NO

WHEN ROUTE IS NORMAL.

MAIN INTERLOCKING RELAY. INDICATES

TO CORRECT POSITION.

PICKS WHEN ROUTE IS SET. CALLS POINTS

ROUTE SETTING & OCS SYSTEMS

NORMALISING PATH

GUARANTEES INTEGRITY OF AUTOMATIC

NORMALISES ROUTE

RLKPR

NLKPR

WJR

WZR

RLR

NLR

POINTS REVERSE &

LOCKED INDICATING RELAY

INDICATING RELAY

POINTS NORMAL & LOCKED

POINTS TIMER RELAY

POINTS FREE RELAY

NORMAL LOCK RELAY

REVERSE LOCK RELAY

POINTS

TZR

(N)R

IR

RUR

NLR

ISOLATING RELAY

NORMAL LOCK RELAY

REVERSE ROUTE RELAY

SIGNALS

TRACK (SPECIAL) RELAY

NORMALISING RELAY

(No2) RELAY

N05INTERLOCKINGP03

INTERLOCKING

INTERLOCKING

INTERLOCKING

INTERLOCKING

P03

N05

N05

P03

N05

P03

N05

AUTO NORMALISING

POINT LOCATION

INTERLOCKING

INTERLOCKING

W02

W01

P01

N04

INTERLOCKING

INTERLOCKING

N03

N02

N03

FINISH FUNCTION

PROVIDES TIMING SEQUENCE INITIATED BY

ROUTE CALL

INITIATES TIMING SEQUENCE TO REMOVE

TO MAKE NEXT BUTTON OPERATION A FINISH

OPERATES WHEN COMMENCED RELAY IS UP

WITH CeR, SETS ROUTE

DEFINES END OF ROUTE IN CONJUNCTION

DEFINES & INITIATES ROUTE TO BE SET FROM.

OPERATES COMMENCE & FINISH RELAYS

(ONE) BUTTON PRESSED AT A TIME.

USED IN RING CIRCUIT TO ENSURE ONLY 1

REPLACEMENT OF SIGNAL

(FM)R PROVIDES FOR EMERGENCY

REPEATS PUSH BUTTON OPERATION

ROUTE SETTING INTERLOCKING

BUTTON PRESSED(F)R

FnJPR

FnJR

FnPR

MuR

FnR

CeR

(R)PR

(FM)R

(T)R

FINISH TIMING REPEAT

FINISH TIMING RELAY

FINISH REPEAT RELAY

MACHINE IN USE RELAY

FINISH RELAYS

RELAY

COMMENCE RELAYS

REPEAT RELAY

(PRESSED)

BUTTON REVERSE

(CONTACTS BROKEN)

BUTTON PULLED

(CONTACTS MADE)

BUTTON PULLED

NAME

RELAYMEANING

INTERLOCKING

INTERLOCKING

INTERLOCKING

INTERLOCKING

INTERLOCKING

N02

N02

N02

N02

USUALLY NON-VITAL

INTERLOCKING

INTERLOCKING

RELAY

N01

N01

N01

FUNCTION LOCATED AT

SIGNAL CONTROLS

HOLDS LOCKING IF SIGNAL REPLACED IN

PROVES TRAIN STOP NORMALISING AFTER

PROVES SIGNAL (& TRAINSTOP) IS NORMAL

OPERATES SIGNAL LIGHTS TO CLEAR

OPERATES SIGNAL LIGHTS TO MEDIUM

OPERATES SIGNAL LIGHTS TO CAUTION

CHECKS ALL TRACKS & POINTS DETECTION

TRAIN STOP REVERSE RELAYTRAIN STOP REVERSEVRR

APPROACH LOCK TIMER

APPROACH LOCK STICK

TRAIN STOP CHECKING

ALSJR

RELAY

ALSR

VR

VCSR

RELAY

(FOR CONTACTOR)

TRAIN STOP RELAY

STICK RELAY

RELAY

TIMES OUT APPROACH LOCKING

IN FACE OF TRAIN

TRACK LOCKING

OPERATES TRAIN STOP

TRAIN PASSAGE

SIGNAL NORMAL REPEAT

LAMP CHECKING RELAY

SIGNAL CLEAR RELAY

SIGNAL MEDIUM RELAY

SIGNAL CAUTION RELAY

ROUTE CHECKING RELAY

VNR

RGKR

NGPR

ECR

TRAIN STOP NORMAL

RELAY

INDICATING RELAY

SIGNAL REVERSE

RELAY

HDR

LSpR

DR

HR

UCR

SR

LOW SPEED RELAY

LEVER STICK RELAY

TRAIN STOP NORMAL RELAY

TRAIN STOPS

INDICATES SIGNAL CLEARED

PROVES LAMPS ALIGHT

OPERATES LOW SPEED LIGHT

FOR SIGNAL CONTROLS

RELEASING AFTER TRAINS

PREVENTS SIGNALS AUTOMATICALLY

SIGNAL LOCATION

N07

N07

A102

A102

INTERLOCKING

INTERLOCKING

SIGNAL LOCATION

SIGNAL LOCATION

V03

N06

N06

A12

P02

P02

N06

M01

N13

M01

SIGNAL LOCATION

INTERLOCKING

INTERLOCKING

SIGNAL LOCATION

SIGNAL LOCATION

SIGNAL LOCATION

SIGNAL LOCATION

SIGNAL LOCATION

INTERLOCKING

INTERLOCKING

OPERATES POINTS TO REVERSE POSITION

OPERATES POINTS TO NORMAL POSITION

CUTS POINTS SUPPLY IF MACHINE FAILS

SELECTS REVERSE OVERLAP IF CLEAR

SELECTS NORMAL OVERLAP IF CLEAR

IF OTHER CONDITIONAL LOCKING RELEASED

DETERMINES IF POINTS WOULD GO REVERSE

IF OTHER CONDITIONAL LOCKING RELEASED

DETERMINES IF POINTS WOULD GO NORMAL

INDICATES REVERSE POINT POSITION

ROUTE SETTING & OCS SYSTEMS

REVERSE OVERLAP RELAY

NORMAL OVERLAP RELAY

AVAILABLE RELAY

ROLR

NOLR

WTJR

RWAR

TIMER RELAY

POINTS TRANSIT

AVAILABLE RELAY

REVERSE POINTS

NWAR

RKR

NKR

RWKR

NWKR

NORMAL POINTS

REVERSE INDICATING

NORMAL INDICATING

RELAY

RELAY

CONTACTOR RELAY

INDICATING RELAY

REVERSE POINTS

INDICATING RELAY

NORMAL POINTS

TO COMPLETE TRAVEL

INDICATES POINTS REVERSE

INDICATES POINTS NORMAL

INDICATES NORMAL POINT POSITION

NAME

RWR

NWR

RELAYMEANING

REVERSE FRONT

CONTACTOR RELAY

NORMAL POINT

FUNCTION

N11

N10

W03

W03

W029

W029

LOCATION

LOCAL POINTS

INTERLOCKING

INTERLOCKING

INTERLOCKING

LOCATION

INTERLOCKING

LOCATION

LOCAL POINTS

LOCATION

LOCAL POINTS

INTERLOCKING

INTERLOCKING

W01

W01

LOCAL POINTS

LOCATION

LOCAL POINTS

LOCATED ATSHEET

REF #

SHEET

REF #

A12

A12

A12

V03

# DENOTES TYPICAL CIRCUITS & LEGACY CIRCUITS, AS APPROPRIATE

DF 385*275


JOB NUMBER : C

CIRCUIT BOOK No:EDMS No:VERSION: CIRCUIT NOMENCLATURE

00001Z00131/08/18 13:55 SG0602002CSTDZ001

INTERLOCKING,

PROVES LEVER REVERSE & LOCKED

PROVES LEVER NORMAL & LOCKED

REPEATS LEVER POSITION

MECHANICAL INTERLOCKING

CHECKS SECTION CLEAR FOR REQUIRED TIME

AFTER TRAIN

DIRECTION STICKS FAIL TO DROP AWAY

ENSURES CROSSING FAILS SAFE IF

OPERATES LEVEL CROSSING EQUIPMENT

PROVES UP DIRECTION SIGNALS NORMAL

PROVES DOWN DIRECTION SIGNALS NORMAL

CHECKS SECTION

CHECKS SECTION CLEAR FOR REQUIRED TIME

CHECKS SECTION CLEAR FOR UP TRAIN

CHECKS SECTION CLEAR FOR DOWN TRAIN

DIRECTION

PROVES TRAIN TRAVELLING IN UP

DIRECTION

RLR

NLR

LRPR

LNPR

DSJR

DSPR

REVERSE LOCK RELAY

NORMAL LOCK RELAY

REPEAT RELAY

LEVER REVERSE

REPEAT RELAY

LEVER NORMAL

TIMER RELAY

DIRECTION STICK

REPEAT RELAY

DIRECTION STICK

USCJR

XR

UGNR

DGNR

SCR

DSCJR

USCR

DSCR

UDSR

CROSSING CONTROL

UP SIGNAL NORMAL

DOWN SIGNAL NORMAL

SECTION CONTROL

RELAY

RELAY

RELAY

TIMER RELAY

UP SECTION CONTROL

TIMER RELAY

DOWN SECTION CONTROL

UP SECTION CONTROL

DOWN SECTION CONTROL

UP DIRECTION STICK

RELAY

RELAY

RELAY

RELAY

INTERLOCKING

INTERLOCKING

M03

M03

INTERLOCKING

INTERLOCKING

LOCATION

LEVEL CROSSING

OTS SECTION

M03

M03

X03

LEVEL CROSSING

CROSSING LOCATIONX02

X01

B01

B02

B01

LEVEL CROSSING &

INTERLOCKING

INTERLOCKING

INTERLOCKING

INTERLOCKING

SIGNAL LOCATION

C01

C01

C01

C01

C01

C01PROVES TRAIN TRAVELLING IN DOWN

ROUTE INTO SINGLE LINE SECTION

CALLS SECTION CONTROL WHEN SETTING

SINGLE LINE & BI-DIRECTIONAL

(FOR DIAGRAM)

DETECTS RELEASING SWITCH NORMAL

DETECTS RELEASING SWITCH NORMAL

LOCKING DURING POWER OUTAGES

APPROQACH STICKS & TZR TO RETAIN

DISCONNECTS QUICK RELEASE PATH IN

CIRCUITS (PRINCIPALLY CSEE TYPE)

DETECTS POSITION OF TRAIN ON TRACK

DEPENDING ON APPLICATION

OR CONDITIONALLY CLEAR SIGNALS,

TRACK TIMING TO RELEASE ROUTE LOCKING

HOLDS LOCKING AFTER TRAIN ENTERS ROUTE

CLEARED & HELD BY APPROACH STICK

DROPS WHEN MAIN ASPECT AT SIGNAL IS

DDSR

YR

NKR

NR

POJR

DPU

JR

USR

DOWN DIRECTION STICK

DISENGAGING RELAY

NORMAL INDICATING

NORMAL RELAY

RELAY

POWER OFF TIMER

DATA PICK UP UNIT

TIMING RELAY

ROUTE STICK RELAY

RELAY

(M) AR

NAME

RELAY

MAIN APPROACH RELAY

MEANING

RELEASING SWITCHES

INTERLOCKING

INTERLOCKING

INTERLOCKING

C01

N12

N12

SIGNAL LOCATION

INTERLOCKING

INTERLOCKING

INTERLOCKING

T20

N07

N07

TRACK LOCKING

FUNCTION LOCATED AT

INTERLOCKING P01

TAKES ROUTE, ROUTE RELAYS HOLD ROUTE

ROUTE

CANCELLS ROUTE WHEN BUTTON PRESSED

SETS ROUTE WHEN BUTTON PRESSED

ROUTE SETTING - NON VITAL

FLASHES FIRST WHITE ROUTE LIGHT

IF SIGNAL IS AT STOP BUT APPROACH

PROVIDES FLASHING RED SIGNAL REPEATER

DIAGRAM INDICATION FOR SIGNAL REPEATER

TRACK CIRCUIT INDICATING RELAY FOR

IF LEVER STICK OR RUR IS DOWNINDICATING RELAY

REVERSE SETTING RELAY

NORMAL SETTING RELAY

NORMAL ROUTE RELAY

ROUTE SETTING RELAY

RZR

NZR

UNR

RSR

(C)R

(R)R

(N)R

CENTRE RELAY

REVERSE RELAY

NORMAL RELAY

CANCELLED

SETS POINTS REVERSE WHEN

SETS POINTS NORMAL WHEN ROUTE

REPEATS POINT LEVER POSITION

CONTROL RELAYS

CANCELLED

APPROACH LOCK STICK

No2 ROUTE INDICATING

RELAY

GZKR

ALSKR

RGKKR

NGKKR

SIGNAL SPECIAL

INDICATING RELAY

INDICATING RELAY

SIGNAL REVERSE

INDICATING RELAY

SIGNAL NORMAL

JKR

TKR

UK2R

U2KR

RELAY No2

TIMER INDICATING

TRACK INDICATING

RELAY

ROUTE INDICATING

RELAY

LOCKED

TIME RELEASE LIGHT FOR DIAGRAM

SECOND REPEAT OF UR

FIRST REPEAT OF U2R

LIGHTS IN FRONT OF TRAIN)

DIAGRAM

LOCATION

P03

P03

P01

P01

N02

INTERLOCKING

INTERLOCKING

INTERLOCKING

INTERLOCKING

INTERLOCKING

N52

N52

N52

N54

N53

N51

N51

LOCATION

CONTROL PANEL

LOCATION

CONTROL PANEL

LOCATION

CONTROL PANEL

CONTROL PANEL

LOCATION

CONTROL PANEL

LOCATION

CONTROL PANEL

(IF ROUTE IS NORMALISED AFTER TRAIN

USED IF MORE THAN 1 (ONE) TRACK CIRCUIT

WHEN ROUTE SET, ROUTE RELAY OPERATES

WITH NO ROUTE SET, TO ILLUMINATE ALL

DROPS OUT IF POINTS TRACK OCCUPIED

OPERATES GREEN FREE LIGHT BEHIND POINT

ROUTE OVER POINTS & LIGHT BEHIND POINT

OPERATES REVERSE FLASHING LIGHTS IN

ROUTE OVER POINTS & LIGHT BEHIND POINT

OPERATES NORMAL FLASHING LIGHTS IN

& INITIATES ROUTE LIGHTS WHEN ROUTE

CAUSES BUTTON LIGHT TO BECOME STEADY

CAUSES BUTTON LIGHT TO FLASH WHEN

NON-VITAL DIAGRAM RELAYS

BUTTON LIGHTFEKR

INDICATING (FLASHING)

POINTS FREEWZKR

U2R

UR

TUR

No2 ROUTE RELAY

ROUTE RELAY

TRACK ROUTE RELAY

INDICATION RELAY

RWKKR

NWKKR

FEK2R

INDICATION RELAY

REVERSE POINTS

INDICATION RELAY

NORMAL POINTS

(STEADY) RELAY

INDICATING No2

BUTTON LIGHT

RELAY

WHITE ROUTE LIGHTS

RED LIGHTS OVER POINTS

IN ROUTE

LEVER

COMMENCE RELAY OPERATED

LEVER

LEVER

SETS

RELAY

NAME MEANING

ROUTE SETTING

FUNCTION

N51CONTROL PANEL

N51

N51

N53

N52

N52

N52

N51

LOCATION

CONTROL PANEL

LOCATION

CONTROL PANEL

LOCATION

CONTROL PANEL

LOCATION

LOCATED AT

U003

SHEET

REF #

SHEET

REF #

# DENOTES TYPICAL CIRCUITS & LEGACY CIRCUITS, AS APPROPRIATE

TDR TRAIN DEMAND RELAY

CONTROL

RMS INTERFACE FOR ROAD TRAFFIC LIGHTS CROSSING LOCATION X100

DF 385*275


JOB NUMBER : C

CIRCUIT BOOK No:EDMS No:VERSION: CIRCUIT NOMENCLATURE

00001Z00231/08/18 13:55 SG0602002CSTDZ002

ASA STANDARD DRAWINGS - Transport for NSW€¦ · A110 C 31/08/18 R007 C 31/08/18 U116 C 31/08/18...

Documents

Transcript of ASA STANDARD DRAWINGS - Transport for NSW€¦ · A110 C 31/08/18 R007 C 31/08/18 U116 C 31/08/18...